shithub: ft²

Download patch

ref: ab964468d1763728715199d78def5e9382456690
parent: 16c6ce7b7f1d8fc8e7a06f5e34510f129f209c68
author: Olav Sørensen <olav.sorensen@live.no>
date: Thu Nov 19 16:10:48 EST 2020

Pushed v1.41 code

- Code refactoring and code cleanup
- Fixed minor BPM duration issues when rendering song to WAV
- Fixed some mouse problems in fullscreen mode on multi-monitor setups
- Bugfix: Properly change pattern length after loading .xp pattern files (FT2 doesn't do this, but I think this makes sense!)

--- a/src/ft2_about.c
+++ b/src/ft2_about.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 #include "ft2_video.h"
 #include "ft2_structs.h"
 
-#define NUM_STARS 1500
+#define NUM_STARS 1750
 #define ABOUT_SCREEN_W 626
 #define ABOUT_SCREEN_H 167
 #define ABOUT_LOGO_W 449
@@ -49,13 +49,18 @@
 
 static void rotateMatrix(void)
 {
-	const float sa = sinf(rotation.x * f2pi);
-	const float ca = cosf(rotation.x * f2pi);
-	const float sb = sinf(rotation.y * f2pi);
-	const float cb = cosf(rotation.y * f2pi);
-	const float sc = sinf(rotation.z * f2pi);
-	const float cc = cosf(rotation.z * f2pi);
+	const float xx = rotation.x * f2pi;
+	const float sa = sinf(xx);
+	const float ca = cosf(xx);
 
+	const float yy = rotation.y * f2pi;
+	const float sb = sinf(yy);
+	const float cb = cosf(yy);
+
+	const float zz = rotation.z * f2pi;
+	const float sc = sinf(zz);
+	const float cc = cosf(zz);
+
 	// x
 	matrix.x.x = (ca * cc) + (sc * sa * sb);
 	matrix.y.x = sa * cb;
@@ -79,9 +84,9 @@
 	vector_t *s = starPoints;
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < NUM_STARS; i++, s++)
 	{
-		s->x = (float)(random32() * (1.0f / (UINT32_MAX+1.0f)));
-		s->y = (float)(random32() * (1.0f / (UINT32_MAX+1.0f)));
-		s->z = (float)(random32() * (1.0f / (UINT32_MAX+1.0f)));
+		s->x = (float)(random32() * (1.0 / (UINT32_MAX+1.0)));
+		s->y = (float)(random32() * (1.0 / (UINT32_MAX+1.0)));
+		s->z = (float)(random32() * (1.0 / (UINT32_MAX+1.0)));
 	}
 
 	rotation.x = rotation.y = rotation.z = 0.0f;
@@ -104,10 +109,8 @@
 			lastStarScreenPos[i] = -1;
 		}
 
-		/*
-		star->z += 0.00075f;
+		star->z += 0.00015f;
 		if (star->z >= 0.5f) star->z -= 1.0f;
-		*/
 
 		const float z = (matrix.x.z * star->x) + (matrix.y.z * star->y) + (matrix.z.z * star->z) + 0.5f;
 		if (z <= 0.0f)
@@ -131,24 +134,22 @@
 		screenBufferPos = ((uint32_t)outY * SCREEN_W) + (uint32_t)outX;
 		if ((video.frameBuffer[screenBufferPos] >> 24) == PAL_BCKGRND)
 		{
-			int32_t d = (int32_t)((255.0f - (z * 235.0f)) + 0.5f);
-
-			d = (d * starfieldFade) >> 8;
-			if (d <= 0)
-				continue;
-
+			int32_t d = (int32_t)(z * 255.0f);
 			if (d > 255)
 				d = 255;
 
-			int32_t r = d - 48;
+			d ^= 255;
+			d = (d * starfieldFade) >> 8;
+
+			int32_t r = d - 61;
 			if (r < 0)
 				r = 0;
 
-			int32_t g = d - 14;
+			int32_t g = d - 35;
 			if (g < 0)
 				g = 0;
 
-			int32_t b = d + 72;
+			int32_t b = d + 75;
 			if (b > 255)
 				b = 255;
 
@@ -163,9 +164,9 @@
 	rotateMatrix();
 	starfield();
 
-	rotation.x += 0.00011f;
-	rotation.y += 0.00009f;
-	rotation.z -= 0.00007f;
+	rotation.x += 0.00009f;
+	rotation.y += 0.00007f;
+	rotation.z -= 0.00005f;
 
 	// fade in starfield
 	if (starfieldFade < 256)
--- a/src/ft2_audio.c
+++ b/src/ft2_audio.c
@@ -69,8 +69,6 @@
 
 bool setNewAudioSettings(void) // only call this from the main input/video thread
 {
-	uint32_t stringLen;
-
 	pauseAudio();
 
 	if (!setupAudio(CONFIG_HIDE_ERRORS))
@@ -89,7 +87,7 @@
 				audio.currOutputDevice = NULL;
 			}
 
-			stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(audio.lastWorkingAudioDeviceName);
+			const uint32_t stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(audio.lastWorkingAudioDeviceName);
 
 			audio.currOutputDevice = (char *)malloc(stringLen + 2);
 			if (audio.currOutputDevice != NULL)
@@ -286,18 +284,15 @@
 
 static void voiceTrigger(int32_t ch, sampleTyp *s, int32_t position)
 {
-	bool sampleIs16Bit;
-	uint8_t loopType;
-	int32_t length, loopStart, loopLength, loopEnd;
-
 	voice_t *v = &voice[ch];
-	length = s->len;
-	loopStart = s->repS;
-	loopLength = s->repL;
-	loopEnd = s->repS + s->repL;
-	loopType = s->typ & 3;
-	sampleIs16Bit = (s->typ >> 4) & 1;
 
+	int32_t length = s->len;
+	int32_t loopStart = s->repS;
+	int32_t loopLength = s->repL;
+	int32_t loopEnd = s->repS + s->repL;
+	uint8_t loopType = s->typ & 3;
+	const bool sampleIs16Bit = (s->typ >> 4) & 1;
+
 	if (sampleIs16Bit)
 	{
 		assert(!(length & 1));
@@ -324,15 +319,13 @@
 	{
 		v->base16 = (const int16_t *)s->pek;
 		v->revBase16 = &v->base16[loopStart + loopEnd]; // for pingpong loops
-
-		v->leftEdgeTaps16 = s->leftEdgeTapSamples16 + 3;
+		v->leftEdgeTaps16 = s->leftEdgeTapSamples16 + SINC_LEFT_TAPS;
 	}
 	else
 	{
 		v->base8 = s->pek;
 		v->revBase8 = &v->base8[loopStart + loopEnd]; // for pingpong loops
-		v->leftEdgeTaps8 = s->leftEdgeTapSamples8 + 3;
-
+		v->leftEdgeTaps8 = s->leftEdgeTapSamples8 + SINC_LEFT_TAPS;
 	}
 
 	v->hasLooped = false; // for sinc interpolation special case
@@ -368,17 +361,15 @@
 
 void updateVoices(void)
 {
-	uint8_t status;
-	stmTyp *ch;
-	voice_t *v;
+	stmTyp *ch = stm;
+	voice_t *v = voice;
 
-	ch = stm;
-	v = voice;
-
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, ch++, v++)
 	{
-		status = ch->tmpStatus = ch->status; // (tmpStatus is used for audio/video sync queue)
-		if (status == 0) continue; // nothing to do
+		const uint8_t status = ch->tmpStatus = ch->status; // (tmpStatus is used for audio/video sync queue)
+		if (status == 0)
+			continue;
+
 		ch->status = 0;
 
 		if (status & IS_Vol)
@@ -860,8 +851,6 @@
 {
 	pattSyncData_t pattSyncData;
 	chSyncData_t chSyncData;
-	syncedChannel_t *c;
-	stmTyp *s;
 
 	if (audio.resetSyncTickTimeFlag)
 	{
@@ -887,8 +876,8 @@
 
 	// push channel variables to sync queue
 
-	c = chSyncData.channels;
-	s = stm;
+	syncedChannel_t *c = chSyncData.channels;
+	stmTyp *s = stm;
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, c++, s++)
 	{
@@ -967,7 +956,7 @@
 	// normalize mix buffer and send to audio stream
 	sendAudSamplesFunc(stream, len, pmpChannels);
 
-	(void)userdata; // make compiler not complain
+	(void)userdata;
 }
 
 static bool setupAudioBuffers(void)
@@ -1031,7 +1020,7 @@
 
 static void calcAudioLatencyVars(int32_t audioBufferSize, int32_t audioFreq)
 {
-	double dInt, dFrac;
+	double dInt;
 
 	if (audioFreq == 0)
 		return;
@@ -1038,7 +1027,7 @@
 
 	const double dAudioLatencySecs = audioBufferSize / (double)audioFreq;
 
-	dFrac = modf(dAudioLatencySecs * editor.dPerfFreq, &dInt);
+	double dFrac = modf(dAudioLatencySecs * editor.dPerfFreq, &dInt);
 
 	// integer part
 	audio.audLatencyPerfValInt = (int32_t)dInt;
@@ -1052,8 +1041,6 @@
 
 static void setLastWorkingAudioDevName(void)
 {
-	uint32_t stringLen;
-
 	if (audio.lastWorkingAudioDeviceName != NULL)
 	{
 		free(audio.lastWorkingAudioDeviceName);
@@ -1062,7 +1049,7 @@
 
 	if (audio.currOutputDevice != NULL)
 	{
-		stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(audio.currOutputDevice);
+		const uint32_t stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(audio.currOutputDevice);
 
 		audio.lastWorkingAudioDeviceName = (char *)malloc(stringLen + 2);
 		if (audio.lastWorkingAudioDeviceName != NULL)
@@ -1076,8 +1063,6 @@
 
 bool setupAudio(bool showErrorMsg)
 {
-	int8_t newBitDepth;
-	uint16_t configAudioBufSize;
 	SDL_AudioSpec want, have;
 
 	closeAudio();
@@ -1087,7 +1072,7 @@
 
 	// get audio buffer size from config special flags
 
-	configAudioBufSize = 1024;
+	uint16_t configAudioBufSize = 1024;
 	if (config.specialFlags & BUFFSIZE_512)
 		configAudioBufSize = 512;
 	else if (config.specialFlags & BUFFSIZE_2048)
@@ -1150,7 +1135,7 @@
 
 	// set new bit depth flag
 
-	newBitDepth = 16;
+	int8_t newBitDepth = 16;
 	config.specialFlags &= ~BITDEPTH_32;
 	config.specialFlags |=  BITDEPTH_16;
 
--- a/src/ft2_audioselector.c
+++ b/src/ft2_audioselector.c
@@ -17,19 +17,14 @@
 {
 #define MAX_DEV_STR_LEN 256
 
-	const char *devStringTmp;
-	char *devString;
-	uint32_t devStringLen;
-	FILE *f;
-
-	devString = (char *)calloc(MAX_DEV_STR_LEN + 1, sizeof (char));
+	char *devString = (char *)calloc(MAX_DEV_STR_LEN + 1, sizeof (char));
 	if (devString == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.audioDevConfigFileLocation, "r");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.audioDevConfigFileLocation, "r");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
-		devStringTmp = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(0, false);
+		const char *devStringTmp = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(0, false);
 		if (devStringTmp == NULL)
 		{
 			free(devString);
@@ -36,7 +31,7 @@
 			return NULL;
 		}
 
-		devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devStringTmp);
+		const uint32_t devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devStringTmp);
 		if (devStringLen > 0)
 			strncpy(devString, devStringTmp, MAX_DEV_STR_LEN);
 		devString[devStringLen+1] = '\0'; // UTF-8 needs double null termination
@@ -50,7 +45,7 @@
 			return NULL;
 		}
 
-		devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
+		const uint32_t devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
 		if (devString[devStringLen-1] == '\n')
 			devString[devStringLen-1]  = '\0';
 		devString[devStringLen+1] = '\0'; // UTF-8 needs double null termination
@@ -65,19 +60,14 @@
 {
 #define MAX_DEV_STR_LEN 256
 
-	const char *devStringTmp;
-	char *devString;
-	uint32_t devStringLen;
-	FILE *f;
-
-	devString = (char *)calloc(MAX_DEV_STR_LEN + 1, sizeof (char));
+	char *devString = (char *)calloc(MAX_DEV_STR_LEN + 1, sizeof (char));
 	if (devString == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.audioDevConfigFileLocation, "r");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.audioDevConfigFileLocation, "r");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
-		devStringTmp = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(0, true);
+		const char *devStringTmp = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(0, true);
 		if (devStringTmp == NULL)
 		{
 			free(devString);
@@ -84,7 +74,7 @@
 			return NULL;
 		}
 
-		devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devStringTmp);
+		const uint32_t devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devStringTmp);
 		if (devStringLen > 0)
 			strncpy(devString, devStringTmp, MAX_DEV_STR_LEN);
 		devString[devStringLen+1] = '\0'; // UTF-8 needs double null termination
@@ -106,7 +96,7 @@
 			return NULL;
 		}
 
-		devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
+		const uint32_t devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
 		if (devString[devStringLen-1] == '\n')
 			devString[devStringLen-1]  = '\0';
 		devString[devStringLen+1] = '\0'; // UTF-8 needs double null termination
@@ -119,9 +109,7 @@
 
 bool saveAudioDevicesToConfig(const char *outputDevice, const char *inputDevice)
 {
-	FILE *f;
-
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.audioDevConfigFileLocation, "w");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.audioDevConfigFileLocation, "w");
 	if (f == NULL)
 		return false;
 
@@ -137,10 +125,6 @@
 
 void drawAudioOutputList(void)
 {
-	char *tmpString;
-	uint16_t y;
-	int32_t deviceEntry;
-
 	clearRect(114, 18, AUDIO_SELECTORS_BOX_WIDTH, 66);
 
 	if (audio.outputDeviceNum == 0)
@@ -151,13 +135,13 @@
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < 6; i++)
 	{
-		deviceEntry = getScrollBarPos(SB_AUDIO_OUTPUT_SCROLL) + i;
+		const int32_t deviceEntry = getScrollBarPos(SB_AUDIO_OUTPUT_SCROLL) + i;
 		if (deviceEntry < audio.outputDeviceNum)
 		{
 			if (audio.outputDeviceNames[deviceEntry] == NULL)
 				continue;
 
-			y = 18 + (uint16_t)(i * 11);
+			const uint16_t y = 18 + (uint16_t)(i * 11);
 
 			if (audio.currOutputDevice != NULL)
 			{
@@ -165,7 +149,7 @@
 					fillRect(114, y, AUDIO_SELECTORS_BOX_WIDTH, 10, PAL_BOXSLCT); // selection background color
 			}
 
-			tmpString = utf8ToCp437(audio.outputDeviceNames[deviceEntry], true);
+			char *tmpString = utf8ToCp437(audio.outputDeviceNames[deviceEntry], true);
 			if (tmpString != NULL)
 			{
 				textOutClipX(114, y, PAL_FORGRND, tmpString, 114 + AUDIO_SELECTORS_BOX_WIDTH);
@@ -177,10 +161,6 @@
 
 void drawAudioInputList(void)
 {
-	char *tmpString;
-	uint16_t y;
-	int32_t deviceEntry;
-
 	clearRect(114, 105, AUDIO_SELECTORS_BOX_WIDTH, 44);
 
 	if (audio.inputDeviceNum == 0)
@@ -191,13 +171,13 @@
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < 4; i++)
 	{
-		deviceEntry = getScrollBarPos(SB_AUDIO_INPUT_SCROLL) + i;
+		const int32_t deviceEntry = getScrollBarPos(SB_AUDIO_INPUT_SCROLL) + i;
 		if (deviceEntry < audio.inputDeviceNum)
 		{
 			if (audio.inputDeviceNames[deviceEntry] == NULL)
 				continue;
 
-			y = 105 + (uint16_t)(i * 11);
+			const uint16_t y = 105 + (uint16_t)(i * 11);
 
 			if (audio.currInputDevice != NULL)
 			{
@@ -205,7 +185,7 @@
 					fillRect(114, y, AUDIO_SELECTORS_BOX_WIDTH, 10, PAL_BOXSLCT); // selection background color
 			}
 
-			tmpString = utf8ToCp437(audio.inputDeviceNames[deviceEntry], true);
+			char *tmpString = utf8ToCp437(audio.inputDeviceNames[deviceEntry], true);
 			if (tmpString != NULL)
 			{
 				textOutClipX(114, y, PAL_FORGRND, tmpString, 114 + AUDIO_SELECTORS_BOX_WIDTH);
@@ -217,15 +197,11 @@
 
 bool testAudioDeviceListsMouseDown(void)
 {
-	char *devString;
-	int32_t mx, my, deviceNum;
-	uint32_t devStringLen;
-
 	if (!ui.configScreenShown || editor.currConfigScreen != CONFIG_SCREEN_IO_DEVICES)
 		return false;
 
-	mx = mouse.x;
-	my = mouse.y;
+	const int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	const int32_t my = mouse.y;
 
 	if (my < 18 || my > 149 || mx < 114 || mx >= 114+AUDIO_SELECTORS_BOX_WIDTH)
 		return false;
@@ -234,17 +210,17 @@
 	{
 		// output device list
 
-		deviceNum = (int32_t)scrollBars[SB_AUDIO_OUTPUT_SCROLL].pos + ((my - 18) / 11);
+		const int32_t deviceNum = (int32_t)scrollBars[SB_AUDIO_OUTPUT_SCROLL].pos + ((my - 18) / 11);
 		if (audio.outputDeviceNum <= 0 || deviceNum >= audio.outputDeviceNum)
 			return true;
 
-		devString = audio.outputDeviceNames[deviceNum];
+		char *devString = audio.outputDeviceNames[deviceNum];
 		if (devString != NULL && (audio.currOutputDevice == NULL || strcmp(audio.currOutputDevice, devString) != 0))
 		{
 			if (audio.currOutputDevice != NULL)
 				free(audio.currOutputDevice);
 
-			devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
+			const uint32_t devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
 
 			audio.currOutputDevice = (char *)malloc(devStringLen + 2);
 			if (audio.currOutputDevice == NULL)
@@ -266,17 +242,17 @@
 	{
 		// input device list
 
-		deviceNum = (int32_t)scrollBars[SB_AUDIO_INPUT_SCROLL].pos + ((my - 105) / 11);
+		const int32_t deviceNum = (int32_t)scrollBars[SB_AUDIO_INPUT_SCROLL].pos + ((my - 105) / 11);
 		if (audio.inputDeviceNum <= 0 || deviceNum >= audio.inputDeviceNum)
 			return true;
 
-		devString = audio.inputDeviceNames[deviceNum];
+		char *devString = audio.inputDeviceNames[deviceNum];
 		if (devString != NULL && (audio.currInputDevice == NULL || strcmp(audio.currInputDevice, devString) != 0))
 		{
 			if (audio.currInputDevice != NULL)
 				free(audio.currInputDevice);
 
-			devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
+			const uint32_t devStringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
 
 			audio.currInputDevice = (char *)malloc(devStringLen + 2);
 			if (audio.currInputDevice == NULL)
@@ -297,7 +273,7 @@
 
 void freeAudioDeviceLists(void)
 {
-	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < MAX_AUDIO_DEVICES; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_AUDIO_DEVICES; i++)
 	{
 		if (audio.outputDeviceNames[i] != NULL)
 		{
@@ -347,10 +323,7 @@
 
 void setToDefaultAudioOutputDevice(void)
 {
-	const char *devString;
-	uint32_t stringLen;
-
-	devString = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(0, false);
+	const char *devString = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(0, false);
 	if (devString == NULL)
 	{
 		if (audio.currOutputDevice != NULL)
@@ -362,7 +335,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
+	const uint32_t stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
 
 	if (audio.currOutputDevice != NULL)
 	{
@@ -382,10 +355,7 @@
 
 void setToDefaultAudioInputDevice(void)
 {
-	const char *devString;
-	uint32_t stringLen;
-
-	devString = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(0, true);
+	const char *devString = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(0, true);
 	if (devString == NULL)
 	{
 		if (audio.currInputDevice != NULL)
@@ -397,7 +367,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
+	const uint32_t stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(devString);
 
 	if (audio.currInputDevice != NULL)
 	{
@@ -417,12 +387,8 @@
 
 void rescanAudioDevices(void)
 {
-	bool listShown;
-	const char *deviceName;
-	uint32_t stringLen;
+	const bool listShown = (ui.configScreenShown && editor.currConfigScreen == CONFIG_SCREEN_IO_DEVICES);
 
-	listShown = (ui.configScreenShown && editor.currConfigScreen == CONFIG_SCREEN_IO_DEVICES);
-
 	freeAudioDeviceLists();
 
 	// GET AUDIO OUTPUT DEVICES
@@ -433,7 +399,7 @@
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < audio.outputDeviceNum; i++)
 	{
-		deviceName = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(i, false);
+		const char *deviceName = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(i, false);
 		if (deviceName == NULL)
 		{
 			audio.outputDeviceNum--; // hide device
@@ -440,7 +406,7 @@
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(deviceName);
+		const uint32_t stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(deviceName);
 
 		audio.outputDeviceNames[i] = (char *)malloc(stringLen + 2);
 		if (audio.outputDeviceNames[i] == NULL)
@@ -460,7 +426,7 @@
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < audio.inputDeviceNum; i++)
 	{
-		deviceName = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(i, true);
+		const char *deviceName = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(i, true);
 		if (deviceName == NULL)
 		{
 			audio.inputDeviceNum--; // hide device
@@ -467,7 +433,7 @@
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(deviceName);
+		const uint32_t stringLen = (uint32_t)strlen(deviceName);
 
 		audio.inputDeviceNames[i] = (char *)malloc(stringLen + 2);
 		if (audio.inputDeviceNames[i] == NULL)
@@ -517,16 +483,16 @@
 
 void sbAudOutputSetPos(uint32_t pos)
 {
-	(void)pos;
-
 	if (ui.configScreenShown && (editor.currConfigScreen == CONFIG_SCREEN_IO_DEVICES))
 		drawAudioOutputList();
+
+	(void)pos;
 }
 
 void sbAudInputSetPos(uint32_t pos)
 {
-	(void)pos;
-
 	if (ui.configScreenShown && (editor.currConfigScreen == CONFIG_SCREEN_IO_DEVICES))
 		drawAudioInputList();
+
+	(void)pos;
 }
--- a/src/ft2_bmp.c
+++ b/src/ft2_bmp.c
@@ -140,34 +140,32 @@
 
 static uint32_t *loadBMPTo32Bit(const uint8_t *src)
 {
-	const uint8_t *pData, *src8;
-	int32_t len, byte, palIdx, i, x , y, lineEnd, palEntries, colorsInBitmap;
-	uint32_t *outData, *dst32, *tmp32, color, color2, pal[256];
-	bmpHeader_t *hdr;
+	int32_t len, byte, palIdx;
+	uint32_t *tmp32, color, color2, pal[256];
 
-	hdr = (bmpHeader_t *)&src[2];
-	pData = &src[hdr->bfOffBits];
-	colorsInBitmap = 1 << hdr->biBitCount;
+	bmpHeader_t *hdr = (bmpHeader_t *)&src[2];
+	const uint8_t *pData = &src[hdr->bfOffBits];
+	const int32_t colorsInBitmap = 1 << hdr->biBitCount;
 
 	if (hdr->biCompression == COMP_RGB || hdr->biClrUsed > 256 || colorsInBitmap > 256)
 		return NULL;
 
-	outData = (uint32_t *)malloc(hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight * sizeof (uint32_t));
+	uint32_t *outData = (uint32_t *)malloc(hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight * sizeof (uint32_t));
 	if (outData == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
 	// pre-fill image with first palette color
-	palEntries = hdr->biClrUsed == 0 ? colorsInBitmap : hdr->biClrUsed;
+	const int32_t palEntries = hdr->biClrUsed == 0 ? colorsInBitmap : hdr->biClrUsed;
 	memcpy(pal, &src[0x36], palEntries * sizeof (uint32_t));
 
-	for (i = 0; i < hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight; i++)
 		outData[i] = pal[0];
 
-	lineEnd = hdr->biWidth;
-	src8 = pData;
-	dst32 = outData;
-	x = 0;
-	y = hdr->biHeight - 1;
+	const int32_t lineEnd = hdr->biWidth;
+	const uint8_t *src8 = pData;
+	uint32_t *dst32 = outData;
+	int32_t x = 0;
+	int32_t y = hdr->biHeight - 1;
 
 	while (true)
 	{
@@ -194,7 +192,7 @@
 				if (hdr->biCompression == COMP_RLE8)
 				{
 					tmp32 = &dst32[(y * hdr->biWidth) + x];
-					for (i = 0; i < byte; i++)
+					for (int32_t i = 0; i < byte; i++)
 						*tmp32++ = pal[*src8++];
 
 					if (byte & 1)
@@ -207,7 +205,7 @@
 
 					len = byte >> 1;
 					tmp32 = &dst32[y * hdr->biWidth];
-					for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+					for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 					{
 						palIdx = *src8++;
 						tmp32[x++] = pal[palIdx >> 4];
@@ -227,7 +225,7 @@
 			{
 				color = pal[palIdx];
 				tmp32 = &dst32[(y * hdr->biWidth) + x];
-				for (i = 0; i < byte; i++)
+				for (int32_t i = 0; i < byte; i++)
 					*tmp32++ = color;
 
 				x += byte;
@@ -239,7 +237,7 @@
 
 				len = byte >> 1;
 				tmp32 = &dst32[y * hdr->biWidth];
-				for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+				for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 				{
 					tmp32[x++] = color;
 					if (x < lineEnd) tmp32[x++] = color2;
@@ -253,24 +251,22 @@
 
 static uint8_t *loadBMPTo1Bit(const uint8_t *src) // supports 4-bit RLE only
 {
-	const uint8_t *pData, *src8;
-	uint8_t palIdx, color, color2, *outData, *dst8, *tmp8;
-	int32_t len, byte, i, x , y, lineEnd, colorsInBitmap, palEntries;
+	uint8_t palIdx, color, color2, *tmp8;
+	int32_t len, byte, i;
 	uint32_t pal[16];
-	bmpHeader_t *hdr;
 
-	hdr = (bmpHeader_t *)&src[2];
-	pData = &src[hdr->bfOffBits];
-	colorsInBitmap = 1 << hdr->biBitCount;
+	bmpHeader_t *hdr = (bmpHeader_t *)&src[2];
+	const uint8_t *pData = &src[hdr->bfOffBits];
+	const int32_t colorsInBitmap = 1 << hdr->biBitCount;
 
 	if (hdr->biCompression != COMP_RLE4 || hdr->biClrUsed > 16 || colorsInBitmap > 16)
 		return NULL;
 
-	outData = (uint8_t *)malloc(hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight * sizeof (uint8_t));
+	uint8_t *outData = (uint8_t *)malloc(hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight * sizeof (uint8_t));
 	if (outData == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	palEntries = hdr->biClrUsed == 0 ? colorsInBitmap : hdr->biClrUsed;
+	const int32_t palEntries = hdr->biClrUsed == 0 ? colorsInBitmap : hdr->biClrUsed;
 	memcpy(pal, &src[0x36], palEntries * sizeof (uint32_t));
 
 	// pre-fill image with first palette color
@@ -278,11 +274,11 @@
 	for (i = 0; i < hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight; i++)
 		outData[i] = color;
 
-	lineEnd = hdr->biWidth;
-	src8 = pData;
-	dst8 = outData;
-	x = 0;
-	y = hdr->biHeight - 1;
+	const int32_t lineEnd = hdr->biWidth;
+	const uint8_t *src8 = pData;
+	uint8_t *dst8 = outData;
+	int32_t x = 0;
+	int32_t y = hdr->biHeight - 1;
 
 	while (true)
 	{
@@ -341,24 +337,22 @@
 
 static uint8_t *loadBMPTo4BitPal(const uint8_t *src) // supports 4-bit RLE only
 {
-	const uint8_t *pData, *src8;
-	uint8_t palIdx, *outData, *dst8, *tmp8, pal1, pal2;
-	int32_t len, byte, i, x , y, lineEnd, colorsInBitmap, palEntries;
+	uint8_t palIdx, *tmp8, pal1, pal2;
+	int32_t len, byte, i;
 	uint32_t pal[16];
-	bmpHeader_t *hdr;
 
-	hdr = (bmpHeader_t *)&src[2];
-	pData = &src[hdr->bfOffBits];
-	colorsInBitmap = 1 << hdr->biBitCount;
+	bmpHeader_t *hdr = (bmpHeader_t *)&src[2];
+	const uint8_t *pData = &src[hdr->bfOffBits];
+	const int32_t colorsInBitmap = 1 << hdr->biBitCount;
 
 	if (hdr->biCompression != COMP_RLE4 || hdr->biClrUsed > 16 || colorsInBitmap > 16)
 		return NULL;
 
-	outData = (uint8_t *)malloc(hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight * sizeof (uint8_t));
+	uint8_t *outData = (uint8_t *)malloc(hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight * sizeof (uint8_t));
 	if (outData == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	palEntries = hdr->biClrUsed == 0 ? colorsInBitmap : hdr->biClrUsed;
+	const int32_t palEntries = hdr->biClrUsed == 0 ? colorsInBitmap : hdr->biClrUsed;
 	memcpy(pal, &src[0x36], palEntries * sizeof (uint32_t));
 
 	// pre-fill image with first palette color
@@ -366,11 +360,11 @@
 	for (i = 0; i < hdr->biWidth * hdr->biHeight; i++)
 		outData[i] = palIdx;
 
-	lineEnd = hdr->biWidth;
-	src8 = pData;
-	dst8 = outData;
-	x = 0;
-	y = hdr->biHeight - 1;
+	const int32_t lineEnd = hdr->biWidth;
+	const uint8_t *src8 = pData;
+	uint8_t *dst8 = outData;
+	int32_t x = 0;
+	int32_t y = hdr->biHeight - 1;
 
 	while (true)
 	{
--- a/src/ft2_checkboxes.c
+++ b/src/ft2_checkboxes.c
@@ -116,11 +116,10 @@
 
 void drawCheckBox(uint16_t checkBoxID)
 {
-	checkBox_t *checkBox;
 	const uint8_t *gfxPtr;
 
 	assert(checkBoxID < NUM_CHECKBOXES);
-	checkBox = &checkBoxes[checkBoxID];
+	checkBox_t *checkBox = &checkBoxes[checkBoxID];
 	if (!checkBox->visible)
 		return;
 
@@ -154,10 +153,8 @@
 
 void handleCheckBoxesWhileMouseDown(void)
 {
-	checkBox_t *checkBox;
-
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_CHECKBOXES);
-	checkBox = &checkBoxes[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+	checkBox_t *checkBox = &checkBoxes[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (!checkBox->visible)
 		return;
 
@@ -180,7 +177,6 @@
 bool testCheckBoxMouseDown(void)
 {
 	uint16_t start, end;
-	checkBox_t *checkBox;
 
 	if (ui.sysReqShown)
 	{
@@ -194,9 +190,9 @@
 		end = NUM_CHECKBOXES;
 	}
 
-	for (uint16_t i = start; i < end; i++)
+	checkBox_t *checkBox = &checkBoxes[start];
+	for (uint16_t i = start; i < end; i++, checkBox++)
 	{
-		checkBox = &checkBoxes[i];
 		if (!checkBox->visible)
 			continue;
 
@@ -216,13 +212,11 @@
 
 void testCheckBoxMouseRelease(void)
 {
-	checkBox_t *checkBox;
-
 	if (mouse.lastUsedObjectType != OBJECT_CHECKBOX || mouse.lastUsedObjectID == OBJECT_ID_NONE)
 		return;
 
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_CHECKBOXES);
-	checkBox = &checkBoxes[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+	checkBox_t *checkBox = &checkBoxes[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (!checkBox->visible)
 		return;
 
--- a/src/ft2_config.c
+++ b/src/ft2_config.c
@@ -52,14 +52,11 @@
 
 static int32_t calcChecksum(uint8_t *p, uint16_t len) // for nibbles highscore data
 {
-	uint16_t data;
-	uint32_t checksum;
-
 	if (len == 0)
 		return 0;
 
-	data = 0;
-	checksum = 0;
+	uint16_t data = 0;
+	uint32_t checksum = 0;
 
 	do
 	{
@@ -74,7 +71,7 @@
 
 static void loadConfigFromBuffer(void)
 {
-	int32_t i, checksum;
+	int32_t i;
 
 	lockMixerCallback();
 
@@ -81,7 +78,7 @@
 	memcpy(&config, configBuffer, CONFIG_FILE_SIZE);
 
 	// if Nibbles highscore table checksum is incorrect, load default highscore table instead
-	checksum = calcChecksum((uint8_t *)&config.NI_HighScore, sizeof (config.NI_HighScore));
+	const int32_t checksum = calcChecksum((uint8_t *)&config.NI_HighScore, sizeof (config.NI_HighScore));
 	if (config.NI_HighScoreChecksum != checksum)
 	{
 		memcpy(&config.NI_HighScore, &defConfigData[636], sizeof (config.NI_HighScore));
@@ -209,12 +206,10 @@
 
 void resetConfig(void)
 {
-	uint8_t oldWindowFlags;
-
 	if (okBox(2, "System request", "Are you sure you want to completely reset your FT2 configuration?") != 1)
 		return;
 
-	oldWindowFlags = config.windowFlags;
+	const uint8_t oldWindowFlags = config.windowFlags;
 
 	setDefaultConfigSettings();
 	setToDefaultAudioOutputDevice();
@@ -247,9 +242,6 @@
 
 bool loadConfig(bool showErrorFlag)
 {
-	size_t fileSize;
-	FILE *in;
-
 	// this routine can be called at any time, so make sure we free these first...
 
 	if (audio.currOutputDevice != NULL)
@@ -286,7 +278,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	in = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.configFileLocation, "rb");
+	FILE *in = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.configFileLocation, "rb");
 	if (in == NULL)
 	{
 		if (showErrorFlag)
@@ -296,7 +288,7 @@
 	}
 
 	fseek(in, 0, SEEK_END);
-	fileSize = (int32_t)ftell(in);
+	const size_t fileSize = ftell(in);
 	rewind(in);
 
 	if (fileSize > CONFIG_FILE_SIZE)
@@ -350,10 +342,8 @@
 
 void loadConfig2(void) // called by "Load config" button
 {
-	uint8_t oldWindowFlags;
+	const uint8_t oldWindowFlags = config.windowFlags;
 
-	oldWindowFlags = config.windowFlags;
-
 	loadConfig(CONFIG_SHOW_ERRORS);
 
 	// redraw new changes
@@ -379,8 +369,6 @@
 
 bool saveConfig(bool showErrorFlag)
 {
-	FILE *out;
-
 	if (editor.configFileLocation == NULL)
 	{
 		if (showErrorFlag)
@@ -395,7 +383,7 @@
 	saveMidiInputDeviceToConfig();
 #endif
 
-	out = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.configFileLocation, "wb");
+	FILE *out = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.configFileLocation, "wb");
 	if (out == NULL)
 	{
 		if (showErrorFlag)
@@ -443,13 +431,12 @@
 
 static UNICHAR *getFullAudDevConfigPath(void) // kinda hackish
 {
-	UNICHAR *filePath;
-	int32_t ft2ConfPathLen, stringOffset, audiodevDotIniStrLen, ft2DotCfgStrLen;
+	int32_t audiodevDotIniStrLen, ft2DotCfgStrLen;
 
 	if (editor.configFileLocation == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	ft2ConfPathLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(editor.configFileLocation);
+	const int32_t ft2ConfPathLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(editor.configFileLocation);
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
 	audiodevDotIniStrLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(L"audiodev.ini");
@@ -459,11 +446,11 @@
 	ft2DotCfgStrLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN("FT2.CFG");
 #endif
 
-	filePath = (UNICHAR *)calloc(ft2ConfPathLen + audiodevDotIniStrLen + 2, sizeof (UNICHAR));
+	UNICHAR *filePath = (UNICHAR *)calloc(ft2ConfPathLen + audiodevDotIniStrLen + 2, sizeof (UNICHAR));
 
 	UNICHAR_STRCPY(filePath, editor.configFileLocation);
 
-	stringOffset = ft2ConfPathLen - ft2DotCfgStrLen;
+	const int32_t stringOffset = ft2ConfPathLen - ft2DotCfgStrLen;
 	filePath[stringOffset+0] = '\0';
 	filePath[stringOffset+1] = '\0';
 
@@ -478,13 +465,12 @@
 
 static UNICHAR *getFullMidiDevConfigPath(void) // kinda hackish
 {
-	UNICHAR *filePath;
-	int32_t ft2ConfPathLen, stringOffset, mididevDotIniStrLen, ft2DotCfgStrLen;
+	int32_t mididevDotIniStrLen, ft2DotCfgStrLen;
 
 	if (editor.configFileLocation == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	ft2ConfPathLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(editor.configFileLocation);
+	const int32_t ft2ConfPathLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(editor.configFileLocation);
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
 	mididevDotIniStrLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(L"mididev.ini");
@@ -494,11 +480,11 @@
 	ft2DotCfgStrLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN("FT2.CFG");
 #endif
 
-	filePath = (UNICHAR *)calloc(ft2ConfPathLen + mididevDotIniStrLen + 2, sizeof (UNICHAR));
+	UNICHAR *filePath = (UNICHAR *)calloc(ft2ConfPathLen + mididevDotIniStrLen + 2, sizeof (UNICHAR));
 
 	UNICHAR_STRCPY(filePath, editor.configFileLocation);
 
-	stringOffset = ft2ConfPathLen - ft2DotCfgStrLen;
+	const int32_t stringOffset = ft2ConfPathLen - ft2DotCfgStrLen;
 	filePath[stringOffset+0] = '\0';
 	filePath[stringOffset+1] = '\0';
 
@@ -513,7 +499,7 @@
 
 static void setConfigFileLocation(void) // kinda hackish
 {
-	int32_t result, ft2DotCfgStrLen;
+	int32_t ft2DotCfgStrLen;
 	FILE *f;
 
 	// Windows
@@ -551,7 +537,7 @@
 	UNICHAR_STRCPY(editor.configFileLocation, oldPath);
 	if ((f = fopen("FT2.CFG", "rb")) == NULL)
 	{
-		result = SHGetFolderPathW(NULL, CSIDL_APPDATA, NULL, SHGFP_TYPE_CURRENT, tmpPath);
+		int32_t result = SHGetFolderPathW(NULL, CSIDL_APPDATA, NULL, SHGFP_TYPE_CURRENT, tmpPath);
 		if (result == S_OK)
 		{
 			if (SetCurrentDirectoryW(tmpPath) != 0)
@@ -602,7 +588,7 @@
 	{
 		if (chdir(getenv("HOME")) == 0)
 		{
-			result = chdir("Library/Application Support");
+			int32_t result = chdir("Library/Application Support");
 			if (result == 0)
 			{
 				result = chdir("FT2 clone");
@@ -682,9 +668,6 @@
 
 void loadConfigOrSetDefaults(void)
 {
-	size_t fileSize;
-	FILE *in;
-
 	setConfigFileLocation();
 
 	if (editor.configFileLocation == NULL)
@@ -693,7 +676,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	in = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.configFileLocation, "rb");
+	FILE *in = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.configFileLocation, "rb");
 	if (in == NULL)
 	{
 		setDefaultConfigSettings();
@@ -701,7 +684,7 @@
 	}
 
 	fseek(in, 0, SEEK_END);
-	fileSize = ftell(in);
+	size_t fileSize = ftell(in);
 	rewind(in);
 
 	// not a valid FT2 config file (FT2.CFG filesize varies depending on version)
@@ -755,14 +738,11 @@
 
 static void drawMIDITransp(void)
 {
-	char sign;
-	int8_t val;
-
 	fillRect(571, 123, 20, 8, PAL_DESKTOP);
 
-	sign = (config.recMIDITranspVal < 0) ? '-' : '+';
+	const char sign = (config.recMIDITranspVal < 0) ? '-' : '+';
 
-	val = (int8_t)(ABS(config.recMIDITranspVal));
+	const int8_t val = (int8_t)(ABS(config.recMIDITranspVal));
 	if (val >= 10)
 	{
 		charOut(571, 123, PAL_FORGRND, sign);
--- a/src/ft2_diskop.c
+++ b/src/ft2_diskop.c
@@ -86,15 +86,10 @@
 
 int32_t getFileSize(UNICHAR *fileNameU) // returning -1 = filesize over 2GB
 {
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	FILE *f;
-#else
-	struct stat st;
-#endif
 	int64_t fSize;
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(fileNameU, "rb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(fileNameU, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 		return 0;
 
@@ -102,6 +97,7 @@
 	fSize = _ftelli64(f);
 	fclose(f);
 #else
+	struct stat st;
 	if (stat(fileNameU, &st) != 0)
 		return 0;
 
@@ -111,9 +107,9 @@
 		fSize = 0;
 
 	if (fSize > INT32_MAX)
-		return -1;
+		return -1; // -1 = ">2GB" flag
 	
-	return fSize & 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	return (int32_t)fSize;
 }
 
 uint8_t getDiskOpItem(void)
@@ -334,12 +330,10 @@
 
 static void removeQuestionmarksFromString(char *s)
 {
-	int32_t len;
-
 	if (s == NULL || *s == '\0')
 		return;
 
-	len = (int32_t)strlen(s);
+	const int32_t len = (int32_t)strlen(s);
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 	{
 		if (s[i] == '?')
@@ -351,14 +345,11 @@
 
 bool fileExistsAnsi(char *str)
 {
-	int32_t retVal;
-	UNICHAR *strU;
-
-	strU = cp437ToUnichar(str);
+	UNICHAR *strU = cp437ToUnichar(str);
 	if (strU == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	retVal = PathFileExistsW(strU);
+	bool retVal = PathFileExistsW(strU);
 	free(strU);
 
 	return retVal;
@@ -378,14 +369,11 @@
 
 static bool makeDirAnsi(char *str)
 {
-	int32_t retVal;
-	UNICHAR *strU;
-
-	strU = cp437ToUnichar(str);
+	UNICHAR *strU = cp437ToUnichar(str);
 	if (strU == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	retVal = _wmkdir(strU);
+	int32_t retVal = _wmkdir(strU);
 	free(strU);
 
 	return (retVal == 0);
@@ -393,14 +381,11 @@
 
 static bool renameAnsi(UNICHAR *oldNameU, char *newName)
 {
-	int32_t retVal;
-	UNICHAR *newNameU;
-
-	newNameU = cp437ToUnichar(newName);
+	UNICHAR *newNameU = cp437ToUnichar(newName);
 	if (newNameU == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	retVal = UNICHAR_RENAME(oldNameU, newNameU);
+	int32_t retVal = UNICHAR_RENAME(oldNameU, newNameU);
 	free(newNameU);
 
 	return (retVal == 0);
@@ -408,16 +393,12 @@
 
 static void setupDiskOpDrives(void) // Windows only
 {
-	uint16_t i;
-	uint32_t drivesBitmask;
-
 	fillRect(134, 29, 31, 111, PAL_DESKTOP);
-
 	numLogicalDrives = 0;
 
 	// get number of drives and drive names
-	drivesBitmask = GetLogicalDrives();
-	for (i = 0; i < 8*sizeof (uint32_t); i++)
+	const uint32_t drivesBitmask = GetLogicalDrives();
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < 8*sizeof (uint32_t); i++)
 	{
 		if ((drivesBitmask & (1 << i)) != 0)
 		{
@@ -428,11 +409,11 @@
 	}
 
 	// hide all buttons
-	for (i = 0; i < DISKOP_MAX_DRIVE_BUTTONS; i++)
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DISKOP_MAX_DRIVE_BUTTONS; i++)
 		hidePushButton(PB_DISKOP_DRIVE1 + i);
 
 	// set button names and show buttons
-	for (i = 0; i < numLogicalDrives; i++)
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < numLogicalDrives; i++)
 	{
 		pushButtons[PB_DISKOP_DRIVE1 + i].caption = logicalDriveNames[driveIndexes[i]];
 		showPushButton(PB_DISKOP_DRIVE1 + i);
@@ -463,14 +444,11 @@
 
 bool fileExistsAnsi(char *str)
 {
-	int32_t retVal;
-	UNICHAR *strU;
-
-	strU = cp437ToUnichar(str);
+	UNICHAR *strU = cp437ToUnichar(str);
 	if (strU == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	retVal = access(strU, F_OK);
+	int32_t retVal = access(strU, F_OK);
 	free(strU);
 
 	return (retVal != -1);
@@ -478,18 +456,14 @@
 
 static bool deleteDirRecursive(UNICHAR *strU)
 {
-	int32_t ret;
-	FTS *ftsp;
 	FTSENT *curr;
 	char *files[] = { (char *)(strU), NULL };
 
-	ftsp = NULL;
-
-	ftsp = fts_open(files, FTS_NOCHDIR | FTS_PHYSICAL | FTS_XDEV, NULL);
+	FTS *ftsp = fts_open(files, FTS_NOCHDIR | FTS_PHYSICAL | FTS_XDEV, NULL);
 	if (!ftsp)
 		return false;
 
-	ret = true;
+	bool ret = true;
 	while ((curr = fts_read(ftsp)))
 	{
 		switch (curr->fts_info)
@@ -528,14 +502,11 @@
 
 static bool makeDirAnsi(char *str)
 {
-	int32_t retVal;
-	UNICHAR *strU;
-
-	strU = cp437ToUnichar(str);
+	UNICHAR *strU = cp437ToUnichar(str);
 	if (strU == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	retVal = mkdir(str, S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IROTH | S_IXOTH);
+	int32_t retVal = mkdir(str, S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IROTH | S_IXOTH);
 	free(strU);
 
 	return (retVal == 0);
@@ -586,12 +557,12 @@
 
 static char *getFilenameFromPath(char *p)
 {
-	int32_t i, len;
+	int32_t i;
 
 	if (p == NULL || p[0] == '\0')
 		return p;
 
-	len = (int32_t)strlen(p);
+	const int32_t len = (int32_t)strlen(p);
 	if (len < 2 || p[len-1] == DIR_DELIMITER)
 		return p;
 
@@ -692,11 +663,8 @@
 
 static void openFile(UNICHAR *filenameU, bool songModifiedCheck)
 {
-	int32_t filesize;
-	FILE *f;
-
 	// first check if we can actually open the requested file
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "rb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "Couldn't open file/directory! No permission or in use?");
@@ -704,7 +672,7 @@
 	}
 	fclose(f);
 
-	filesize = getFileSize(filenameU);
+	const int32_t filesize = getFileSize(filenameU);
 	if (filesize == -1) // >2GB
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "The file is too big and can't be loaded (over 2GB).");
@@ -761,9 +729,9 @@
 	if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
 		return;
 
-	int32_t len = (int32_t)strlen(name);
+	const int32_t len = (int32_t)strlen(name);
 
-	int32_t extOffset = getExtOffset(name, len);
+	const int32_t extOffset = getExtOffset(name, len);
 	if (extOffset != -1)
 		name[extOffset] = '\0';
 }
@@ -775,7 +743,7 @@
 
 	removeFilenameExt(name);
 
-	int32_t len = (int32_t)strlen(name);
+	const int32_t len = (int32_t)strlen(name);
 	int32_t extLen = (int32_t)strlen(ext);
 
 	if (len+extLen > nameMaxLen)
@@ -797,11 +765,10 @@
 void trimEntryName(char *name, bool isDir)
 {
 	char extBuffer[24];
-	int32_t j, extOffset, extLen;
 
-	j = (int32_t)strlen(name);
-	extOffset = getExtOffset(name, j);
-	extLen = (int32_t)strlen(&name[extOffset]);
+	int32_t j = (int32_t)strlen(name);
+	const int32_t extOffset = getExtOffset(name, j);
+	int32_t extLen = (int32_t)strlen(&name[extOffset]);
 	j--;
 
 	if (isDir)
@@ -846,10 +813,9 @@
 static void createOverwriteText(char *name)
 {
 	char nameTmp[128];
-	uint32_t nameLen;
 
 	// read entry name to a small buffer
-	nameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(name);
+	const uint32_t nameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(name);
 	memcpy(nameTmp, name, (nameLen >= sizeof (nameTmp)) ? sizeof (nameTmp) : (nameLen + 1));
 	nameTmp[sizeof (nameTmp) - 1] = '\0';
 
@@ -1031,15 +997,13 @@
 static void fileListPressed(int32_t index)
 {
 	char *nameTmp;
-	int8_t mode;
-	int32_t result, entryIndex;
-	DirRec *dirEntry;
+	int32_t result;
 
-	entryIndex = FReq_DirPos + index;
+	const int32_t entryIndex = FReq_DirPos + index;
 	if (entryIndex >= FReq_FileCount || FReq_FileCount == 0)
 		return; // illegal entry
 
-	mode = mouse.mode;
+	const int8_t mode = mouse.mode;
 
 	// set normal mouse cursor
 	if (mouse.mode != MOUSE_MODE_NORMAL)
@@ -1049,7 +1013,7 @@
 	FReq_EntrySelected = -1;
 	diskOp_DrawDirectory();
 
-	dirEntry = &FReq_Buffer[entryIndex];
+	DirRec *dirEntry = &FReq_Buffer[entryIndex];
 	switch (mode)
 	{
 		// open file/folder
@@ -1147,12 +1111,12 @@
 
 bool testDiskOpMouseDown(bool mouseHeldDlown)
 {
-	int32_t tmpEntry, max;
+	int32_t tmpEntry;
 
 	if (!ui.diskOpShown || FReq_FileCount == 0)
 		return false;
 
-	max = FReq_FileCount - FReq_DirPos;
+	int32_t max = FReq_FileCount - FReq_DirPos;
 	if (max > DISKOP_ENTRY_NUM) // needed kludge when mouse-scrolling
 		max = DISKOP_ENTRY_NUM;
 
@@ -1225,14 +1189,11 @@
 
 static uint8_t handleEntrySkip(UNICHAR *nameU, bool isDir)
 {
-	char *name, *extPtr;
-	int32_t nameLen, extOffset, extLen;
-
 	// skip if illegal name or filesize >32-bit
 	if (nameU == NULL)
 		return true;
 
-	name = unicharToCp437(nameU, false);
+	char *name = unicharToCp437(nameU, false);
 	if (name == NULL)
 		return true;
 	
@@ -1239,7 +1200,7 @@
 	if (name[0] == '\0')
 		goto skipEntry;
 
-	nameLen = (int32_t)strlen(name);
+	const int32_t nameLen = (int32_t)strlen(name);
 
 	// skip ".name" dirs/files
 	if (nameLen >= 2 && name[0] == '.' && name[1] != '.')
@@ -1262,15 +1223,15 @@
 	}
 	else if (!FReq_ShowAllFiles)
 	{
-		extOffset = getExtOffset(name, nameLen);
+		const int32_t extOffset = getExtOffset(name, nameLen);
 		if (extOffset == -1)
 			goto skipEntry;
 
-		extLen = (int32_t)strlen(&name[extOffset]);
+		const int32_t extLen = (int32_t)strlen(&name[extOffset]);
 		if (extLen < 3 || extLen > 5)
 			goto skipEntry; // no possibly known extensions to filter out
 
-		extPtr = &name[extOffset];
+		char *extPtr = &name[extOffset];
 
 		// decide what entries to keep based on file extension
 		switch (FReq_Item)
@@ -1589,12 +1550,10 @@
 
 static bool swapBufferEntry(int32_t a, int32_t b) // used for sorting
 {
-	DirRec tmpBuffer;
-
 	if (a >= FReq_FileCount || b >= FReq_FileCount)
 		return false;
 
-	tmpBuffer = FReq_Buffer[a];
+	DirRec tmpBuffer = FReq_Buffer[a];
 	FReq_Buffer[a] = FReq_Buffer[b];
 	FReq_Buffer[b] = tmpBuffer;
 
@@ -1603,17 +1562,13 @@
 
 static char *ach(int32_t rad) // used for sortDirectory()
 {
-	char *p, *name;
-	int32_t i, nameLen, extLen;
-	DirRec *dirEntry;
+	DirRec *dirEntry = &FReq_Buffer[rad];
 
-	dirEntry = &FReq_Buffer[rad];
-
-	name = unicharToCp437(dirEntry->nameU, true);
+	char *name = unicharToCp437(dirEntry->nameU, true);
 	if (name == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	nameLen = (int32_t)strlen(name);
+	const int32_t nameLen = (int32_t)strlen(name);
 	if (nameLen == 0)
 	{
 		free(name);
@@ -1620,7 +1575,7 @@
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	p = (char *)malloc(nameLen + 2);
+	char *p = (char *)malloc(nameLen + 2);
 	if (p == NULL)
 	{
 		free(name);
@@ -1645,7 +1600,7 @@
 	{
 		// file
 
-		i = getExtOffset(name, nameLen);
+		const int32_t i = getExtOffset(name, nameLen);
 		if (config.cfg_SortPriority == 1 || i == -1)
 		{
 			// sort by filename
@@ -1656,7 +1611,7 @@
 		else
 		{
 			// sort by filename extension
-			extLen = nameLen - i;
+			const int32_t extLen = nameLen - i;
 			if (extLen <= 1)
 			{
 				strcpy(p, name);
@@ -1678,23 +1633,21 @@
 static void sortDirectory(void)
 {
 	bool didSwap;
-	char *p1, *p2;
-	uint32_t offset, limit, i;
 
 	if (FReq_FileCount < 2)
 		return; // no need to sort
 
-	offset = FReq_FileCount / 2;
+	uint32_t offset = FReq_FileCount >> 1;
 	while (offset > 0)
 	{
-		limit = FReq_FileCount - offset;
+		const uint32_t limit = FReq_FileCount - offset;
 		do
 		{
 			didSwap = false;
-			for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
+			for (uint32_t i = 0; i < limit; i++)
 			{
-				p1 = ach(i);
-				p2 = ach(offset + i);
+				char *p1 = ach(i);
+				char *p2 = ach(offset+i);
 
 				if (p1 == NULL || p2 == NULL)
 				{
@@ -1722,7 +1675,7 @@
 		}
 		while (didSwap);
 
-		offset /= 2;
+		offset >>= 1;
 	}
 }
 
@@ -1744,9 +1697,9 @@
 static void printFormattedFilesize(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint32_t bufEntry)
 {
 	char sizeStrBuffer[16];
-	int32_t filesize, printFilesize;
+	int32_t printFilesize;
 
-	filesize = FReq_Buffer[bufEntry].filesize;
+	const int32_t filesize = FReq_Buffer[bufEntry].filesize;
 	if (filesize == -1)
 	{
 		x += 6;
@@ -1784,17 +1737,13 @@
 
 static void displayCurrPath(void)
 {
-	char *p, *delimiter, *asciiPath;
-	int32_t j;
-	uint32_t pathLen;
-
 	fillRect(4, 145, 162, 10, PAL_DESKTOP);
 
-	pathLen = (uint32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(FReq_CurPathU);
+	const uint32_t pathLen = (uint32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(FReq_CurPathU);
 	if (pathLen == 0)
 		return;
 
-	asciiPath = unicharToCp437(FReq_CurPathU, true);
+	char *asciiPath = unicharToCp437(FReq_CurPathU, true);
 	if (asciiPath == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "Not enough memory!");
@@ -1801,7 +1750,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	p = asciiPath;
+	char *p = asciiPath;
 	if (textWidth(p) <= 162)
 	{
 		// path fits, print it all
@@ -1820,7 +1769,7 @@
 		strcat(FReq_NameTemp, "..");
 #endif
 
-		delimiter = strrchr(p, DIR_DELIMITER);
+		char *delimiter = strrchr(p, DIR_DELIMITER);
 		if (delimiter != NULL)
 		{
 #ifdef _WIN32
@@ -1830,7 +1779,7 @@
 #endif
 		}
 
-		j = (int32_t)strlen(FReq_NameTemp);
+		int32_t j = (int32_t)strlen(FReq_NameTemp);
 		if (j > 6)
 		{
 			j--;
@@ -1853,16 +1802,12 @@
 
 void diskOp_DrawDirectory(void)
 {
-	char *readName;
-	uint16_t y;
-	int32_t bufEntry;
-
 	clearRect(FILENAME_TEXT_X - 1, 4, 162, 164);
 	drawTextBox(TB_DISKOP_FILENAME);
 
 	if (FReq_EntrySelected != -1)
 	{
-		y = 4 + (uint16_t)((FONT1_CHAR_H + 1) * FReq_EntrySelected);
+		const uint16_t y = 4 + (uint16_t)((FONT1_CHAR_H + 1) * FReq_EntrySelected);
 		fillRect(FILENAME_TEXT_X - 1, y, 162, FONT1_CHAR_H, PAL_PATTEXT);
 	}
 
@@ -1876,7 +1821,7 @@
 
 	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DISKOP_ENTRY_NUM; i++)
 	{
-		bufEntry = FReq_DirPos + i;
+		const int32_t bufEntry = FReq_DirPos + i;
 		if (bufEntry >= FReq_FileCount)
 			break;
 
@@ -1884,11 +1829,11 @@
 			continue;
 
 		// convert unichar name to codepage 437
-		readName = unicharToCp437(FReq_Buffer[bufEntry].nameU, true);
+		char *readName = unicharToCp437(FReq_Buffer[bufEntry].nameU, true);
 		if (readName == NULL)
 			continue;
 
-		y = 4 + (i * (FONT1_CHAR_H + 1));
+		const uint16_t y = 4 + (i * (FONT1_CHAR_H + 1));
 
 		// shrink entry name and add ".." if it doesn't fit on screen
 		trimEntryName(readName, FReq_Buffer[bufEntry].isDir);
@@ -1917,9 +1862,7 @@
 
 static DirRec *bufferCreateEmptyDir(void) // special case: creates a dir entry with a ".." directory
 {
-	DirRec *dirEntry;
-
-	dirEntry = (DirRec *)malloc(sizeof (DirRec));
+	DirRec *dirEntry = (DirRec *)malloc(sizeof (DirRec));
 	if (dirEntry == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
@@ -1938,8 +1881,7 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL diskOp_ReadDirectoryThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	uint8_t lastFindFileFlag;
-	DirRec tmpBuffer, *newPtr;
+	DirRec tmpBuffer;
 
 	FReq_DirPos = 0;
 
@@ -1949,10 +1891,10 @@
 	UNICHAR_GETCWD(FReq_CurPathU, PATH_MAX);
 
 	// read first file
-	lastFindFileFlag = findFirst(&tmpBuffer);
+	int8_t lastFindFileFlag = findFirst(&tmpBuffer);
 	if (lastFindFileFlag != LFF_DONE && lastFindFileFlag != LFF_SKIP)
 	{
-		FReq_Buffer = (DirRec *)malloc(sizeof (DirRec) * (FReq_FileCount + 1));
+		FReq_Buffer = (DirRec *)malloc(sizeof (DirRec) * (FReq_FileCount+1));
 		if (FReq_Buffer == NULL)
 		{
 			findClose();
@@ -1979,7 +1921,7 @@
 		lastFindFileFlag = findNext(&tmpBuffer);
 		if (lastFindFileFlag != LFF_DONE && lastFindFileFlag != LFF_SKIP)
 		{
-			newPtr = (DirRec *)realloc(FReq_Buffer, sizeof (DirRec) * (FReq_FileCount + 1));
+			DirRec *newPtr = (DirRec *)realloc(FReq_Buffer, sizeof (DirRec) * (FReq_FileCount + 1));
 			if (newPtr == NULL)
 			{
 				freeDirRecBuffer();
@@ -2011,11 +1953,11 @@
 	}
 
 	editor.diskOpReadDone = true;
-
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 
-	(void)ptr;
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void diskOp_StartDirReadThread(void)
@@ -2083,7 +2025,6 @@
 	hideRadioButtonGroup(RB_GROUP_DISKOP_PAT_SAVEAS);
 	hideRadioButtonGroup(RB_GROUP_DISKOP_TRK_SAVEAS);
 
-
 	if (editor.moduleSaveMode > 3)
 		editor.moduleSaveMode = 3;
 
@@ -2112,8 +2053,6 @@
 
 static void setDiskOpItem(uint8_t item)
 {
-	int32_t pathLen;
-
 	hideRadioButtonGroup(RB_GROUP_DISKOP_MOD_SAVEAS);
 	hideRadioButtonGroup(RB_GROUP_DISKOP_INS_SAVEAS);
 	hideRadioButtonGroup(RB_GROUP_DISKOP_SMP_SAVEAS);
@@ -2204,7 +2143,7 @@
 		break;
 	}
 
-	pathLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(FReq_CurPathU);
+	const int32_t pathLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(FReq_CurPathU);
 	if (pathLen == 0)
 	{
 		memset(FReq_CurPathU, 0, (PATH_MAX + 2) * sizeof (UNICHAR));
--- a/src/ft2_edit.c
+++ b/src/ft2_edit.c
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 // when the cursor is at the note slot
 static bool testNoteKeys(SDL_Scancode scancode)
 {
-	int8_t noteNum = scancodeKeyToNote(scancode);
+	const int8_t noteNum = scancodeKeyToNote(scancode);
 	if (noteNum > 0 && noteNum <= 96)
 	{
 		recordNote(noteNum, -1);
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 // when the cursor is at the note slot
 void testNoteKeysRelease(SDL_Scancode scancode)
 {
-	int8_t noteNum = scancodeKeyToNote(scancode); // convert key scancode to note number
+	const int8_t noteNum = scancodeKeyToNote(scancode); // convert key scancode to note number
 	if (noteNum > 0 && noteNum <= 96)
 		recordNote(noteNum, 0); // release note
 }
@@ -68,8 +68,6 @@
 {
 	int8_t i;
 	uint8_t oldVal;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	tonTyp *ton;
 
 	if (cursor.object == CURSOR_NOTE)
 	{
@@ -134,7 +132,7 @@
 
 	// insert slot data
 
-	ton = &patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
+	tonTyp *ton = &patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
 	switch (cursor.object)
 	{
 		case CURSOR_INST1:
@@ -228,7 +226,7 @@
 
 	// increase row (only in edit mode)
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 	if (playMode == PLAYMODE_EDIT && pattLen >= 1)
 		setPos(-1, (editor.pattPos + editor.ID_Add) % pattLen, true);
 
@@ -242,14 +240,11 @@
 // directly ported from the original FT2 code (fun fact: named EvulateTimeStamp() in the FT2 code)
 static void evaluateTimeStamp(int16_t *songPos, int16_t *pattNr, int16_t *pattPos, int16_t *tick)
 {
-	int16_t nr, t, p, r, sp, row;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
+	int16_t sp = editor.songPos;
+	int16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
+	int16_t row = editor.pattPos;
+	int16_t t = editor.tempo - editor.timer;
 
-	sp = editor.songPos;
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
-	row = editor.pattPos;
-	t = editor.tempo - editor.timer;
-
 	t = CLAMP(t, 0, editor.tempo - 1);
 
 	// this is needed, but also breaks quantization on speed>15
@@ -256,10 +251,11 @@
 	if (t > 15)
 		t = 15;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
 	if (config.recQuant > 0)
 	{
+		int16_t r;
 		if (config.recQuantRes >= 16)
 		{
 			t += (editor.tempo >> 1) + 1;
@@ -268,7 +264,7 @@
 		{
 			r = tickArr[config.recQuantRes-1];
 
-			p = row & (r - 1);
+			int16_t p = row & (r - 1);
 			if (p < (r >> 1))
 				row -= p;
 			else
@@ -305,13 +301,12 @@
 // directly ported from the original FT2 code - what a mess, but it works...
 void recordNote(uint8_t note, int8_t vol)
 {
-	int8_t i, k, c, editmode, recmode;
-	int16_t nr, sp, oldpattpos, pattpos, tick;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
+	int8_t i;
+	int16_t nr, sp, pattpos, tick;
 	int32_t time;
 	tonTyp *noteData;
 
-	oldpattpos = editor.pattPos;
+	const int16_t oldpattpos = editor.pattPos;
 
 	if (songPlaying)
 	{
@@ -326,14 +321,14 @@
 		tick = 0;
 	}
 
-	editmode = (playMode == PLAYMODE_EDIT);
-	recmode = (playMode == PLAYMODE_RECSONG) || (playMode == PLAYMODE_RECPATT);
+	bool editmode = (playMode == PLAYMODE_EDIT);
+	bool recmode = (playMode == PLAYMODE_RECSONG) || (playMode == PLAYMODE_RECPATT);
 
 	if (note == 97)
 		vol = 0;
 
-	c = -1;
-	k = -1;
+	int8_t c = -1;
+	int8_t k = -1;
 
 	if (editmode || recmode)
 	{
@@ -428,7 +423,7 @@
 		{
 			if (allocatePattern(nr))
 			{
-				pattLen  = pattLens[nr];
+				const int16_t pattLen  = pattLens[nr];
 				noteData = &patt[nr][(pattpos * MAX_VOICES) + c];
 
 				// insert data
@@ -488,7 +483,7 @@
 			{
 				// insert data
 
-				pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+				int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 				noteData = &patt[nr][(pattpos * MAX_VOICES) + c];
 
 				if (noteData->ton != 0)
@@ -535,10 +530,6 @@
 
 bool handleEditKeys(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode scancode)
 {
-	bool frKeybHack;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	tonTyp *note;
-
 	// special case for delete - manipulate note data
 	if (keycode == SDLK_DELETE)
 	{
@@ -548,7 +539,7 @@
 		if (patt[editor.editPattern] == NULL)
 			return true;
 
-		note = &patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
+		tonTyp *note = &patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
 
 		if (keyb.leftShiftPressed)
 		{
@@ -586,7 +577,7 @@
 		killPatternIfUnused(editor.editPattern);
 
 		// increase row (only in edit mode)
-		pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+		const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 		if (playMode == PLAYMODE_EDIT && pattLen >= 1)
 			setPos(-1, (editor.pattPos + editor.ID_Add) % pattLen, true);
 
@@ -597,7 +588,7 @@
 	}
 
 	// a kludge for french keyb. layouts to allow writing numbers in the pattern data with left SHIFT
-	frKeybHack = keyb.leftShiftPressed && !keyb.leftAltPressed && !keyb.leftCtrlPressed &&
+	const bool frKeybHack = keyb.leftShiftPressed && !keyb.leftAltPressed && !keyb.leftCtrlPressed &&
 	               (scancode >= SDL_SCANCODE_1) && (scancode <= SDL_SCANCODE_0);
 
 	if (frKeybHack || !keyb.keyModifierDown)
@@ -608,15 +599,12 @@
 
 void writeToMacroSlot(uint8_t slot)
 {
-	uint16_t writeVol, writeEff;
-	tonTyp *note;
+	uint16_t writeVol = 0;
+	uint16_t writeEff = 0;
 
-	writeVol = 0;
-	writeEff = 0;
-
 	if (patt[editor.editPattern] != NULL)
 	{
-		note = &patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
+		tonTyp *note = &patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
 		writeVol = note->vol;
 		writeEff = (note->effTyp << 8) | note->eff;
 	}
@@ -629,10 +617,6 @@
 
 void writeFromMacroSlot(uint8_t slot)
 {
-	uint8_t effTyp;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	tonTyp *note;
-
 	if (playMode != PLAYMODE_EDIT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECSONG && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECPATT)
 		return;
 
@@ -639,8 +623,8 @@
 	if (!allocatePattern(editor.editPattern))
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
-	note = &patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *note = &patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
 
 	if (cursor.object == CURSOR_VOL1 || cursor.object == CURSOR_VOL2)
 	{
@@ -648,7 +632,7 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		effTyp = (uint8_t)(config.comMacro[slot] >> 8);
+		uint8_t effTyp = (uint8_t)(config.comMacro[slot] >> 8);
 		if (effTyp > 35)
 		{
 			// illegal effect
@@ -673,21 +657,17 @@
 
 void insertPatternNote(void)
 {
-	int16_t nr, pattPos;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (playMode != PLAYMODE_EDIT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECPATT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECSONG)
 		return;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
+	const int16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
 
-	pattPtr = patt[nr];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[nr];
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos;
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	const int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos;
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
 	if (pattLen > 1)
 	{
@@ -705,21 +685,18 @@
 
 void insertPatternLine(void)
 {
-	int16_t nr, pattLen, pattPos;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (playMode != PLAYMODE_EDIT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECPATT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECSONG)
 		return;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
+	const int16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
 
 	setPatternLen(nr, pattLens[nr] + config.recTrueInsert); // config.recTrueInsert is 0 or 1
 
-	pattPtr = patt[nr];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[nr];
 	if (pattPtr != NULL)
 	{
-		pattPos = editor.pattPos;
-		pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+		const int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos;
+		const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
 		if (pattLen > 1)
 		{
@@ -741,18 +718,14 @@
 
 void deletePatternNote(void)
 {
-	int16_t nr, pattPos;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (playMode != PLAYMODE_EDIT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECPATT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECSONG)
 		return;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos;
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	const int16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
+	int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos;
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 	if (pattPtr != NULL)
 	{
 		if (pattPos > 0)
@@ -783,18 +756,14 @@
 
 void deletePatternLine(void)
 {
-	int16_t nr, pattPos;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (playMode != PLAYMODE_EDIT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECPATT && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECSONG)
 		return;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos;
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	const int16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
+	int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos;
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 	if (pattPtr != NULL)
 	{
 		if (pattPos > 0)
@@ -1389,19 +1358,16 @@
 
 void cutTrack(void)
 {
-	uint16_t i, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
 	if (config.ptnCutToBuffer)
 	{
 		memset(trackCopyBuff, 0, MAX_PATT_LEN * sizeof (tonTyp));
-		for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+		for (int16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 			copyNote(&pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch], &trackCopyBuff[i]);
 
 		trkBufLen = pattLen;
@@ -1408,7 +1374,7 @@
 	}
 
 	pauseMusic();
-	for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+	for (int16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 		pasteNote(&clearNote, &pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch]);
 	resumeMusic();
 
@@ -1420,17 +1386,14 @@
 
 void copyTrack(void)
 {
-	uint16_t i, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
 	memset(trackCopyBuff, 0, MAX_PATT_LEN * sizeof (tonTyp));
-	for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+	for (int16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 		copyNote(&pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch], &trackCopyBuff[i]);
 
 	trkBufLen = pattLen;
@@ -1438,17 +1401,14 @@
 
 void pasteTrack(void)
 {
-	uint16_t i, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (trkBufLen == 0 || !allocatePattern(editor.editPattern))
 		return;
 
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
 	pauseMusic();
-	for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+	for (int16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 		pasteNote(&trackCopyBuff[i], &pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch]);
 	resumeMusic();
 
@@ -1460,21 +1420,18 @@
 
 void cutPattern(void)
 {
-	uint16_t i, x, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
 	if (config.ptnCutToBuffer)
 	{
 		memset(ptnCopyBuff, 0, (MAX_PATT_LEN * MAX_VOICES) * sizeof (tonTyp));
-		for (x = 0; x < song.antChn; x++)
+		for (int16_t x = 0; x < song.antChn; x++)
 		{
-			for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+			for (int16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 				copyNote(&pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + x], &ptnCopyBuff[(i * MAX_VOICES) + x]);
 		}
 
@@ -1482,9 +1439,9 @@
 	}
 
 	pauseMusic();
-	for (x = 0; x < song.antChn; x++)
+	for (int16_t x = 0; x < song.antChn; x++)
 	{
-		for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+		for (int16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 			pasteNote(&clearNote, &pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + x]);
 	}
 	resumeMusic();
@@ -1497,19 +1454,16 @@
 
 void copyPattern(void)
 {
-	uint16_t i, x, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
 	memset(ptnCopyBuff, 0, (MAX_PATT_LEN * MAX_VOICES) * sizeof (tonTyp));
-	for (x = 0; x < song.antChn; x++)
+	for (int16_t x = 0; x < song.antChn; x++)
 	{
-		for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+		for (int16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 			copyNote(&pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + x], &ptnCopyBuff[(i * MAX_VOICES) + x]);
 	}
 
@@ -1520,9 +1474,6 @@
 
 void pastePattern(void)
 {
-	uint16_t i, x, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-	
 	if (ptnBufLen == 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -1535,13 +1486,13 @@
 	if (!allocatePattern(editor.editPattern))
 		return;
 
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
 	pauseMusic();
-	for (x = 0; x < song.antChn; x++)
+	for (int16_t x = 0; x < song.antChn; x++)
 	{
-		for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+		for (int16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 			pasteNote(&ptnCopyBuff[(i * MAX_VOICES) + x], &pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + x]);
 	}
 	resumeMusic();
@@ -1554,21 +1505,18 @@
 
 void cutBlock(void)
 {
-	uint16_t x, y;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (pattMark.markY1 == pattMark.markY2 || pattMark.markY1 > pattMark.markY2)
 		return;
 
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
 	if (config.ptnCutToBuffer)
 	{
-		for (x = pattMark.markX1; x <= pattMark.markX2; x++)
+		for (int16_t x = pattMark.markX1; x <= pattMark.markX2; x++)
 		{
-			for (y = pattMark.markY1; y < pattMark.markY2; y++)
+			for (int16_t y = pattMark.markY1; y < pattMark.markY2; y++)
 			{
 				assert(x < song.antChn && y < pattLens[editor.editPattern]);
 				copyNote(&pattPtr[(y * MAX_VOICES) + x],
@@ -1578,9 +1526,9 @@
 	}
 
 	pauseMusic();
-	for (x = pattMark.markX1; x <= pattMark.markX2; x++)
+	for (int16_t x = pattMark.markX1; x <= pattMark.markX2; x++)
 	{
-		for (y = pattMark.markY1; y < pattMark.markY2; y++)
+		for (int16_t y = pattMark.markY1; y < pattMark.markY2; y++)
 			pasteNote(&clearNote, &pattPtr[(y * MAX_VOICES) + x]);
 	}
 	resumeMusic();
@@ -1597,19 +1545,16 @@
 
 void copyBlock(void)
 {
-	uint16_t x, y;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (pattMark.markY1 == pattMark.markY2 || pattMark.markY1 > pattMark.markY2)
 		return;
 
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	for (x = pattMark.markX1; x <= pattMark.markX2; x++)
+	for (int16_t x = pattMark.markX1; x <= pattMark.markX2; x++)
 	{
-		for (y = pattMark.markY1; y < pattMark.markY2; y++)
+		for (int16_t y = pattMark.markY1; y < pattMark.markY2; y++)
 		{
 			assert(x < song.antChn && y < pattLens[editor.editPattern]);
 			copyNote(&pattPtr[(y * MAX_VOICES) + x],
@@ -1624,26 +1569,23 @@
 
 void pasteBlock(void)
 {
-	int32_t xpos, ypos, j, k, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (!blockCopied || !allocatePattern(editor.editPattern))
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
-	xpos = cursor.ch;
-	ypos = editor.pattPos;
+	const int32_t xpos = cursor.ch;
+	const int32_t ypos = editor.pattPos;
 
-	j = markXSize;
+	int32_t j = markXSize;
 	if (j+xpos >= song.antChn)
 		j = song.antChn - xpos - 1;
 
-	k = markYSize;
+	int32_t k = markYSize;
 	if (k+ypos >= pattLen)
 		k = pattLen - ypos;
 
-	pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[editor.editPattern];
 
 	pauseMusic();
 	for (int32_t x = xpos; x <= xpos+j; x++)
@@ -1664,17 +1606,14 @@
 
 static void remapInstrXY(uint16_t nr, uint16_t x1, uint16_t y1, uint16_t x2, uint16_t y2, uint8_t src, uint8_t dst)
 {
-	int32_t noteSkipLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr, *note;
-
 	// this routine is only used sanely, so no need to check input
 
-	pattPtr = patt[nr];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[nr];
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	noteSkipLen = MAX_VOICES - ((x2 + 1) - x1);
-	note = &pattPtr[(y1 * MAX_VOICES) + x1];
+	const int32_t noteSkipLen = MAX_VOICES - ((x2 + 1) - x1);
+	tonTyp *note = &pattPtr[(y1 * MAX_VOICES) + x1];
 
 	for (uint16_t y = y1; y <= y2; y++)
 	{
@@ -1741,8 +1680,6 @@
 
 void remapSong(void)
 {
-	uint8_t pattNr;
-
 	if (editor.srcInstr == editor.curInstr)
 		return;
 
@@ -1749,7 +1686,7 @@
 	pauseMusic();
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
 	{
-		pattNr = (uint8_t)i;
+		const uint8_t pattNr = (uint8_t)i;
 
 		remapInstrXY(pattNr,
 		             0, 0,
@@ -1762,9 +1699,11 @@
 	setSongModifiedFlag();
 }
 
+// "scale-fade volume" routines
+
 static int8_t getNoteVolume(tonTyp *note)
 {
-	int8_t nv, vv, ev, finalv;
+	int8_t nv, vv, ev;
 
 	if (note->vol >= 0x10 && note->vol <= 0x50)
 		vv = note->vol - 0x10;
@@ -1781,7 +1720,7 @@
 	else
 		nv = -1;
 
-	finalv = -1;
+	int8_t finalv = -1;
 	if (nv >= 0) finalv = nv;
 	if (vv >= 0) finalv = vv;
 	if (ev >= 0) finalv = ev;
@@ -1791,12 +1730,10 @@
 
 static void setNoteVolume(tonTyp *note, int8_t newVol)
 {
-	int8_t oldv;
-
 	if (newVol < 0)
 		return;
 
-	oldv = getNoteVolume(note);
+	const int8_t oldv = getNoteVolume(note);
 	if (note->vol == oldv)
 		return; // volume is the same
 
@@ -1808,23 +1745,19 @@
 
 static void scaleNote(uint16_t ptn, int8_t ch, int16_t row, double dScale)
 {
-	int32_t vol;
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	tonTyp *note;
-
 	if (patt[ptn] == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[ptn];
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[ptn];
 	if (row < 0 || row >= pattLen || ch < 0 || ch >= song.antChn)
 		return;
 
-	note = &patt[ptn][(row * MAX_VOICES) + ch];
+	tonTyp *note = &patt[ptn][(row * MAX_VOICES) + ch];
 
-	vol = getNoteVolume(note);
+	int32_t vol = getNoteVolume(note);
 	if (vol >= 0)
 	{
-		vol = (int32_t)round(vol * dScale);
+		vol = (int32_t)((vol * dScale) + 0.5); // rounded
 		vol = MIN(MAX(0, vol), 64);
 		setNoteVolume(note, (int8_t)vol);
 	}
@@ -1832,20 +1765,19 @@
 
 static bool askForScaleFade(char *msg)
 {
-	char *val1, *val2, volstr[32 + 1];
-	uint8_t err;
+	char volstr[32+1];
 
 	sprintf(volstr, "%0.2f,%0.2f", dVolScaleFK1, dVolScaleFK2);
 	if (inputBox(1, msg, volstr, sizeof (volstr) - 1) != 1)
 		return false;
 
-	err = false;
+	bool err = false;
 
-	val1 = volstr;
+	char *val1 = volstr;
 	if (strlen(val1) < 3)
 		err = true;
 
-	val2 = strchr(volstr, ',');
+	char *val2 = strchr(volstr, ',');
 	if (val2 == NULL || strlen(val2) < 3)
 		err = true;
 
@@ -1856,7 +1788,7 @@
 	}
 
 	dVolScaleFK1 = atof(val1);
-	dVolScaleFK2 = atof(val2 + 1);
+	dVolScaleFK2 = atof(val2+1);
 
 	return true;
 }
@@ -1863,9 +1795,6 @@
 
 void scaleFadeVolumeTrack(void)
 {
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	double dIPy, dVol;
-
 	if (!askForScaleFade("Volume scale-fade track (start-, end scale)"))
 		return;
 
@@ -1872,16 +1801,16 @@
 	if (patt[editor.editPattern] == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	const int32_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
-	dIPy = 0.0;
+	double dIPy = 0.0;
 	if (pattLen > 0)
 		dIPy = (dVolScaleFK2 - dVolScaleFK1) / pattLen;
 
-	dVol = dVolScaleFK1;
+	double dVol = dVolScaleFK1;
 
 	pauseMusic();
-	for (uint16_t row = 0; row < pattLen; row++)
+	for (int16_t row = 0; row < pattLen; row++)
 	{
 		scaleNote(editor.editPattern, cursor.ch, row, dVol);
 		dVol += dIPy;
@@ -1891,9 +1820,6 @@
 
 void scaleFadeVolumePattern(void)
 {
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-	double dIPy, dVol;
-
 	if (!askForScaleFade("Volume scale-fade pattern (start-, end scale)"))
 		return;
 
@@ -1900,18 +1826,18 @@
 	if (patt[editor.editPattern] == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	const int32_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 
-	dIPy = 0.0;
+	double dIPy = 0.0;
 	if (pattLen > 0)
 		dIPy = (dVolScaleFK2 - dVolScaleFK1) / pattLen;
 
-	dVol = dVolScaleFK1;
+	double dVol = dVolScaleFK1;
 
 	pauseMusic();
-	for (uint16_t row = 0; row < pattLen; row++)
+	for (int16_t row = 0; row < pattLen; row++)
 	{
-		for (uint8_t ch = 0; ch < song.antChn; ch++)
+		for (int8_t ch = 0; ch < song.antChn; ch++)
 			scaleNote(editor.editPattern, ch, row, dVol);
 
 		dVol += dIPy;
@@ -1921,9 +1847,6 @@
 
 void scaleFadeVolumeBlock(void)
 {
-	uint16_t dy;
-	double dIPy, dVol;
-
 	if (!askForScaleFade("Volume scale-fade block (start-, end scale)"))
 		return;
 
@@ -1930,18 +1853,18 @@
 	if (patt[editor.editPattern] == NULL || pattMark.markY1 == pattMark.markY2 || pattMark.markY1 > pattMark.markY2)
 		return;
 
-	dy = pattMark.markY2 - pattMark.markY1;
+	const int32_t dy = pattMark.markY2 - pattMark.markY1;
 
-	dIPy = 0.0;
+	double dIPy = 0.0;
 	if (dy > 0)
 		dIPy = (dVolScaleFK2 - dVolScaleFK1) / dy;
 
-	dVol = dVolScaleFK1;
+	double dVol = dVolScaleFK1;
 
 	pauseMusic();
-	for (uint16_t row = pattMark.markY1; row < pattMark.markY2; row++)
+	for (int16_t row = pattMark.markY1; row < pattMark.markY2; row++)
 	{
-		for (uint16_t ch = pattMark.markX1; ch <= pattMark.markX2; ch++)
+		for (int16_t ch = pattMark.markX1; ch <= pattMark.markX2; ch++)
 			scaleNote(editor.editPattern, (uint8_t)ch, row, dVol);
 
 		dVol += dIPy;
--- a/src/ft2_events.c
+++ b/src/ft2_events.c
@@ -255,29 +255,27 @@
 
 static void handleSysMsg(SDL_Event inputEvent)
 {
-	SDL_SysWMmsg *wmMsg;
+	if (inputEvent.type != SDL_SYSWMEVENT)
+		return;
 
-	if (inputEvent.type == SDL_SYSWMEVENT)
+	SDL_SysWMmsg *wmMsg = inputEvent.syswm.msg;
+	if (wmMsg->subsystem == SDL_SYSWM_WINDOWS && wmMsg->msg.win.msg == SYSMSG_FILE_ARG)
 	{
-		wmMsg = inputEvent.syswm.msg;
-		if (wmMsg->subsystem == SDL_SYSWM_WINDOWS && wmMsg->msg.win.msg == SYSMSG_FILE_ARG)
+		hMapFile = OpenFileMapping(FILE_MAP_READ, FALSE, SHARED_FILENAME);
+		if (hMapFile != NULL)
 		{
-			hMapFile = OpenFileMapping(FILE_MAP_READ, FALSE, SHARED_FILENAME);
-			if (hMapFile != NULL)
+			sharedMemBuf = (LPTSTR)MapViewOfFile(hMapFile, FILE_MAP_READ, 0, 0, ARGV_SHARED_MEM_MAX_LEN);
+			if (sharedMemBuf != NULL)
 			{
-				sharedMemBuf = (LPTSTR)MapViewOfFile(hMapFile, FILE_MAP_READ, 0, 0, ARGV_SHARED_MEM_MAX_LEN);
-				if (sharedMemBuf != NULL)
-				{
-					editor.autoPlayOnDrop = true;
-					loadDroppedFile((char *)sharedMemBuf, true);
+				editor.autoPlayOnDrop = true;
+				loadDroppedFile((char *)sharedMemBuf, true);
 
-					UnmapViewOfFile(sharedMemBuf);
-					sharedMemBuf = NULL;
-				}
-
-				CloseHandle(hMapFile);
-				hMapFile = NULL;
+				UnmapViewOfFile(sharedMemBuf);
+				sharedMemBuf = NULL;
 			}
+
+			CloseHandle(hMapFile);
+			hMapFile = NULL;
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -295,12 +293,8 @@
 {
 #define BACKUP_FILES_TO_TRY 1000
 	char fileName[32];
-	uint16_t i;
-	UNICHAR *fileNameU;
 	struct stat statBuffer;
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	if (oneInstHandle != NULL)
 		CloseHandle(oneInstHandle);
 
@@ -309,7 +303,8 @@
 		if (getDiskOpModPath() != NULL && UNICHAR_CHDIR(getDiskOpModPath()) == 0)
 		{
 			// find a free filename
-			for (i = 1; i < 1000; i++)
+			int32_t i;
+			for (i = 1; i < BACKUP_FILES_TO_TRY; i++)
 			{
 				sprintf(fileName, "backup%03d.xm", (int32_t)i);
 				if (stat(fileName, &statBuffer) != 0)
@@ -316,9 +311,9 @@
 					break; // filename OK
 			}
 
-			if (i != 1000)
+			if (i != BACKUP_FILES_TO_TRY)
 			{
-				fileNameU = cp437ToUnichar(fileName);
+				UNICHAR *fileNameU = cp437ToUnichar(fileName);
 				if (fileNameU != NULL)
 				{
 					saveXM(fileNameU);
@@ -332,6 +327,8 @@
 	}
 
 	return EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 #else
 static void exceptionHandler(int32_t signal)
@@ -338,8 +335,6 @@
 {
 #define BACKUP_FILES_TO_TRY 1000
 	char fileName[32];
-	uint16_t i;
-	UNICHAR *fileNameU;
 	struct stat statBuffer;
 
 	if (signal == 15)
@@ -350,7 +345,8 @@
 		if (getDiskOpModPath() != NULL && UNICHAR_CHDIR(getDiskOpModPath()) == 0)
 		{
 			// find a free filename
-			for (i = 1; i < 1000; i++)
+			int32_t i;
+			for (i = 1; i < BACKUP_FILES_TO_TRY; i++)
 			{
 				sprintf(fileName, "backup%03d.xm", i);
 				if (stat(fileName, &statBuffer) != 0)
@@ -357,9 +353,9 @@
 					break; // filename OK
 			}
 
-			if (i != 1000)
+			if (i != BACKUP_FILES_TO_TRY)
 			{
-				fileNameU = cp437ToUnichar(fileName);
+				UNICHAR *fileNameU = cp437ToUnichar(fileName);
 				if (fileNameU != NULL)
 				{
 					saveXM(fileNameU);
@@ -398,10 +394,7 @@
 
 static void handleInput(void)
 {
-	char *inputText;
-	uint32_t eventType;
 	SDL_Event event;
-	SDL_Keycode key;
 
 	if (!editor.busy)
 		handleLastGUIObjectDown(); // this should be handled before main input poll (on next frame)
@@ -430,11 +423,12 @@
 
 		if (editor.busy)
 		{
-			eventType = event.type;
-			key = event.key.keysym.scancode;
+			const uint32_t eventType = event.type;
+			const SDL_Keycode key = event.key.keysym.scancode;
 
-			/* The Echo tool in Smp. Ed. can literally take forever if abused,
-			** let mouse buttons/ESC/SIGTERM force-stop it. */
+			/* The Echo tool in Smp. Ed. can take forever if abused, let
+			** mouse buttons/ESC/SIGTERM force-stop it.
+			*/
 			if (eventType == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN || eventType == SDL_QUIT ||
 				(eventType == SDL_KEYUP && key == SDL_SCANCODE_ESCAPE))
 			{
@@ -471,7 +465,7 @@
 					continue;
 				}
 
-				inputText = utf8ToCp437(event.text.text, false);
+				char *inputText = utf8ToCp437(event.text.text, false);
 				if (inputText != NULL)
 				{
 					if (inputText[0] != '\0')
@@ -542,7 +536,7 @@
 
 #ifdef HAS_MIDI
 	// MIDI vibrato
-	uint8_t vibDepth = (midi.currMIDIVibDepth >> 9) & 0x0F;
+	const uint8_t vibDepth = (midi.currMIDIVibDepth >> 9) & 0x0F;
 	if (vibDepth > 0)
 		recordMIDIEffect(0x04, 0xA0 | vibDepth);
 #endif
--- a/src/ft2_gui.c
+++ b/src/ft2_gui.c
@@ -43,14 +43,9 @@
 
 void unstuckLastUsedGUIElement(void)
 {
-	pushButton_t *p;
-	radioButton_t *r;
-	checkBox_t *c;
-	scrollBar_t *s;
-
 	if (mouse.lastUsedObjectID == OBJECT_ID_NONE)
 	{
-		/* if last object ID is OBJECT_ID_NONE, check if we moved the
+		/* If last object ID is OBJECT_ID_NONE, check if we moved the
 		** sample data loop pins, and unstuck them if so
 		*/
 
@@ -77,7 +72,7 @@
 		case OBJECT_PUSHBUTTON:
 		{
 			assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_PUSHBUTTONS);
-			p = &pushButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+			pushButton_t *p = &pushButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 			if (p->state == PUSHBUTTON_PRESSED)
 			{
 				p->state = PUSHBUTTON_UNPRESSED;
@@ -90,7 +85,7 @@
 		case OBJECT_RADIOBUTTON:
 		{
 			assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS);
-			r = &radioButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+			radioButton_t *r = &radioButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 			if (r->state == RADIOBUTTON_PRESSED)
 			{
 				r->state = RADIOBUTTON_UNCHECKED;
@@ -103,7 +98,7 @@
 		case OBJECT_CHECKBOX:
 		{
 			assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_CHECKBOXES);
-			c = &checkBoxes[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+			checkBox_t *c = &checkBoxes[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 			if (c->state == CHECKBOX_PRESSED)
 			{
 				c->state = CHECKBOX_UNPRESSED;
@@ -116,7 +111,7 @@
 		case OBJECT_SCROLLBAR:
 		{
 			assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-			s = &scrollBars[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+			scrollBar_t *s = &scrollBars[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 			if (s->state == SCROLLBAR_PRESSED)
 			{
 				s->state = SCROLLBAR_UNPRESSED;
@@ -133,11 +128,6 @@
 bool setupGUI(void)
 {
 	int32_t i;
-	textBox_t *t;
-	pushButton_t *p;
-	checkBox_t *c;
-	radioButton_t *r;
-	scrollBar_t *s;
 
 	// all memory will be NULL-tested and free'd if we return false somewhere in this function
 
@@ -149,10 +139,9 @@
 
 	// set uninitialized GUI struct entries
 
-	for (i = 1; i < NUM_TEXTBOXES; i++) // skip first entry, it's reserved for inputBox())
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[1]; // skip first entry, it's reserved for inputBox())
+	for (i = 1; i < NUM_TEXTBOXES; i++, t++)
 	{
-		t = &textBoxes[i];
-
 		t->visible = false;
 		t->bufOffset = 0;
 		t->cursorPos = 0;
@@ -166,10 +155,9 @@
 			goto setupGUI_OOM;
 	}
 
-	for (i = 0; i < NUM_PUSHBUTTONS; i++)
+	pushButton_t *p = pushButtons;
+	for (i = 0; i < NUM_PUSHBUTTONS; i++, p++)
 	{
-		p = &pushButtons[i];
-
 		p->state = 0;
 		p->visible = false;
 
@@ -185,27 +173,24 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	for (i = 0; i < NUM_CHECKBOXES; i++)
+	checkBox_t *c = checkBoxes;
+	for (i = 0; i < NUM_CHECKBOXES; i++, c++)
 	{
-		c = &checkBoxes[i];
-
 		c->state = 0;
 		c->checked = false;
 		c->visible = false;
 	}
 
-	for (i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++)
+	radioButton_t *r = radioButtons;
+	for (i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++, r++)
 	{
-		r = &radioButtons[i];
-
 		r->state = 0;
 		r->visible = false;
 	}
 
-	for (i = 0; i < NUM_SCROLLBARS; i++)
+	scrollBar_t *s = scrollBars;
+	for (i = 0; i < NUM_SCROLLBARS; i++, s++)
 	{
-		s = &scrollBars[i];
-
 		s->visible = false;
 		s->state = 0;
 		s->pos = 0;
@@ -253,11 +238,9 @@
 // return full pixel width of a text string
 uint16_t textWidth(const char *textPtr)
 {
-	uint16_t textWidth;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	textWidth = 0;
+	uint16_t textWidth = 0;
 	while (*textPtr != '\0')
 		textWidth += charWidth(*textPtr++);
 
@@ -270,15 +253,12 @@
 
 uint16_t textNWidth(const char *textPtr, int32_t length)
 {
-	char ch;
-	uint16_t textWidth;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	textWidth = 0;
+	uint16_t textWidth = 0;
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < length; i++)
 	{
-		ch = textPtr[i];
+		const char ch = textPtr[i];
 		if (ch == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -295,11 +275,9 @@
 // return full pixel width of a text string (big font)
 uint16_t textWidth16(const char *textPtr)
 {
-	uint16_t textWidth;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	textWidth = 0;
+	uint16_t textWidth = 0;
 	while (*textPtr != '\0')
 		textWidth += charWidth(*textPtr++);
 
@@ -312,12 +290,6 @@
 
 void charOut(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, char chr)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
 	chr &= 0x7F; // this is important to get the nordic glyphs in the font
@@ -324,9 +296,9 @@
 	if (chr == ' ')
 		return;
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
 	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
@@ -337,7 +309,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = pixVal;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = pixVal;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -348,11 +320,8 @@
 	}
 }
 
-static void charOutFade(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, char chr, int32_t fade)
+static void charOutFade(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, char chr, int32_t fade) // for about screen
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
 	chr &= 0x7F; // this is important to get the nordic glyphs in the font
@@ -359,19 +328,19 @@
 	if (chr == ' ')
 		return;
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT1_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT1_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
 			{
-				int32_t r = (RGB32_R(pixVal) * fade) >> 8;
-				int32_t g = (RGB32_G(pixVal) * fade) >> 8;
-				int32_t b = (RGB32_B(pixVal) * fade) >> 8;
+				const int32_t r = (RGB32_R(pixVal) * fade) >> 8;
+				const int32_t g = (RGB32_G(pixVal) * fade) >> 8;
+				const int32_t b = (RGB32_B(pixVal) * fade) >> 8;
 
 				dstPtr[x] = RGB32(r, g, b) | 0xFF000000;
 			}
@@ -384,9 +353,6 @@
 
 void charOutBg(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t fgPalette, uint8_t bgPalette, char chr)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, fg, bg;
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
 	chr &= 0x7F; // this is important to get the nordic glyphs in the font
@@ -393,15 +359,15 @@
 	if (chr == ' ')
 		return;
 
-	fg = video.palette[fgPalette];
-	bg = video.palette[bgPalette];
+	const uint32_t fg = video.palette[fgPalette];
+	const uint32_t bg = video.palette[bgPalette];
 
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT1_CHAR_W-1; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT1_CHAR_W-1; x++)
 			dstPtr[x] = srcPtr[x] ? fg : bg; // compiles nicely into conditional move instructions
 
 		srcPtr += FONT1_WIDTH;
@@ -421,12 +387,6 @@
 
 void charOutShadow(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, uint8_t shadowPaletteIndex, char chr)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr1, *dstPtr2, pixVal1, pixVal2;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
 	chr &= 0x7F; // this is important to get the nordic glyphs in the font
@@ -433,15 +393,15 @@
 	if (chr == ' ')
 		return;
 
-	pixVal1 = video.palette[paletteIndex];
-	pixVal2 = video.palette[shadowPaletteIndex];
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr1 = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	dstPtr2 = dstPtr1 + (SCREEN_W+1);
+	const uint32_t pixVal1 = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const uint32_t pixVal2 = video.palette[shadowPaletteIndex];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr1 = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr2 = dstPtr1 + (SCREEN_W+1);
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT1_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT1_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -451,7 +411,7 @@
 			}
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr2[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr2[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = pixVal2;
 			dstPtr2[x] = tmp;
 
@@ -469,13 +429,6 @@
 
 void charOutClipX(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, char chr, uint16_t clipX)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint16_t width;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
 	if (xPos > clipX)
@@ -485,17 +438,17 @@
 	if (chr == ' ')
 		return;
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	width = FONT1_CHAR_W;
+	int32_t width = FONT1_CHAR_W;
 	if (xPos+width > clipX)
 		width = FONT1_CHAR_W - ((xPos + width) - clipX);
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < width; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < width; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -502,7 +455,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = pixVal;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = pixVal;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -515,12 +468,6 @@
 
 void bigCharOut(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, char chr)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
 	chr &= 0x7F; // this is important to get the nordic glyphs in the font
@@ -527,13 +474,13 @@
 	if (chr == ' ')
 		return;
 
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font2[chr * FONT2_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font2[chr * FONT2_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT2_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT2_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT2_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT2_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -540,7 +487,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = pixVal;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = pixVal;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -553,12 +500,6 @@
 
 static void bigCharOutShadow(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, uint8_t shadowPaletteIndex, char chr)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr1, *dstPtr2, pixVal1, pixVal2;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
 	chr &= 0x7F; // this is important to get the nordic glyphs in the font
@@ -565,15 +506,15 @@
 	if (chr == ' ')
 		return;
 
-	pixVal1 = video.palette[paletteIndex];
-	pixVal2 = video.palette[shadowPaletteIndex];
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font2[chr * FONT2_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr1 = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	dstPtr2 = dstPtr1 + (SCREEN_W+1);
+	const uint32_t pixVal1 = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const uint32_t pixVal2 = video.palette[shadowPaletteIndex];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font2[chr * FONT2_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr1 = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr2 = dstPtr1 + (SCREEN_W+1);
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT2_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT2_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT2_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT2_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -583,7 +524,7 @@
 			}
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr2[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr2[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = pixVal2;
 			dstPtr2[x] = tmp;
 
@@ -601,15 +542,12 @@
 
 void textOut(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t paletteIndex, const char *textPtr)
 {
-	char chr;
-	uint16_t currX;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	currX = x;
+	uint16_t currX = x;
 	while (true)
 	{
-		chr = *textPtr++;
+		const char chr = *textPtr++;
 		if (chr == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -618,8 +556,7 @@
 	}
 }
 
-// for about screen
-void textOutFade(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t paletteIndex, const char *textPtr, int32_t fade)
+void textOutFade(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t paletteIndex, const char *textPtr, int32_t fade) // for about screen
 {
 	char chr;
 	uint16_t currX;
@@ -651,15 +588,12 @@
 // fixed width
 void textOutFixed(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t fgPaltete, uint8_t bgPalette, const char *textPtr)
 {
-	char chr;
-	uint16_t currX;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	currX = x;
+	uint16_t currX = x;
 	while (true)
 	{
-		chr = *textPtr++;
+		const char chr = *textPtr++;
 		if (chr == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -670,15 +604,12 @@
 
 void textOutShadow(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t paletteIndex, uint8_t shadowPaletteIndex, const char *textPtr)
 {
-	char chr;
-	uint16_t currX;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	currX = x;
+	uint16_t currX = x;
 	while (true)
 	{
-		chr = *textPtr++;
+		const char chr = *textPtr++;
 		if (chr == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -689,15 +620,12 @@
 
 void bigTextOut(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t paletteIndex, const char *textPtr)
 {
-	char chr;
-	uint16_t currX;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	currX = x;
+	uint16_t currX = x;
 	while (true)
 	{
-		chr = *textPtr++;
+		const char chr = *textPtr++;
 		if (chr == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -708,15 +636,12 @@
 
 void bigTextOutShadow(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t paletteIndex, uint8_t shadowPaletteIndex, const char *textPtr)
 {
-	char chr;
-	uint16_t currX;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	currX = x;
+	uint16_t currX = x;
 	while (true)
 	{
-		chr = *textPtr++;
+		const char chr = *textPtr++;
 		if (chr == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -727,15 +652,12 @@
 
 void textOutClipX(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t paletteIndex, const char *textPtr, uint16_t clipX)
 {
-	char chr;
-	uint16_t currX;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	currX = x;
+	uint16_t currX = x;
 	while (true)
 	{
-		chr = *textPtr++;
+		const char chr = *textPtr++;
 		if (chr == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -749,25 +671,19 @@
 
 void hexOut(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, uint32_t val, uint8_t numDigits)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
 	for (int32_t i = numDigits-1; i >= 0; i--)
 	{
-		srcPtr = &bmp.font6[((val >> (i * 4)) & 15) * FONT6_CHAR_W];
+		const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font6[((val >> (i * 4)) & 15) * FONT6_CHAR_W];
 
 		// render glyph
-		for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT6_CHAR_H; y++)
+		for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT6_CHAR_H; y++)
 		{
-			for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT6_CHAR_W; x++)
+			for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT6_CHAR_W; x++)
 			{
 #ifdef __arm__
 				if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -774,7 +690,7 @@
 					dstPtr[x] = pixVal;
 #else
 				// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-				tmp = dstPtr[x];
+				uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 				if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = pixVal;
 				dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -790,24 +706,21 @@
 
 void hexOutBg(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t fgPalette, uint8_t bgPalette, uint32_t val, uint8_t numDigits)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, fg, bg;
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H);
 
-	fg = video.palette[fgPalette];
-	bg = video.palette[bgPalette];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint32_t fg = video.palette[fgPalette];
+	const uint32_t bg = video.palette[bgPalette];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
 	for (int32_t i = numDigits-1; i >= 0; i--)
 	{
 		// extract current nybble and set pointer to glyph
-		srcPtr = &bmp.font6[((val >> (i * 4)) & 15) * FONT6_CHAR_W];
+		const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font6[((val >> (i * 4)) & 15) * FONT6_CHAR_W];
 
 		// render glyph
-		for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT6_CHAR_H; y++)
+		for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT6_CHAR_H; y++)
 		{
-			for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT6_CHAR_W; x++)
+			for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT6_CHAR_W; x++)
 				dstPtr[x] = srcPtr[x] ? fg : bg; // compiles nicely into conditional move instructions
 
 			srcPtr += FONT6_WIDTH;
@@ -828,16 +741,14 @@
 
 void clearRect(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint16_t w, uint16_t h)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, fillNumDwords;
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H && (xPos + w) <= SCREEN_W && (yPos + h) <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	fillNumDwords = w * sizeof (int32_t);
+	const uint32_t width = w * sizeof (int32_t);
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		memset(dstPtr, 0, fillNumDwords);
+		memset(dstPtr, 0, width);
 		dstPtr += SCREEN_W;
 	}
 }
@@ -844,16 +755,14 @@
 
 void fillRect(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint16_t w, uint16_t h, uint8_t paletteIndex)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-
 	assert(xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H && (xPos + w) <= SCREEN_W && (yPos + h) <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
 			dstPtr[x] = pixVal;
 
 		dstPtr += SCREEN_W;
@@ -862,14 +771,12 @@
 
 void blit32(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, const uint32_t* srcPtr, uint16_t w, uint16_t h)
 {
-	uint32_t* dstPtr;
-
 	assert(srcPtr != NULL && xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H && (xPos + w) <= SCREEN_W && (yPos + h) <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
 		{
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0x00FF00)
 				dstPtr[x] = srcPtr[x] | 0xFF000000; // most significant 8 bits = palette number. 0xFF because no true palette
@@ -880,26 +787,23 @@
 	}
 }
 
-// for about screen
-void blit32Fade(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, const uint32_t* srcPtr, uint16_t w, uint16_t h, int32_t fade)
+void blit32Fade(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, const uint32_t* srcPtr, uint16_t w, uint16_t h, int32_t fade) // for about screen
 {
-	uint32_t* dstPtr;
-
 	assert(srcPtr != NULL && xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H && (xPos + w) <= SCREEN_W && (yPos + h) <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
 		{
-			if (srcPtr[x] != 0x00FF00)
+			const uint32_t pixel = srcPtr[x];
+			if (pixel != 0x00FF00)
 			{
-				const uint32_t pixel = srcPtr[x];
-				int32_t r = (RGB32_R(pixel) * fade) >> 8;
-				int32_t g = (RGB32_G(pixel) * fade) >> 8;
-				int32_t b = (RGB32_B(pixel) * fade) >> 8;
+				const int32_t r = (RGB32_R(pixel) * fade) >> 8;
+				const int32_t g = (RGB32_G(pixel) * fade) >> 8;
+				const int32_t b = (RGB32_B(pixel) * fade) >> 8;
 
-				dstPtr[x] = RGB32(r, g, b) | 0xFF000000;
+				dstPtr[x] = RGB32(r, g, b) | 0xFF000000; // most significant 8 bits = palette number. 0xFF because no true palette
 			}
 		}
 
@@ -910,17 +814,16 @@
 
 void blit(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, const uint8_t *srcPtr, uint16_t w, uint16_t h)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-
 	assert(srcPtr != NULL && xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H && (xPos + w) <= SCREEN_W && (yPos + h) <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
 		{
-			if (srcPtr[x] != PAL_TRANSPR)
-				dstPtr[x] = video.palette[srcPtr[x]];
+			const uint32_t pixel = srcPtr[x];
+			if (pixel != PAL_TRANSPR)
+				dstPtr[x] = video.palette[pixel];
 		}
 
 		srcPtr += w;
@@ -930,20 +833,19 @@
 
 void blitClipX(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, const uint8_t *srcPtr, uint16_t w, uint16_t h, uint16_t clipX)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-
 	if (clipX > w)
 		clipX = w;
 
 	assert(srcPtr != NULL && xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H && (xPos + clipX) <= SCREEN_W && (yPos + h) <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < clipX; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < clipX; x++)
 		{
-			if (srcPtr[x] != PAL_TRANSPR)
-				dstPtr[x] = video.palette[srcPtr[x]];
+			const uint32_t pixel = srcPtr[x];
+			if (pixel != PAL_TRANSPR)
+				dstPtr[x] = video.palette[pixel];
 		}
 
 		srcPtr += w;
@@ -953,14 +855,12 @@
 
 void blitFast(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, const uint8_t *srcPtr, uint16_t w, uint16_t h) // no transparency/colorkey
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-
 	assert(srcPtr != NULL && xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H && (xPos + w) <= SCREEN_W && (yPos + h) <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
 			dstPtr[x] = video.palette[srcPtr[x]];
 
 		srcPtr += w;
@@ -970,17 +870,15 @@
 
 void blitFastClipX(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, const uint8_t *srcPtr, uint16_t w, uint16_t h, uint16_t clipX) // no transparency/colorkey
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-
 	if (clipX > w)
 		clipX = w;
 
 	assert(srcPtr != NULL && xPos < SCREEN_W && yPos < SCREEN_H && (xPos + clipX) <= SCREEN_W && (yPos + h) <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < clipX; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < clipX; x++)
 			dstPtr[x] = video.palette[srcPtr[x]];
 
 		srcPtr += w;
@@ -992,27 +890,23 @@
 
 void hLine(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint16_t w, uint8_t paletteIndex)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-
 	assert(x < SCREEN_W && y < SCREEN_H && (x + w) <= SCREEN_W);
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
-	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < w; i++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < w; i++)
 		dstPtr[i] = pixVal;
 }
 
 void vLine(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint16_t h, uint8_t paletteIndex)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-
 	assert(x < SCREEN_W && y < SCREEN_H && (y + h) <= SCREEN_W);
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
-	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < h; i++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < h; i++)
 	{
 		*dstPtr = pixVal;
 		 dstPtr += SCREEN_W;
@@ -1033,29 +927,23 @@
 
 void line(int16_t x1, int16_t x2, int16_t y1, int16_t y2, uint8_t paletteIndex)
 {
-	int16_t d, x, y, sx, sy, dx, dy;
-	uint16_t ax, ay;
-	int32_t pitch;
-	uint32_t pixVal, *dst32;
+	const int16_t dx = x2 - x1;
+	const uint16_t ax = ABS(dx) * 2;
+	const int16_t sx = SGN(dx);
+	const int16_t dy = y2 - y1;
+	const uint16_t ay = ABS(dy) * 2;
+	const int16_t sy = SGN(dy);
+	int16_t x = x1;
+	int16_t y  = y1;
 
-	// get coefficients
-	dx = x2 - x1;
-	ax = ABS(dx) * 2;
-	sx = SGN(dx);
-	dy = y2 - y1;
-	ay = ABS(dy) * 2;
-	sy = SGN(dy);
-	x  = x1;
-	y  = y1;
+	uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+	const int32_t pitch  = sy * SCREEN_W;
+	uint32_t *dst32  = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
-	pitch  = sy * SCREEN_W;
-	dst32  = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
-
 	// draw line
 	if (ax > ay)
 	{
-		d = ay - (ax / 2);
+		int16_t d = ay - (ax >> 1);
 		while (true)
 		{
 			*dst32 = pixVal;
@@ -1075,7 +963,7 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		d = ax - (ay / 2);
+		int16_t d = ax - (ay >> 1);
 		while (true)
 		{
 			*dst32 = pixVal;
--- a/src/ft2_header.h
+++ b/src/ft2_header.h
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 #endif
 #include "ft2_replayer.h"
 
-#define PROG_VER_STR "1.40"
+#define PROG_VER_STR "1.41"
 
 // do NOT change these! It will only mess things up...
 
--- a/src/ft2_help.c
+++ b/src/ft2_help.c
@@ -51,8 +51,6 @@
 
 static bool getLine(char *output)
 {
-	uint8_t strLen;
-
 	if (helpBufferPos >= (int32_t)sizeof (helpData))
 	{
 		*output = '\0';
@@ -59,7 +57,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	strLen = helpData[helpBufferPos++];
+	const uint8_t strLen = helpData[helpBufferPos++];
 	memcpy(output, &helpData[helpBufferPos], strLen);
 	output[strLen] = '\0';
 
@@ -85,12 +83,10 @@
 
 static char *rtrim(char *s)
 {
-	int32_t i;
-
 	if (*s == '\0')
 		return (s);
 
-	i = (int32_t)strlen(s) - 1;
+	int32_t i = (int32_t)strlen(s) - 1;
 	while (i >= 0)
 	{
 		if (s[i] != ' ')
@@ -107,12 +103,10 @@
 
 static void readHelp(void) // this is really messy, directly ported from Pascal code...
 {
-	char text[256], text2[256], *s, *sEnd, *s2, *s3;
-	uint8_t currColor;
-	int16_t a, b, i, k, currKol, strLen;
-	helpRec *tempText, *t;
+	char text[256], text2[256], *s, *sEnd, *s3;
+	int16_t a, b, i, k;
 
-	tempText = (helpRec *)malloc(HELP_SIZE * MAX_HELP_LINES);
+	helpRec *tempText = (helpRec *)malloc(HELP_SIZE * MAX_HELP_LINES);
 	if (tempText == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "Not enough memory!");
@@ -122,14 +116,14 @@
 	text[0] = '\0';
 	text2[0] = '\0';
 
-	s2 = text2;
+	char *s2 = text2;
 
 	helpBufferPos = 0;
 	for (int16_t subj = 0; subj < MAX_SUBJ; subj++)
 	{
-		textLine  = 0;
-		currKol   = 0;
-		currColor = PAL_FORGRND;
+		textLine = 0;
+		int16_t currKol = 0;
+		uint8_t currColor = PAL_FORGRND;
 
 		getLine(text); s = text;
 		while (strncmp(s, "END", 3) != 0)
@@ -161,7 +155,7 @@
 					s += 5;
 				}
 
-				t = &tempText[textLine];
+				helpRec *t = &tempText[textLine];
 				t->xPos = currKol;
 				t->color = currColor;
 				t->bigFont = true;
@@ -202,22 +196,22 @@
 					addText(&tempText[textLine], currKol, currColor, s2);
 				}
 
-				strLen = (int16_t)strlen(s);
+				int16_t sLen = (int16_t)strlen(s);
 
-				sEnd = &s[strLen];
+				sEnd = &s[sLen];
 				while (s < sEnd)
 				{
-					if (strLen < 0)
-						strLen = 0;
+					if (sLen < 0)
+						sLen = 0;
 
 					i = 0;
-					while (s[i] != ' ' && i < strLen) i++;
+					while (s[i] != ' ' && i < sLen) i++;
 					i++;
 
 					if (*(uint16_t *)s == 0x5440) // @T - "set absolute X position (in the middle of text)"
 					{
 						k = controlCodeToNum(&s[2]);
-						s += 5; strLen -= 5;
+						s += 5; sLen -= 5;
 
 						s3 = &s2[strlen(s2)];
 						while (textWidth(s2) + charWidth(' ') + 1 < k-currKol)
@@ -242,7 +236,7 @@
 
 					strncat(s2, s, i);
 
-					s += i; strLen -= i;
+					s += i; sLen -= i;
 					if ((*s == '\0') || (s >= sEnd))
 						strcat(s2, " ");
 				}
@@ -270,28 +264,23 @@
 
 static void bigTextOutHalf(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t paletteIndex, bool lowerHalf, const char *textPtr)
 {
-	char chr;
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint16_t currX;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	currX = xPos;
+	uint16_t currX = xPos;
 	while (true)
 	{
-		chr = *textPtr++ & 0x7F;
+		const char chr = *textPtr++ & 0x7F;
 		if (chr == '\0')
 			break;
 
 		if (chr != ' ')
 		{
-			srcPtr = &bmp.font2[chr * FONT2_CHAR_W];
+			const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font2[chr * FONT2_CHAR_W];
 			if (!lowerHalf)
 				srcPtr += (FONT2_CHAR_H / 2) * FONT2_WIDTH;
 
-			dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + currX];
-			pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
+			uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + currX];
+			const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[paletteIndex];
 
 			for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT2_CHAR_H/2; y++)
 			{
@@ -312,16 +301,13 @@
 
 static void writeHelp(void)
 {
-	int16_t k;
-	helpRec *pek;
-
-	pek = subjPtrArr[fHlp_Nr];
+	helpRec *pek = subjPtrArr[fHlp_Nr];
 	if (pek == NULL)
 		return;
 
 	for (int16_t i = 0; i < HELP_LINES; i++)
 	{
-		k = i + fHlp_Line;
+		const int16_t k = i + fHlp_Line;
 		if (k >= subjLen[fHlp_Nr])
 			break;
 
--- a/src/ft2_inst_ed.c
+++ b/src/ft2_inst_ed.c
@@ -107,6 +107,14 @@
 static bool pianoKeyStatus[96];
 static int32_t lastMouseX, lastMouseY, saveMouseX, saveMouseY;
 
+static const uint8_t mx2PianoKey[77] =
+{
+	0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,
+	4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,
+	9,9,9,9,10,10,10,10,10,10,10,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11
+};
+
+
 // thread data
 static uint16_t saveInstrNr;
 static SDL_Thread *thread;
@@ -126,17 +134,11 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL copyInstrThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	bool error;
-	int8_t *p;
-	int16_t destIns, sourceIns;
-	sampleTyp *src, *dst;
-	(void)ptr;
+	bool error = false;
 
-	error = false;
+	const int16_t destIns = editor.curInstr;
+	const int16_t sourceIns = editor.srcInstr;
 
-	destIns = editor.curInstr;
-	sourceIns = editor.srcInstr;
-
 	pauseAudio();
 	
 	freeInstr(destIns);
@@ -147,17 +149,17 @@
 		{
 			memcpy(instr[destIns], instr[sourceIns], sizeof (instrTyp));
 
-			for (int16_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++)
-			{
-				src = &instr[sourceIns]->samp[i];
-				dst = &instr[destIns]->samp[i];
+			sampleTyp *src = instr[sourceIns]->samp;
+			sampleTyp *dst = instr[destIns]->samp;
 
+			for (int16_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++, src++, dst++)
+			{
 				dst->origPek = NULL;
 				dst->pek = NULL;
 
 				if (src->origPek != NULL)
 				{
-					p = (int8_t *)malloc(src->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+					int8_t *p = (int8_t *)malloc(src->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 					if (p != NULL)
 					{
 						dst->origPek = p;
@@ -184,6 +186,8 @@
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 
 	return false;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void copyInstr(void) // dstInstr = srcInstr
@@ -204,18 +208,16 @@
 
 void xchgInstr(void) // dstInstr <-> srcInstr
 {
-	instrTyp *dst, *src, dstTmp;
-
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 || editor.srcInstr == editor.curInstr)
 		return;
 
 	lockMixerCallback();
 
-	src = instr[editor.srcInstr];
-	dst = instr[editor.curInstr];
+	instrTyp *src = instr[editor.srcInstr];
+	instrTyp *dst = instr[editor.curInstr];
 
 	// swap instruments
-	dstTmp = *dst;
+	instrTyp dstTmp = *dst;
 	*dst = *src;
 	*src = dstTmp;
 
@@ -288,7 +290,6 @@
 void sbMidiChPos(uint32_t pos)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_EXT_MIDI_CH, 0, false);
@@ -306,7 +307,6 @@
 void sbMidiPrgPos(uint32_t pos)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_EXT_MIDI_PRG, 0, false);
@@ -324,7 +324,6 @@
 void sbMidiBendPos(uint32_t pos)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_EXT_MIDI_BEND, 0, false);
@@ -420,7 +419,6 @@
 static void drawVolume(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		s = &instr[0]->samp[0];
 	else
@@ -432,7 +430,6 @@
 static void drawPanning(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		s = &instr[0]->samp[0];
 	else
@@ -443,10 +440,7 @@
 
 static void drawFineTune(void)
 {
-	char sign;
-	int16_t ftune;
 	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		s = &instr[0]->samp[0];
 	else
@@ -454,7 +448,7 @@
 
 	fillRect(491, 205, 27, 8, PAL_DESKTOP);
 
-	ftune = s->fine;
+	int16_t  ftune = s->fine;
 	if (ftune == 0)
 	{
 		charOut(512, 205, PAL_FORGRND, '0');
@@ -461,7 +455,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	sign = (ftune < 0) ? '-' : '+';
+	const char sign = (ftune < 0) ? '-' : '+';
 
 	ftune = ABS(ftune);
 	if (ftune >= 100)
@@ -506,8 +500,8 @@
 
 static void drawRelTone(void)
 {
-	char noteChar1, noteChar2, octaChar;
-	int8_t note2, note;
+	char noteChar1, noteChar2;
+	int8_t note2;
 
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 	{
@@ -520,7 +514,7 @@
 	else
 		note2 = 48 + instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp].relTon;
 
-	note = note2 % 12;
+	const int8_t note = note2 % 12;
 	if (config.ptnAcc == 0)
 	{
 		noteChar1 = sharpNote1Char[note];
@@ -532,7 +526,7 @@
 		noteChar2 = flatNote2Char[note];
 	}
 
-	octaChar = '0' + (note2 / 12);
+	const char octaChar = '0' + (note2 / 12);
 
 	charOutBg(598, 299, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_BCKGRND, noteChar1);
 	charOutBg(606, 299, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_BCKGRND, noteChar2);
@@ -583,7 +577,6 @@
 static void setOrStoreVolEnvPreset(uint8_t num)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -616,7 +609,6 @@
 static void setOrStorePanEnvPreset(uint8_t num)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -721,7 +713,6 @@
 void relToneOctUp(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -738,7 +729,6 @@
 void relToneOctDown(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -755,7 +745,6 @@
 void relToneUp(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -771,7 +760,6 @@
 void relToneDown(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -786,16 +774,15 @@
 
 void volEnvAdd(void)
 {
-	int16_t i, ant;
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 || ins == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	ant = ins->envVPAnt;
+	const int16_t ant = ins->envVPAnt;
 	if (ant >= 12)
 		return;
 
-	i = (int16_t)editor.currVolEnvPoint;
+	int16_t i = (int16_t)editor.currVolEnvPoint;
 	if (i < 0 || i >= ant)
 	{
 		i = ant-1;
@@ -841,13 +828,11 @@
 
 void volEnvDel(void)
 {
-	uint8_t drawSust, drawRepS, drawRepE;
-	int16_t i;
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0 || ins->envVPAnt <= 2)
 		return;
 
-	i = (int16_t)editor.currVolEnvPoint;
+	int16_t i = (int16_t)editor.currVolEnvPoint;
 	if (i < 0 || i >= ins->envVPAnt)
 		return;
 
@@ -857,9 +842,9 @@
 		ins->envVP[j][1] = ins->envVP[j+1][1];
 	}
 
-	drawSust = false;
-	drawRepS = false;
-	drawRepE = false;
+	bool drawSust = false;
+	bool drawRepS = false;
+	bool drawRepE = false;
 
 	if (ins->envVSust > i) { ins->envVSust--; drawSust = true; }
 	if (ins->envVRepS > i) { ins->envVRepS--; drawRepS = true; }
@@ -977,16 +962,15 @@
 
 void panEnvAdd(void)
 {
-	int16_t i, ant;
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
-	ant = ins->envPPAnt;
+	const int16_t ant = ins->envPPAnt;
 	if (ant >= 12)
 		return;
 
-	i = (int16_t)editor.currPanEnvPoint;
+	int16_t i = (int16_t)editor.currPanEnvPoint;
 	if (i < 0 || i >= ant)
 	{
 		i = ant-1;
@@ -1032,13 +1016,11 @@
 
 void panEnvDel(void)
 {
-	uint8_t drawSust, drawRepS, drawRepE;
-	int16_t i;
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0 || ins->envPPAnt <= 2)
 		return;
 
-	i = (int16_t)editor.currPanEnvPoint;
+	int16_t i = (int16_t)editor.currPanEnvPoint;
 	if (i < 0 || i >= ins->envPPAnt)
 		return;
 
@@ -1048,9 +1030,9 @@
 		ins->envPP[j][1] = ins->envPP[j+1][1];
 	}
 
-	drawSust = false;
-	drawRepS = false;
-	drawRepE = false;
+	bool drawSust = false;
+	bool drawRepS = false;
+	bool drawRepE = false;
 
 	if (ins->envPSust > i) { ins->envPSust--; drawSust = true; }
 	if (ins->envPRepS > i) { ins->envPRepS--; drawRepS = true; }
@@ -1252,8 +1234,6 @@
 
 void setVolumeScroll(uint32_t pos)
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		if (editor.curInstr == 0 && editor.curSmp != 0)
@@ -1264,7 +1244,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 	if (s->vol != (uint8_t)pos)
 	{
 		s->vol = (uint8_t)pos;
@@ -1275,8 +1255,6 @@
 
 void setPanningScroll(uint32_t pos)
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_PAN, 0x80, false);
@@ -1283,7 +1261,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 	if (s->pan != (uint8_t)pos)
 	{
 		s->pan = (uint8_t)pos;
@@ -1294,8 +1272,6 @@
 
 void setFinetuneScroll(uint32_t pos)
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_FTUNE, 128, false); // finetune 0
@@ -1302,7 +1278,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 	if (s->fine != (int8_t)(pos - 128))
 	{
 		s->fine = (int8_t)(pos - 128);
@@ -1314,7 +1290,6 @@
 void setFadeoutScroll(uint32_t pos)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_FADEOUT, 0, false);
@@ -1338,7 +1313,6 @@
 void setVibSpeedScroll(uint32_t pos)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_VIBSPEED, 0, false);
@@ -1356,7 +1330,6 @@
 void setVibDepthScroll(uint32_t pos)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_VIBDEPTH, 0, false);
@@ -1374,7 +1347,6 @@
 void setVibSweepScroll(uint32_t pos)
 {
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
-
 	if (ins == NULL || editor.curInstr == 0)
 	{
 		setScrollBarPos(SB_INST_VIBSWEEP, 0, false);
@@ -1533,19 +1505,16 @@
 
 static void pinoaNumberOut(uint16_t xPos, uint16_t yPos, uint8_t fgPalette, uint8_t bgPalette, uint8_t val)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, fg, bg;
-
 	assert(val <= 0xF);
 
-	fg = video.palette[fgPalette];
-	bg = video.palette[bgPalette];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font8[val * 5];
+	const uint32_t fg = video.palette[fgPalette];
+	const uint32_t bg = video.palette[bgPalette];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font8[val * 5];
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < 7; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < 7; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < 5; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < 5; x++)
 			dstPtr[x] = srcPtr[x] ? fg : bg;
 
 		dstPtr += SCREEN_W;
@@ -1555,14 +1524,11 @@
 
 static void writePianoNumber(uint8_t note, uint8_t key, uint8_t octave)
 {
-	uint8_t number;
-	uint16_t x;
-
-	number = 0;
+	uint8_t number = 0;
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] != NULL && editor.curInstr != 0)
 		number = instr[editor.curInstr]->ta[note];
 
-	x = keyDigitXPos[key] + (octave * 77);
+	const uint16_t x = keyDigitXPos[key] + (octave * 77);
 
 	if (keyIsBlackTab[key])
 		pinoaNumberOut(x, 361, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_BCKGRND, number);
@@ -1572,25 +1538,23 @@
 
 static void drawBlackPianoKey(uint8_t key, uint8_t octave, bool keyDown)
 {
-	uint16_t x = keyXPos[key] + (octave * 77);
+	const uint16_t x = keyXPos[key] + (octave * 77);
 	blit(x, 351, &bmp.blackPianoKeys[keyDown * (7*27)], 7, 27);
 }
 
 static void drawWhitePianoKey(uint8_t key, uint8_t octave,  bool keyDown)
 {
-	uint16_t x = keyXPos[key] + (octave * 77);
+	const uint16_t x = keyXPos[key] + (octave * 77);
 	blit(x, 351, &bmp.whitePianoKeys[(keyDown * (11*46*3)) + whiteKeysBmpOrder[key]], 11, 46);
 }
 
 void redrawPiano(void)
 {
-	uint8_t key, octave;
-
 	memset(pianoKeyStatus, 0, sizeof (pianoKeyStatus));
 	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 96; i++)
 	{
-		key = noteTab1[i];
-		octave = noteTab2[i];
+		const uint8_t key = noteTab1[i];
+		const uint8_t octave = noteTab2[i];
 
 		if (keyIsBlackTab[key])
 			drawBlackPianoKey(key, octave, false);
@@ -1603,8 +1567,7 @@
 
 bool testPianoKeysMouseDown(bool mouseButtonDown)
 {
-	uint8_t key, note, octave;
-	int32_t mx, my, quotient, remainder;
+	uint8_t key, octave;
 
 	if (!ui.instEditorShown)
 		return false; // area not clicked
@@ -1612,8 +1575,8 @@
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 || instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		return true; // area clicked, but don't do anything
 
-	mx = mouse.x;
-	my = mouse.y;
+	int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	int32_t my = mouse.y;
 
 	if (!mouseButtonDown)
 	{
@@ -1630,29 +1593,15 @@
 
 	mx -= 8;
 
-	quotient = mx / 77;
-	remainder = mx % 77;
+	const int32_t quotient  = mx / 77;
+	const int32_t remainder = mx % 77;
 
 	if (my < 378)
 	{
 		// white keys and black keys (top)
 
-		octave = (uint8_t)(quotient);
-		mx = remainder; // width of all keys in one octave
-
-		// this is pretty disgusting...
-		     if (mx >= 69) key = 11;
-		else if (mx >= 62) key = 10;
-		else if (mx >= 58) key = 9;
-		else if (mx >= 51) key = 8;
-		else if (mx >= 47) key = 7;
-		else if (mx >= 40) key = 6;
-		else if (mx >= 33) key = 5;
-		else if (mx >= 25) key = 4;
-		else if (mx >= 18) key = 3;
-		else if (mx >= 14) key = 2;
-		else if (mx >=  7) key = 1;
-		else               key = 0;
+		octave = (uint8_t)quotient;
+		key = mx2PianoKey[remainder];
 	}
 	else
 	{
@@ -1663,7 +1612,7 @@
 		key = whiteKeyIndex[remainder / whiteKeyWidth];
 	}
 
-	note = (octave * 12) + key;
+	const uint8_t note = (octave * 12) + key;
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr]->ta[note] != editor.curSmp)
 	{
 		instr[editor.curInstr]->ta[note] = editor.curSmp;
@@ -1677,8 +1626,6 @@
 void drawPiano(chSyncData_t *chSyncData)
 {
 	bool newStatus[96];
-	int32_t i, note;
-
 	memset(newStatus, 0, sizeof (newStatus));
 
 	// find active notes
@@ -1687,11 +1634,11 @@
 		if (chSyncData != NULL) // song is playing, use replayer channel state
 		{
 			syncedChannel_t *c = chSyncData->channels;
-			for (i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, c++)
+			for (int32_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, c++)
 			{
 				if (c->instrNr == editor.curInstr && c->envSustainActive)
 				{
-					note = getPianoKey(c->finalPeriod, c->fineTune, c->relTonNr);
+					const int32_t note = getPianoKey(c->finalPeriod, c->fineTune, c->relTonNr);
 					if (note >= 0 && note <= 95)
 						newStatus[note] = true;
 				}
@@ -1700,11 +1647,11 @@
 		else // song is not playing (jamming from keyboard/MIDI)
 		{
 			stmTyp *c = stm;
-			for (i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, c++)
+			for (int32_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, c++)
 			{
 				if (c->instrNr == editor.curInstr && c->envSustainActive)
 				{
-					note = getPianoKey(c->finalPeriod, c->fineTune, c->relTonNr);
+					const int32_t note = getPianoKey(c->finalPeriod, c->fineTune, c->relTonNr);
 					if (note >= 0 && note <= 95)
 						newStatus[note] = true;
 				}
@@ -1713,13 +1660,13 @@
 	}
 
 	// draw keys
-	for (i = 0; i < 96; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < 96; i++)
 	{
 		const bool keyDown = newStatus[i];
 		if (pianoKeyStatus[i] ^ keyDown)
 		{
-			uint8_t key = noteTab1[i];
-			uint8_t octave = noteTab2[i];
+			const uint8_t key = noteTab1[i];
+			const uint8_t octave = noteTab2[i];
 
 			if (keyIsBlackTab[key])
 				drawBlackPianoKey(key, octave, keyDown);
@@ -1733,11 +1680,6 @@
 
 static void envelopeLine(int32_t nr, int16_t x1, int16_t y1, int16_t x2, int16_t y2, uint8_t col)
 {
-	int16_t d, x, y, sx, sy, dx, dy;
-	uint16_t ax, ay;
-	int32_t pitch;
-	uint32_t pal1, pal2, pixVal, *dst32;
-
 	y1 = CLAMP(y1, 0, 66);
 	y2 = CLAMP(y2, 0, 66);
 	x1 = CLAMP(x1, 0, 335);
@@ -1754,28 +1696,26 @@
 		y2 += 276;
 	}
 
-	// get coefficients
-	dx = x2 - x1;
-	ax = ABS(dx) << 1;
-	sx = SGN(dx);
-	dy = y2 - y1;
-	ay = ABS(dy) << 1;
-	sy = SGN(dy);
-	x  = x1;
-	y  = y1;
+	const int16_t dx = x2 - x1;
+	const uint16_t ax = ABS(dx) << 1;
+	const int16_t sx = SGN(dx);
+	const int16_t dy = y2 - y1;
+	const uint16_t ay = ABS(dy) << 1;
+	const int16_t sy = SGN(dy);
+	int16_t x = x1;
+	int16_t y = y1;
 
-	pal1 = video.palette[PAL_BLCKMRK];
-	pal2 = video.palette[PAL_BLCKTXT];
-	pixVal = video.palette[col];
-	pitch = sy * SCREEN_W;
+	const uint32_t pal1 = video.palette[PAL_BLCKMRK];
+	const uint32_t pal2 = video.palette[PAL_BLCKTXT];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[col];
+	const int32_t pitch = sy * SCREEN_W;
 
-	dst32 = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
+	uint32_t *dst32 = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
 
 	// draw line
 	if (ax > ay)
 	{
-		d = ay - (ax >> 1);
-
+		int16_t d = ay - (ax >> 1);
 		while (true)
 		{
 			// invert certain colors
@@ -1803,8 +1743,7 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		d = ax - (ay >> 1);
-
+		int16_t d = ax - (ay >> 1);
 		while (true)
 		{
 			// invert certain colors
@@ -1840,12 +1779,10 @@
 
 static void envelopeDot(int32_t nr, int16_t x, int16_t y)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal;
-
 	y += (nr == 0) ? 189 : 276;
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[PAL_BLCKTXT];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[PAL_BLCKTXT];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
 
 	for (y = 0; y < 3; y++)
 	{
@@ -1859,14 +1796,12 @@
 
 static void envelopeVertLine(int32_t nr, int16_t x, int16_t y, uint8_t col)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, pixVal1, pixVal2;
-
 	y += (nr == 0) ? 189 : 276;
 
-	pixVal1 = video.palette[col];
-	pixVal2 = video.palette[PAL_BLCKTXT];
+	const uint32_t pixVal1 = video.palette[col];
+	const uint32_t pixVal2 = video.palette[PAL_BLCKTXT];
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
 	for (y = 0; y < 33; y++)
 	{
 		if (*dstPtr != pixVal2)
@@ -1879,7 +1814,8 @@
 static void writeEnvelope(int32_t nr)
 {
 	uint8_t selected;
-	int16_t i, x, y, lx, ly, nd, sp, ls, le, (*curEnvP)[2];
+	int16_t i, nd, sp, ls, le, (*curEnvP)[2];
+
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
 
 	// clear envelope area
@@ -1950,14 +1886,14 @@
 	if (nd > 12)
 		nd = 12;
 
-	lx = 0;
-	ly = 0;
+	int16_t lx = 0;
+	int16_t ly = 0;
 
 	// draw envelope
 	for (i = 0; i < nd; i++)
 	{
-		x = curEnvP[i][0];
-		y = curEnvP[i][1];
+		int16_t x = curEnvP[i][0];
+		int16_t y = curEnvP[i][1];
 
 		x = CLAMP(x, 0, 324);
 		
@@ -2011,11 +1947,7 @@
 
 static void textOutTiny(int32_t xPos, int32_t yPos, char *str, uint32_t color)
 {
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
 	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-
 	while (*str != '\0')
 	{
 		const char chr = *str++;
@@ -2035,7 +1967,7 @@
 					dstPtr[x] = color;
 #else
 				// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-				tmp = dstPtr[x];
+				uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 				if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 				dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -2109,9 +2041,10 @@
 
 void handleInstEditorRedrawing(void)
 {
+	int16_t tick, val;
+
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
 
-	int16_t tick, val;
 	if (updateVolEnv)
 	{
 		updateVolEnv = false;
@@ -2456,21 +2389,19 @@
 
 bool testInstrVolEnvMouseDown(bool mouseButtonDown)
 {
-	uint8_t ant;
-	int32_t x, y, mx, my, minX, maxX;
-	instrTyp *ins;
+	int32_t minX, maxX;
 
 	if (!ui.instEditorShown || editor.curInstr == 0 || instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
+	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
 
-	ant = ins->envVPAnt;
+	uint8_t ant = ins->envVPAnt;
 	if (ant > 12)
 		ant = 12;
 
-	mx = mouse.x;
-	my = mouse.y;
+	int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	int32_t my = mouse.y;
 
 	if (!mouseButtonDown)
 	{
@@ -2485,8 +2416,8 @@
 
 		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ant; i++)
 		{
-			x = 8 + ins->envVP[i][0];
-			y = 190 + (64 - ins->envVP[i][1]);
+			const int32_t x = 8 + ins->envVP[i][0];
+			const int32_t y = 190 + (64 - ins->envVP[i][1]);
 
 			if (mx >= x-2 && mx <= x+2 && my >= y-2 && my <= y+2)
 			{
@@ -2555,21 +2486,19 @@
 
 bool testInstrPanEnvMouseDown(bool mouseButtonDown)
 {
-	uint8_t ant;
-	int32_t x, y, mx, my, minX, maxX;
-	instrTyp *ins;
+	int32_t minX, maxX;
 
 	if (!ui.instEditorShown || editor.curInstr == 0 || instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
+	instrTyp *ins = instr[editor.curInstr];
 
-	ant = ins->envPPAnt;
+	uint8_t ant = ins->envPPAnt;
 	if (ant > 12)
 		ant = 12;
 
-	mx = mouse.x;
-	my = mouse.y;
+	int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	int32_t my = mouse.y;
 
 	if (!mouseButtonDown)
 	{
@@ -2584,8 +2513,8 @@
 
 		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ant; i++)
 		{
-			x = 8 + ins->envPP[i][0];
-			y = 277 + (63 - ins->envPP[i][1]);
+			const int32_t x = 8 + ins->envPP[i][0];
+			const int32_t y = 277 + (63 - ins->envPP[i][1]);
 
 			if (mx >= x-2 && mx <= x+2 && my >= y-2 && my <= y+2)
 			{
@@ -2972,17 +2901,9 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL saveInstrThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	int16_t n;
-	int32_t i;
-	size_t result;
-	FILE *f;
 	instrXIHeaderTyp ih;
-	instrTyp *ins;
 	sampleTyp *s;
-	sampleHeaderTyp *dst;
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	if (editor.tmpFilenameU == NULL)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "General I/O error during saving! Is the file in use?");
@@ -2989,7 +2910,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	n = getUsedSamples(saveInstrNr);
+	const int16_t n = getUsedSamples(saveInstrNr);
 	if (n == 0 || instr[saveInstrNr] == NULL)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Instrument is empty!");
@@ -2996,7 +2917,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.tmpFilenameU, "wb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.tmpFilenameU, "wb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "General I/O error during saving! Is the file in use?");
@@ -3013,7 +2934,7 @@
 	ih.ver = 0x0102;
 
 	// copy over instrument struct data to instrument header
-	ins = instr[saveInstrNr];
+	instrTyp *ins = instr[saveInstrNr];
 	memcpy(ih.ta, ins->ta, 96);
 	memcpy(ih.envVP, ins->envVP, 12*2*sizeof(int16_t));
 	memcpy(ih.envPP, ins->envPP, 12*2*sizeof(int16_t));
@@ -3040,10 +2961,10 @@
 	ih.antSamp = n;
 
 	// copy over sample struct datas to sample headers
-	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+	s = instr[saveInstrNr]->samp;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < n; i++, s++)
 	{
-		s = &instr[saveInstrNr]->samp[i];
-		dst = &ih.samp[i];
+		sampleHeaderTyp *dst = &ih.samp[i];
 
 		dst->len = s->len;
 		dst->repS = s->repS;
@@ -3061,7 +2982,7 @@
 			dst->len = 0;
 	}
 
-	result = fwrite(&ih, INSTR_XI_HEADER_SIZE + (ih.antSamp * sizeof (sampleHeaderTyp)), 1, f);
+	size_t result = fwrite(&ih, INSTR_XI_HEADER_SIZE + (ih.antSamp * sizeof (sampleHeaderTyp)), 1, f);
 	if (result != 1)
 	{
 		fclose(f);
@@ -3070,9 +2991,9 @@
 	}
 
 	pauseAudio();
-	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+	s = instr[saveInstrNr]->samp;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < n; i++, s++)
 	{
-		s = &instr[saveInstrNr]->samp[i];
 		if (s->pek != NULL && s->len > 0)
 		{
 			restoreSample(s);
@@ -3100,6 +3021,8 @@
 
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void saveInstr(UNICHAR *filenameU, int16_t nr)
@@ -3123,8 +3046,8 @@
 
 static int16_t getPATNote(int32_t freq)
 {
-	double dNote = (log2(freq * (1.0 / 440000.0)) * 12.0) + 57.0;
-	int32_t note = (int32_t)(dNote + 0.5);
+	const double dNote = (log2(freq * (1.0 / 440000.0)) * 12.0) + 57.0;
+	const int32_t note = (const int32_t)(dNote + 0.5);
 
 	return (int16_t)note;
 }
@@ -3131,12 +3054,9 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL loadInstrThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	bool stereoWarning;
 	int8_t *newPtr;
 	int16_t a, b;
 	int32_t i, j;
-	double dFreq;
-	FILE *f;
 	instrXIHeaderTyp ih;
 	instrPATHeaderTyp ih_PAT;
 	instrPATWaveHeaderTyp ih_PATWave;
@@ -3144,10 +3064,8 @@
 	sampleTyp *s;
 	instrTyp *ins;
 
-	(void)ptr;
+	bool stereoWarning = false;
 
-	stereoWarning = false;
-
 	if (editor.tmpInstrFilenameU == NULL)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "General I/O error during loading! Is the file in use?");
@@ -3154,7 +3072,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.tmpInstrFilenameU, "rb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.tmpInstrFilenameU, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "General I/O error during loading! Is the file in use?");
@@ -3478,8 +3396,8 @@
 				if (s->repS+s->repL > s->len)
 					s->repL = s->len - s->repS;
 
-				dFreq = (1.0 + (ih_PATWave.fineTune / 512.0)) * ih_PATWave.sampleRate;
-				int32_t freq = (int32_t)(dFreq + 0.5);
+				const double dFreq = (1.0 + (ih_PATWave.fineTune / 512.0)) * ih_PATWave.sampleRate;
+				int32_t freq = (const int32_t)(dFreq + 0.5);
 				tuneSample(s, freq);
 
 				a = s->relTon - (getPATNote(ih_PATWave.rootFrq) - (12 * 3));
@@ -3530,14 +3448,15 @@
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Warning: The instrument contained stereo sample(s). They were mixed to mono!");
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static bool fileIsInstr(UNICHAR *filename)
 {
 	char header[22];
-	FILE *f;
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filename, "rb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filename, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 		return false;
 
--- a/src/ft2_keyboard.c
+++ b/src/ft2_keyboard.c
@@ -42,13 +42,11 @@
 
 int8_t scancodeKeyToNote(SDL_Scancode scancode)
 {
-	int8_t note;
-
 	if (scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_CAPSLOCK || scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSBACKSLASH)
 		return 97; // key off
 
 	// translate key to note
-	note = 0;
+	int8_t note = 0;
 	if (scancode >= SDL_SCANCODE_B && scancode <= SDL_SCANCODE_SLASH)
 		note = scancodeKey2Note[(int32_t)scancode - SDL_SCANCODE_B];
 
@@ -73,8 +71,6 @@
 
 void keyUpHandler(SDL_Scancode scancode, SDL_Keycode keycode)
 {
-	(void)keycode;
-
 	if (editor.editTextFlag || ui.sysReqShown)
 		return; // kludge: don't handle key up! (XXX: Is this hack really needed anymore?)
 
@@ -94,6 +90,8 @@
 		keyb.numPadPlusPressed = false;
 
 	keyb.keyRepeat = false;
+
+	(void)keycode;
 }
 
 void keyDownHandler(SDL_Scancode scancode, SDL_Keycode keycode, bool keyWasRepeated)
@@ -161,8 +159,6 @@
 
 static void handleKeys(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode scanKey)
 {
-	uint16_t pattLen;
-
 	// if we're holding numpad plus but not pressing bank keys, don't check any other key
 	if (keyb.numPadPlusPressed)
 	{
@@ -346,7 +342,7 @@
 
 				patt[editor.editPattern][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch].ton = 97;
 
-				pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+				const uint16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 				if (playMode == PLAYMODE_EDIT && pattLen >= 1)
 					setPos(-1, (editor.pattPos + editor.ID_Add) % pattLen, true);
 
--- a/src/ft2_main.c
+++ b/src/ft2_main.c
@@ -256,8 +256,6 @@
 
 static void initializeVars(void)
 {
-	int32_t i;
-
 	cpu.hasSSE = SDL_HasSSE();
 	cpu.hasSSE2 = SDL_HasSSE2();
 
@@ -271,7 +269,8 @@
 	memset(&chSync, 0, sizeof (chSync));
 	memset(&song, 0, sizeof (song));
 
-	for (i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
+	// used for scopes and sampling position line (sampler screen)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
 	{
 		lastChInstr[i].instrNr = 255;
 		lastChInstr[i].sampleNr = 255;
@@ -380,9 +379,6 @@
 #ifdef __APPLE__
 static void osxSetDirToProgramDirFromArgs(char **argv)
 {
-	char *tmpPath;
-	int32_t i, tmpPathLen;
-
 	/* OS X/macOS: hackish way of setting the current working directory to the place where we double clicked
 	** on the icon (for protracker.ini loading)
 	*/
@@ -390,12 +386,12 @@
 	// if we launched from the terminal, argv[0][0] would be '.'
 	if (argv[0] != NULL && argv[0][0] == DIR_DELIMITER) // don't do the hack if we launched from the terminal
 	{
-		tmpPath = strdup(argv[0]);
+		char *tmpPath = strdup(argv[0]);
 		if (tmpPath != NULL)
 		{
 			// cut off program filename
-			tmpPathLen = strlen(tmpPath);
-			for (i = tmpPathLen - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+			int32_t tmpPathLen = strlen(tmpPath);
+			for (int32_t i = tmpPathLen - 1; i >= 0; i--)
 			{
 				if (tmpPath[i] == DIR_DELIMITER)
 				{
@@ -415,17 +411,17 @@
 
 static void setupPerfFreq(void)
 {
-	uint64_t perfFreq64;
-	double dInt, dFrac;
+	double dInt;
 
-	perfFreq64 = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency();
+	const uint64_t perfFreq64 = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency();
 	assert(perfFreq64 != 0);
+
 	editor.dPerfFreq = (double)perfFreq64;
 	editor.dPerfFreqMulMicro = 1000000.0 / editor.dPerfFreq;
 	editor.dPerfFreqMulMs = 1.0 / (editor.dPerfFreq / 1000.0);
 
 	// calculate vblank time for performance counters and split into int/frac
-	dFrac = modf(editor.dPerfFreq / VBLANK_HZ, &dInt);
+	double dFrac = modf(editor.dPerfFreq / VBLANK_HZ, &dInt);
 
 	// integer part
 	video.vblankTimeLen = (int32_t)dInt;
--- a/src/ft2_midi.c
+++ b/src/ft2_midi.c
@@ -38,9 +38,7 @@
 
 static inline void midiInKeyAction(int8_t m, uint8_t mv)
 {
-	int16_t vol;
-
-	vol = (mv * 64 * config.recMIDIVolSens) / (127 * 100);
+	int16_t vol = (mv * 64 * config.recMIDIVolSens) / (127 * 100);
 	if (vol > 64)
 		vol = 64;
 
@@ -61,8 +59,6 @@
 
 static inline void midiInControlChange(uint8_t data1, uint8_t data2)
 {
-	uint8_t vibDepth;
-
 	if (data1 != 1) // 1 = modulation wheel
 		return;
 
@@ -77,7 +73,7 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	vibDepth = (midi.currMIDIVibDepth >> 9) & 0x0F;
+	const uint8_t vibDepth = (midi.currMIDIVibDepth >> 9) & 0x0F;
 	if (vibDepth > 0 && recMIDIValidChn)
 		recordMIDIEffect(0x04, 0xA0 | vibDepth);
 }
@@ -84,18 +80,17 @@
 
 static inline void midiInPitchBendChange(uint8_t data1, uint8_t data2)
 {
-	int16_t pitch;
-
-	pitch = (int16_t)((data2 << 7) | data1) - 8192; // -8192..8191
+	int16_t pitch = (int16_t)((data2 << 7) | data1) - 8192; // -8192..8191
 	pitch >>= 6; // -128..127
 
 	midi.currMIDIPitch = pitch;
 	if (recMIDIValidChn)
 	{
-		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++)
+		stmTyp *ch = stm;
+		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, ch++)
 		{
-			if (stm[i].midiPitch != 0 || editor.keyOnTab[i] != 0)
-				stm[i].midiPitch = midi.currMIDIPitch;
+			if (ch->midiPitch != 0 || editor.keyOnTab[i] != 0)
+				ch->midiPitch = midi.currMIDIPitch;
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -104,9 +99,6 @@
 {
 	uint8_t byte[3];
 
-	(void)dTimeStamp;
-	(void)userData;
-
 	if (!midi.enable || messageSize < 2)
 		return;
 
@@ -127,6 +119,9 @@
 		else if (byte[0] >= 176 && byte[0] <= 176+15)   midiInControlChange(byte[1], byte[2]);
 		else if (byte[0] >= 224 && byte[0] <= 224+15) midiInPitchBendChange(byte[1], byte[2]);
 	}
+
+	(void)dTimeStamp;
+	(void)userData;
 }
 
 static uint32_t getNumMidiInDevices(void)
@@ -139,12 +134,10 @@
 
 static char *getMidiInDeviceName(uint32_t deviceID)
 {
-	char *devStr;
-
 	if (midiDev == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	devStr = (char *)rtmidi_get_port_name(midiDev, deviceID);
+	char *devStr = (char *)rtmidi_get_port_name(midiDev, deviceID);
 	if (!midiDev->ok)
 		return NULL;
 
@@ -221,17 +214,15 @@
 
 void recordMIDIEffect(uint8_t effTyp, uint8_t effData)
 {
-	int16_t nr;
-	tonTyp *note;
-
 	// only handle this in record mode
 	if (!midi.enable || (playMode != PLAYMODE_RECSONG && playMode != PLAYMODE_RECPATT))
 		return;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
+	const int16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
 	if (config.multiRec)
 	{
-		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++)
+		tonTyp *note = &patt[nr][editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES];
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, note++)
 		{
 			if (config.multiRecChn[i] && editor.chnMode[i])
 			{
@@ -238,12 +229,10 @@
 				if (!allocatePattern(nr))
 					return;
 
-				note = &patt[nr][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + i];
 				if (note->effTyp == 0)
 				{
 					note->effTyp = effTyp;
-					note->eff    = effData;
-
+					note->eff = effData;
 					setSongModifiedFlag();
 				}
 			}
@@ -254,33 +243,29 @@
 		if (!allocatePattern(nr))
 			return;
 
-		note = &patt[nr][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
+		tonTyp *note = &patt[nr][(editor.pattPos * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
 		if (note->effTyp != effTyp || note->eff != effData)
 			setSongModifiedFlag();
 
 		note->effTyp = effTyp;
-		note->eff    = effData;
+		note->eff = effData;
 	}
 }
 
 bool saveMidiInputDeviceToConfig(void)
 {
-	char *midiInStr;
-	uint32_t numDevices;
-	FILE *f;
-
 	if (!midi.initThreadDone || midiDev == NULL || !midiDeviceOpened)
 		return false;
 
-	numDevices = getNumMidiInDevices();
+	const uint32_t numDevices = getNumMidiInDevices();
 	if (numDevices == 0)
 		return false;
 
-	midiInStr = getMidiInDeviceName(midi.inputDevice);
+	char *midiInStr = getMidiInDeviceName(midi.inputDevice);
 	if (midiInStr == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.midiConfigFileLocation, "w");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.midiConfigFileLocation, "w");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		free(midiInStr);
@@ -298,22 +283,20 @@
 {
 #define MAX_DEV_STR_LEN 1024
 
-	char *midiInStr, *devString;
-	uint32_t i, numDevices;
-	FILE *f;
+	uint32_t i;
 
 	if (midi.inputDeviceName != NULL)
 		free(midi.inputDeviceName);
 
-	numDevices = getNumMidiInDevices();
+	const uint32_t numDevices = getNumMidiInDevices();
 	if (numDevices == 0)
 		goto setDefMidiInputDev;
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.midiConfigFileLocation, "r");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(editor.midiConfigFileLocation, "r");
 	if (f == NULL)
 		goto setDefMidiInputDev;
 
-	devString = (char *)calloc(MAX_DEV_STR_LEN + 4, sizeof (char));
+	char *devString = (char *)calloc(MAX_DEV_STR_LEN+4, sizeof (char));
 	if (devString == NULL)
 	{
 		fclose(f);
@@ -330,7 +313,7 @@
 	fclose(f);
 
 	// scan for device in list
-	midiInStr = NULL;
+	char *midiInStr = NULL;
 	for (i = 0; i < numDevices; i++)
 	{
 		midiInStr = getMidiInDeviceName(i);
@@ -381,8 +364,6 @@
 
 void rescanMidiInputDevices(void)
 {
-	char *deviceName;
-
 	freeMidiInputDeviceList();
 
 	midi.numInputDevices = getNumMidiInDevices();
@@ -391,7 +372,7 @@
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < midi.numInputDevices; i++)
 	{
-		deviceName = getMidiInDeviceName(i);
+		char *deviceName = getMidiInDeviceName(i);
 		if (deviceName == NULL)
 		{
 			if (midi.numInputDevices > 0)
@@ -409,10 +390,6 @@
 
 void drawMidiInputList(void)
 {
-	char *tmpString;
-	uint16_t y;
-	int32_t deviceEntry;
-
 	clearRect(114, 4, 365, 165);
 
 	if (!midi.initThreadDone || midiDev == NULL || midi.numInputDevices == 0)
@@ -425,13 +402,13 @@
 
 	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 15; i++)
 	{
-		deviceEntry = getScrollBarPos(SB_MIDI_INPUT_SCROLL) + i;
+		const int32_t deviceEntry = getScrollBarPos(SB_MIDI_INPUT_SCROLL) + i;
 		if (deviceEntry < midi.numInputDevices)
 		{
 			if (midi.inputDeviceNames[deviceEntry] == NULL)
 				continue;
 
-			y = 4 + (i * 11);
+			const uint16_t y = 4 + (i * 11);
 
 			if (midi.inputDeviceName != NULL)
 			{
@@ -439,7 +416,7 @@
 					fillRect(114, y, 365, 10, PAL_BOXSLCT); // selection background color
 			}
 
-			tmpString = utf8ToCp437(midi.inputDeviceNames[deviceEntry], true);
+			char *tmpString = utf8ToCp437(midi.inputDeviceNames[deviceEntry], true);
 			if (tmpString != NULL)
 			{
 				textOutClipX(114, y, PAL_FORGRND, tmpString, 479);
@@ -461,16 +438,14 @@
 
 void sbMidiInputSetPos(uint32_t pos)
 {
-	(void)pos;
-
 	if (ui.configScreenShown && editor.currConfigScreen == CONFIG_SCREEN_MIDI_INPUT)
 		drawMidiInputList();
+
+	(void)pos;
 }
 
 bool testMidiInputDeviceListMouseDown(void)
 {
-	int32_t mx, my, deviceNum;
-
 	if (!ui.configScreenShown || editor.currConfigScreen != CONFIG_SCREEN_MIDI_INPUT)
 		return false; // we didn't click the area
 
@@ -477,13 +452,13 @@
 	if (!midi.initThreadDone)
 		return true;
 
-	mx = mouse.x;
-	my = mouse.y;
+	const int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	const int32_t my = mouse.y;
 
 	if (my < 4 || my > 166 || mx < 114 || mx > 479)
 		return false; // we didn't click the area
 
-	deviceNum = (int32_t)scrollBars[SB_MIDI_INPUT_SCROLL].pos + ((my - 4) / 11);
+	const int32_t deviceNum = (int32_t)scrollBars[SB_MIDI_INPUT_SCROLL].pos + ((my - 4) / 11);
 	if (midi.numInputDevices <= 0 || deviceNum >= midi.numInputDevices)
 		return true;
 
@@ -509,8 +484,6 @@
 
 int32_t SDLCALL initMidiFunc(void *ptr)
 {
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	midi.closeMidiOnExit = true;
 
 	midi.initThreadDone = false;
@@ -522,6 +495,8 @@
 	midi.rescanDevicesFlag = true;
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 #else
--- a/src/ft2_module_loader.c
+++ b/src/ft2_module_loader.c
@@ -156,19 +156,18 @@
 
 static bool allocateTmpInstr(int16_t nr)
 {
-	instrTyp *p;
-
 	if (instrTmp[nr] != NULL)
 		return false; // already allocated
 
-	p = (instrTyp *)calloc(1, sizeof (instrTyp));
+	instrTyp *p = (instrTyp *)calloc(1, sizeof (instrTyp));
 	if (p == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	for (int8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++) // set standard sample pan/vol
+	sampleTyp *s = p->samp;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++, s++)
 	{
-		p->samp[i].pan = 128;
-		p->samp[i].vol = 64;
+		s->pan = 128;
+		s->vol = 64;
 	}
 
 	instrTmp[nr] = p;
@@ -215,7 +214,6 @@
 static bool loadMusicMOD(FILE *f, uint32_t fileLength, bool externalThreadFlag)
 {
 	char ID[16];
-	bool mightBeSTK, lateSTKVerFlag, veryLateSTKVerFlag;
 	uint8_t bytes[4], modFormat, numChannels;
 	int16_t i, j, k, ai;
 	uint16_t a, b, period;
@@ -227,9 +225,9 @@
 
 	showMsg = externalThreadFlag ? okBoxThreadSafe : okBox;
 
-	veryLateSTKVerFlag = false; // "DFJ SoundTracker III" nad later
-	lateSTKVerFlag = false; // "TJC SoundTracker II" and later
-	mightBeSTK = false;
+	bool veryLateSTKVerFlag = false; // "DFJ SoundTracker III" nad later
+	bool lateSTKVerFlag = false; // "TJC SoundTracker II" and later
+	bool mightBeSTK = false;
 
 	memset(&songTmp, 0, sizeof (songTmp));
 	memset(&h_MOD31, 0, sizeof (songMOD31HeaderTyp));
@@ -726,11 +724,11 @@
 static uint8_t stmTempoToBPM(uint8_t tempo) // ported from original ST2.3 replayer code
 {
 	const uint8_t slowdowns[16] = { 140, 50, 25, 15, 10, 7, 6, 4, 3, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 1 };
-	uint32_t bpm;
 	uint16_t hz = 50;
 
 	hz -= ((slowdowns[tempo >> 4] * (tempo & 15)) >> 4); // can and will underflow
-	bpm = (hz << 1) + (hz >> 1); // BPM = hz * 2.5
+
+	const uint32_t bpm = (hz << 1) + (hz >> 1); // BPM = hz * 2.5
 	return (uint8_t)CLAMP(bpm, 32, 255); // result can be slightly off, but close enough...
 }
 
@@ -978,22 +976,18 @@
 
 static int8_t countS3MChannels(uint16_t antPtn)
 {
-	uint8_t j, k, channels;
-	int16_t i;
-	tonTyp ton;
-
-	channels = 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < antPtn; i++)
+	int32_t channels = 0;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < antPtn; i++)
 	{
 		if (pattTmp[i] == NULL)
 			continue;
 
-		for (j = 0; j < 64; j++)
+		tonTyp *ton = pattTmp[i];
+		for (int32_t j = 0; j < 64; j++)
 		{
-			for (k = 0; k < MAX_VOICES; k++)
+			for (int32_t k = 0; k < MAX_VOICES; k++, ton++)
 			{
-				ton = pattTmp[i][(j * MAX_VOICES) + k];
-				if (ton.eff == 0 && ton.effTyp == 0 && ton.instr == 0 && ton.ton == 0 && ton.vol == 0)
+				if (ton->eff == 0 && ton->effTyp == 0 && ton->instr == 0 && ton->ton == 0 && ton->vol == 0)
 					continue;
 
 				if (k > channels)
@@ -1003,7 +997,7 @@
 	}
 	channels++;
 
-	return channels;
+	return (int8_t)channels;
 }
 
 static bool loadMusicS3M(FILE *f, uint32_t dataLength, bool externalThreadFlag)
@@ -1873,8 +1867,9 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL loadMusicThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	(void)ptr;
 	return doLoadMusic(true);
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void loadMusic(UNICHAR *filenameU)
@@ -1947,10 +1942,8 @@
 
 static void freeTmpModule(void) // called on module load error
 {
-	int32_t i, j;
-
 	// free all patterns
-	for (i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
 	{
 		if (pattTmp[i] != NULL)
 		{
@@ -1960,19 +1953,20 @@
 	}
 
 	// free all instruments and samples
-	for (i = 1; i <= 256; i++) // if >128 instruments, we fake-load up to 128 extra (and discard them later)
+	for (int32_t i = 1; i <= 256; i++) // if >128 instruments, we fake-load up to 128 extra (and discard them later)
 	{
-		if (instrTmp[i] != NULL)
-		{
-			for (j = 0; j < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; j++)
-			{
-				if (instrTmp[i]->samp[j].origPek != NULL)
-					free(instrTmp[i]->samp[j].origPek);
-			}
+		if (instrTmp[i] == NULL)
+			continue;
 
-			free(instrTmp[i]);
-			instrTmp[i] = NULL;
+		sampleTyp *s = instrTmp[i]->samp;
+		for (int32_t j = 0; j < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; j++, s++)
+		{
+			if (s->origPek != NULL)
+				free(s->origPek);
 		}
+
+		free(instrTmp[i]);
+		instrTmp[i] = NULL;
 	}
 }
 
@@ -2173,10 +2167,6 @@
 
 static bool loadInstrSample(FILE *f, uint16_t i, bool externalThreadFlag)
 {
-	int8_t *newPtr;
-	uint16_t j, k;
-	int32_t l, bytesToSkip;
-	sampleTyp *s;
 	int16_t (*showMsg)(int16_t, const char *, const char *);
 
 	showMsg = externalThreadFlag ? okBoxThreadSafe : okBox;
@@ -2184,15 +2174,16 @@
 	if (instrTmp[i] == NULL)
 		return true; // empty instrument, let's just pretend it got loaded successfully
 
-	k = instrTmp[i]->antSamp;
+	uint16_t k = instrTmp[i]->antSamp;
 	if (k > MAX_SMP_PER_INST)
 		k = MAX_SMP_PER_INST;
 
+	sampleTyp *s = instrTmp[i]->samp;
+
 	if (i > MAX_INST) // insNum > 128, just skip sample data
 	{
-		for (j = 0; j < k; j++)
+		for (uint16_t j = 0; j < k; j++, s++)
 		{
-			s = &instrTmp[i]->samp[j];
 			if (s->len > 0)
 				fseek(f, s->len, SEEK_CUR);
 		}
@@ -2199,15 +2190,13 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		for (j = 0; j < k; j++)
+		for (uint16_t j = 0; j < k; j++, s++)
 		{
-			s = &instrTmp[i]->samp[j];
-
 			// if a sample has both forward loop and pingpong loop set, make it pingpong loop only (FT2 mixer behavior)
 			if ((s->typ & 3) == 3)
 				s->typ &= 0xFE;
 
-			l = s->len;
+			int32_t l = s->len;
 			if (l <= 0)
 			{
 				s->pek = NULL;
@@ -2220,7 +2209,7 @@
 			}
 			else
 			{
-				bytesToSkip = 0;
+				int32_t bytesToSkip = 0;
 				if (l > MAX_SAMPLE_LEN)
 				{
 					bytesToSkip = l - MAX_SAMPLE_LEN;
@@ -2257,7 +2246,7 @@
 					s->repL >>= 1;
 					s->repS >>= 1;
 
-					newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, s->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+					int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, s->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 					if (newPtr != NULL)
 					{
 						s->origPek = newPtr;
@@ -2295,18 +2284,19 @@
 void unpackPatt(uint8_t *dst, uint8_t *src, uint16_t len, int32_t antChn)
 {
 	uint8_t note, data;
-	int32_t srcEnd, srcIdx, j;
+	int32_t j;
 
 	if (dst == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	srcEnd = len * (sizeof (tonTyp) * antChn);
-	srcIdx = 0;
+	const int32_t srcEnd = len * (sizeof (tonTyp) * antChn);
+	int32_t srcIdx = 0;
 
 	int32_t numChannels = antChn;
 	if (numChannels > MAX_VOICES)
 		numChannels = MAX_VOICES;
 
+	const int32_t pitch = sizeof (tonTyp) * (MAX_VOICES - antChn);
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 	{
 		for (j = 0; j < numChannels; j++)
@@ -2374,20 +2364,17 @@
 
 		// if song has <32 channels, align pointer to next row (skip unused channels)
 		if (antChn < MAX_VOICES)
-			dst += sizeof (tonTyp) * (MAX_VOICES - antChn);
+			dst += pitch;
 	}
 }
 
 static bool tmpPatternEmpty(uint16_t nr)
 {
-	uint8_t *scanPtr;
-	uint32_t scanLen;
-
 	if (pattTmp[nr] == NULL)
 		return true;
 
-	scanPtr = (uint8_t *)pattTmp[nr];
-	scanLen = pattLensTmp[nr] * TRACK_WIDTH;
+	uint8_t *scanPtr = (uint8_t *)pattTmp[nr];
+	const uint32_t scanLen = pattLensTmp[nr] * TRACK_WIDTH;
 
 	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < scanLen; i++)
 	{
@@ -2403,22 +2390,23 @@
 	if (p == NULL || antChn >= MAX_VOICES)
 		return;
 
-	for (int32_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
-		memset(&p[(i * MAX_VOICES) + antChn], 0, sizeof (tonTyp) * (MAX_VOICES - antChn));
+	const int32_t width = sizeof (tonTyp) * (MAX_VOICES - antChn);
+
+	tonTyp *ptr = &p[antChn];
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++, ptr += MAX_VOICES)
+		memset(ptr, 0, width);
 }
 
 static bool loadPatterns(FILE *f, uint16_t antPtn, bool externalThreadFlag)
 {
-	bool pattLenWarn;
 	uint8_t tmpLen;
-	uint16_t i;
 	patternHeaderTyp ph;
 	int16_t (*showMsg)(int16_t, const char *, const char *);
 
 	showMsg = externalThreadFlag ? okBoxThreadSafe : okBox;
 
-	pattLenWarn = false;
-	for (i = 0; i < antPtn; i++)
+	bool pattLenWarn = false;
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < antPtn; i++)
 	{
 		if (fread(&ph.patternHeaderSize, 4, 1, f) != 1)
 			goto pattCorrupt;
@@ -2503,8 +2491,6 @@
 // called from input/video thread after the module was done loading
 static void setupLoadedModule(void)
 {
-	int16_t i;
-
 	lockMixerCallback();
 
 	freeAllInstr();
@@ -2522,7 +2508,7 @@
 	memset(editor.keyOnTab, 0, sizeof (editor.keyOnTab));
 
 	// copy over new pattern pointers and lengths
-	for (i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
 	{
 		patt[i] = pattTmp[i];
 		pattLens[i] = pattLensTmp[i];
@@ -2529,7 +2515,7 @@
 	}
 
 	// copy over new instruments (includes sample pointers)
-	for (i = 1; i <= MAX_INST; i++)
+	for (int16_t i = 1; i <= MAX_INST; i++)
 	{
 		instr[i] = instrTmp[i];
 		fixSampleName(i);
@@ -2620,9 +2606,7 @@
 
 bool handleModuleLoadFromArg(int argc, char **argv)
 {
-	int32_t filesize;
-	uint32_t filenameLen;
-	UNICHAR *filenameU, tmpPathU[PATH_MAX+2];
+	UNICHAR tmpPathU[PATH_MAX+2];
 
 	// this is crude, we always expect only one parameter, and that it is the module.
 
@@ -2634,9 +2618,9 @@
 		return false; // OS X < 10.9 passes a -psn_x_xxxxx parameter on double-click launch
 #endif
 
-	filenameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(argv[1]);
+	const uint32_t filenameLen = (const uint32_t)strlen(argv[1]);
 
-	filenameU = (UNICHAR *)calloc(filenameLen+1, sizeof (UNICHAR));
+	UNICHAR *filenameU = (UNICHAR *)calloc(filenameLen+1, sizeof (UNICHAR));
 	if (filenameU == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "Not enough memory!");
@@ -2655,7 +2639,7 @@
 	// set path to where the main executable is
 	UNICHAR_CHDIR(editor.binaryPathU);
 
-	filesize = getFileSize(filenameU);
+	const int32_t filesize = getFileSize(filenameU);
 	if (filesize == -1 || filesize >= 512L*1024*1024) // >=2GB or >=512MB
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "Error: The module is too big to be loaded!");
@@ -2678,17 +2662,14 @@
 
 void loadDroppedFile(char *fullPathUTF8, bool songModifiedCheck)
 {
-	int32_t fullPathLen, filesize;
-	UNICHAR *fullPathU;
-
 	if (ui.sysReqShown || fullPathUTF8 == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	fullPathLen = (int32_t)strlen(fullPathUTF8);
+	const int32_t fullPathLen = (const int32_t)strlen(fullPathUTF8);
 	if (fullPathLen == 0)
 		return;
 
-	fullPathU = (UNICHAR *)calloc(fullPathLen + 2, sizeof (UNICHAR));
+	UNICHAR *fullPathU = (UNICHAR *)calloc(fullPathLen + 2, sizeof (UNICHAR));
 	if (fullPathU == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "Not enough memory!");
@@ -2701,7 +2682,7 @@
 	strcpy(fullPathU, fullPathUTF8);
 #endif
 
-	filesize = getFileSize(fullPathU);
+	const int32_t filesize = getFileSize(fullPathU);
 
 	if (filesize == -1) // >2GB
 	{
--- a/src/ft2_module_saver.c
+++ b/src/ft2_module_saver.c
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 
 bool saveXM(UNICHAR *filenameU)
 {
-	int16_t ap, ai, i, j, k, a;
+	int16_t i, j, k, a;
 	size_t result;
 	songHeaderTyp h;
 	patternHeaderTyp ph;
@@ -41,9 +41,8 @@
 	instrHeaderTyp ih;
 	sampleTyp *s;
 	sampleHeaderTyp *dst;
-	FILE *f;
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "wb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "wb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Error opening file for saving, is it in use?");
@@ -64,7 +63,7 @@
 	h.defSpeed = song.speed;
 
 	// count number of patterns
-	ap = MAX_PATTERNS;
+	int16_t ap = MAX_PATTERNS;
 	do
 	{
 		if (patternEmpty(ap - 1))
@@ -76,7 +75,7 @@
 	h.antPtn = ap;
 
 	// count number of instruments
-	ai = 128;
+	int16_t ai = 128;
 	while (ai > 0 && getUsedSamples(ai) == 0 && song.instrName[ai][0] == '\0')
 		ai--;
 	h.antInstrs = ai;
@@ -598,8 +597,6 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL saveMusicThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	assert(editor.tmpFilenameU != NULL);
 	if (editor.tmpFilenameU == NULL)
 		return false;
@@ -613,6 +610,8 @@
 
 	resumeAudio();
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void saveMusic(UNICHAR *filenameU)
@@ -632,17 +631,17 @@
 
 static uint16_t packPatt(uint8_t *writePtr, uint8_t *pattPtr, uint16_t numRows)
 {
-	uint8_t bytes[5], packBits, *firstBytePtr;
-	uint16_t totalPackLen;
+	uint8_t bytes[5];
 
-	totalPackLen = 0;
-
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 		return 0;
 
-	for (uint16_t row = 0; row < numRows; row++)
+	uint16_t totalPackLen = 0;
+
+	const int32_t pitch = sizeof (tonTyp) * (MAX_VOICES - song.antChn);
+	for (int32_t row = 0; row < numRows; row++)
 	{
-		for (uint16_t chn = 0; chn < song.antChn; chn++)
+		for (int32_t chn = 0; chn < song.antChn; chn++)
 		{
 			bytes[0] = *pattPtr++;
 			bytes[1] = *pattPtr++;
@@ -650,9 +649,9 @@
 			bytes[3] = *pattPtr++;
 			bytes[4] = *pattPtr++;
 
-			firstBytePtr = writePtr++;
+			uint8_t *firstBytePtr = writePtr++;
 
-			packBits = 0;
+			uint8_t packBits = 0;
 			if (bytes[0] > 0) { packBits |= 1; *writePtr++ = bytes[0]; } // note
 			if (bytes[1] > 0) { packBits |= 2; *writePtr++ = bytes[1]; } // instrument
 			if (bytes[2] > 0) { packBits |= 4; *writePtr++ = bytes[2]; } // volume column
@@ -682,7 +681,7 @@
 		}
 
 		// skip unused channels (unpacked patterns always have 32 channels)
-		pattPtr += sizeof (tonTyp) * (MAX_VOICES - song.antChn);
+		pattPtr += pitch;
 	}
 
 	return totalPackLen;
--- a/src/ft2_mouse.c
+++ b/src/ft2_mouse.c
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 void freeMouseCursors(void)
 {
 	SDL_SetCursor(SDL_GetDefaultCursor());
-	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < NUM_CURSORS; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < NUM_CURSORS; i++)
 	{
 		if (cursors[i] != NULL)
 		{
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@
 		default: break;
 	}
 
-	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < NUM_CURSORS; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < NUM_CURSORS; i++)
 	{
-		int32_t scaleFactor = video.yScale;
+		const int32_t scaleFactor = video.yScale;
 
 		SDL_Surface *surface = SDL_CreateRGBSurface(0, MOUSE_CURSOR_W*scaleFactor, MOUSE_CURSOR_H*scaleFactor, 32, 0, 0, 0, 0);
 		if (surface == NULL)
@@ -81,9 +81,9 @@
 			return false;
 		}
 
-		uint32_t colorkey = SDL_MapRGB(surface->format, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00); // colorkey
-		uint32_t fg = SDL_MapRGB(surface->format, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF); // foreground
-		uint32_t border = SDL_MapRGB(surface->format, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00); // border
+		const uint32_t colorkey = SDL_MapRGB(surface->format, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00); // colorkey
+		const uint32_t fg = SDL_MapRGB(surface->format, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF); // foreground
+		const uint32_t border = SDL_MapRGB(surface->format, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00); // border
 
 		SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode(surface, SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE);
 		SDL_SetColorKey(surface, SDL_TRUE, colorkey);
@@ -102,19 +102,19 @@
 		SDL_LockSurface(surface);
 
 		uint32_t *dstPixels32 = (uint32_t *)surface->pixels;
-
 		for (int32_t k = 0; k < surface->w*surface->h; k++) // fill surface with colorkey pixels
 			dstPixels32[k] = colorkey;
 
 		// blit upscaled cursor to surface
-		for (uint32_t y = 0; y < MOUSE_CURSOR_H; y++)
+		for (int32_t y = 0; y < MOUSE_CURSOR_H; y++)
 		{
 			uint32_t *outX = &dstPixels32[(y * scaleFactor) * surface->w];
 			for (int32_t yScale = 0; yScale < scaleFactor; yScale++)
 			{
+				const uint8_t *srcPtr = &srcPixels8[y * MOUSE_CURSOR_W];
 				for (int32_t x = 0; x < MOUSE_CURSOR_W; x++)
 				{
-					uint8_t srcPix = srcPixels8[(y * MOUSE_CURSOR_W) + x];
+					const uint8_t srcPix = srcPtr[x];
 					if (srcPix != PAL_TRANSPR)
 					{
 						uint32_t pixel = colorkey;
@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@
 		gfxPtr = &bmp.mouseCursors[mouseModeGfxOffs];
 		switch (shape)
 		{
-			case MOUSE_IDLE_SHAPE_NICE: gfxPtr += 0 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
-			case MOUSE_IDLE_SHAPE_UGLY: gfxPtr += 1 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
-			case MOUSE_IDLE_SHAPE_AWFUL: gfxPtr += 2 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
-			case MOUSE_IDLE_SHAPE_USABLE: gfxPtr += 3 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
-			case MOUSE_IDLE_TEXT_EDIT: gfxPtr += 12 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
+			case MOUSE_IDLE_SHAPE_NICE:   gfxPtr +=  0 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
+			case MOUSE_IDLE_SHAPE_UGLY:   gfxPtr +=  1 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
+			case MOUSE_IDLE_SHAPE_AWFUL:  gfxPtr +=  2 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
+			case MOUSE_IDLE_SHAPE_USABLE: gfxPtr +=  3 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
+			case MOUSE_IDLE_TEXT_EDIT:    gfxPtr += 12 * (MOUSE_CURSOR_W * MOUSE_CURSOR_H); break;
 			default: return;
 		}
 	}
@@ -289,22 +289,21 @@
 
 static void changeCursorIfOverTextBoxes(void)
 {
-	int32_t i, mx, my;
-	textBox_t *t;
+	int32_t i;
 
 	mouse.mouseOverTextBox = false;
 	if (editor.busy || mouse.mode != MOUSE_MODE_NORMAL)
 		return;
 
-	mx = mouse.x;
-	my = mouse.y;
+	const int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	const int32_t my = mouse.y;
 
-	for (i = 0; i < NUM_TEXTBOXES; i++)
+	textBox_t *t = textBoxes;
+	for (i = 0; i < NUM_TEXTBOXES; i++, t++)
 	{
 		if (ui.sysReqShown && i > 0)
 			continue;
 
-		t = &textBoxes[i];
 		if (!t->visible)
 			continue;
 
@@ -378,12 +377,10 @@
 
 static void mouseWheelDecRow(void)
 {
-	int16_t pattPos;
-
 	if (songPlaying)
 		return;
 
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos - 1;
+	int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos - 1;
 	if (pattPos < 0)
 		pattPos = pattLens[editor.editPattern] - 1;
 
@@ -392,12 +389,10 @@
 
 static void mouseWheelIncRow(void)
 {
-	int16_t pattPos;
-
 	if (songPlaying)
 		return;
 
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos + 1;
+	int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos + 1;
 	if (pattPos > (pattLens[editor.editPattern] - 1))
 		pattPos = 0;
 
@@ -528,12 +523,10 @@
 
 static bool testPatternDataMouseDown(void)
 {
-	uint16_t y1, y2;
-
 	if (ui.patternEditorShown)
 	{
-		y1 = ui.extended ? 56 : 176;
-		y2 = ui.pattChanScrollShown ? 382 : 396;
+		const int32_t y1 = ui.extended ? 56 : 176;
+		const int32_t y2 = ui.pattChanScrollShown ? 382 : 396;
 
 		if (mouse.y >= y1 && mouse.y <= y2 && mouse.x >= 29 && mouse.x <= 602)
 		{
@@ -726,7 +719,6 @@
 	SDL_Event event;
 
 	memset(&event, 0, sizeof (event));
-
 	event.type = SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
 	event.button.button = button;
 
@@ -802,20 +794,26 @@
 	}
 
 	if (video.useDesktopMouseCoords)
+	{
 		mouse.buttonState = SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mx, &my);
+
+		// convert desktop coords to window coords
+		SDL_GetWindowPosition(video.window, &windowX, &windowY);
+		mx -= windowX;
+		my -= windowY;
+	}
 	else
+	{
+		// special mode for KMSDRM (XXX: Confirm that this still works...)
 		mouse.buttonState = SDL_GetMouseState(&mx, &my);
+	}
 
 	if (video.fullscreen)
 	{
-		/* If fullscreen without filtering mode, translate coords and warp mouse
-		** inside the render space.
-		** Fullscreen + filtering mode takes up 100% of the screen area used, so no
-		** need to translate coords in that mode.
-		*/
-
+		// centered fullscreen mode (not stretched) needs further coord translation
 		if (!(config.specialFlags2 & STRETCH_IMAGE))
 		{
+			// if software mouse is enabled, warp mouse inside render space
 			if (!(config.specialFlags2 & HARDWARE_MOUSE))
 			{
 				bool warpMouse = false;
@@ -850,16 +848,6 @@
 			mx -= video.renderX;
 			my -= video.renderY;
 		}
-	}
-	else if (video.useDesktopMouseCoords)
-	{
-		// convert desktop coords to window coords
-
-		// (a call to this function is really fast in windowed mode)
-		SDL_GetWindowPosition(video.window, &windowX, &windowY);
-
-		mx -= windowX;
-		my -= windowY;
 	}
 
 	// multiply coords by video upscaling factors (don't round)
--- a/src/ft2_nibbles.c
+++ b/src/ft2_nibbles.c
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@
 #include "ft2_tables.h"
 #include "ft2_structs.h"
 
+#define STAGES_BMP_WIDTH 530
+
 #define NI_MAXLEVEL 30
 
 static const char *NI_HelpText[] =
@@ -86,8 +88,8 @@
 {
 #define LUMINOSITY_THRESHOLD 4
 
-	uint8_t wallColor1L = rgb24ToLuminosity(video.palette[PAL_DESKTOP]);
-	uint8_t wallColor2L = rgb24ToLuminosity(video.palette[PAL_BUTTONS]);
+	const uint8_t wallColor1L = rgb24ToLuminosity(video.palette[PAL_DESKTOP]);
+	const uint8_t wallColor2L = rgb24ToLuminosity(video.palette[PAL_BUTTONS]);
 
 	/* Since the rest of the wall colors are based on lower and higher
 	** contrast values from these two primary colors, we don't really
@@ -104,20 +106,17 @@
 
 static void redrawNibblesScreen(void)
 {
-	uint8_t x, y, c;
-	int16_t xs, ys;
-
 	if (!editor.NI_Play)
 		return;
 
-	for (x = 0; x < 51; x++)
+	for (int16_t x = 0; x < 51; x++)
 	{
-		for (y = 0; y < 23; y++)
+		for (int16_t y = 0; y < 23; y++)
 		{
-			xs = 152 + (x * 8);
-			ys = 7 + (y * 7);
+			const int16_t xs = 152 + (x * 8);
+			const int16_t ys = 7 + (y * 7);
 
-			c = NI_Screen[x][y];
+			const uint8_t c = NI_Screen[x][y];
 			if (c < 16)
 			{
 				if (config.NI_Grid)
@@ -153,9 +152,7 @@
 
 static void nibblesAddBuffer(int16_t nr, uint8_t typ)
 {
-	nibbleBufferTyp *n;
-
-	n = &nibblesBuffer[nr];
+	nibbleBufferTyp *n = &nibblesBuffer[nr];
 	if (n->antal < 8)
 	{
 		n->data[n->antal] = typ;
@@ -170,13 +167,10 @@
 
 static int16_t nibblesGetBuffer(int16_t nr)
 {
-	int16_t dataOut;
-	nibbleBufferTyp *n;
-
-	n = &nibblesBuffer[nr];
+	nibbleBufferTyp *n = &nibblesBuffer[nr];
 	if (n->antal > 0)
 	{
-		dataOut = n->data[0];
+		const int16_t dataOut = n->data[0];
 		memmove(&n->data[0], &n->data[1], 7);
 		n->antal--;
 
@@ -188,38 +182,39 @@
 
 static void nibblesGetLevel(int16_t nr)
 {
-	int16_t readX, readY, x, y;
+	const int32_t readX = 1 + ((51+2) * (nr % 10));
+	const int32_t readY = 1 + ((23+2) * (nr / 10));
 
-	readX = 1 + ((51+2) * (nr % 10));
-	readY = 1 + ((23+2) * (nr / 10));
+	const uint8_t *stagePtr = &bmp.nibblesStages[(readY * STAGES_BMP_WIDTH) + readX];
 
-	for (x = 0; x < 51; x++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < 23; y++)
 	{
-		for (y = 0; y < 23; y++)
-			NI_Screen[x][y] = bmp.nibblesStages[((readY + y) * 530) + (readX + x)];
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < 51; x++)
+			NI_Screen[x][y] = stagePtr[x];
+
+		stagePtr += STAGES_BMP_WIDTH;
 	}
 }
 
 static void nibblesCreateLevel(int16_t nr)
 {
-	uint8_t c;
-	int16_t x, y, x1, y1, x2, y2;
-
 	if (nr >= NI_MAXLEVEL)
 		nr = NI_MAXLEVEL - 1;
 
 	nibblesGetLevel(nr);
 
-	x1 = 0; x2 = 0;
-	y1 = 0; y2 = 0;
+	int32_t x1 = 0;
+	int32_t x2 = 0;
+	int32_t y1 = 0;
+	int32_t y2 = 0;
 
-	for (y = 0; y < 23; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < 23; y++)
 	{
-		for (x = 0; x < 51; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < 51; x++)
 		{
 			if (NI_Screen[x][y] == 1 || NI_Screen[x][y] == 3)
 			{
-				c = NI_Screen[x][y];
+				const uint8_t c = NI_Screen[x][y];
 
 				if (c == 3)
 				{
@@ -238,11 +233,11 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	x = (51 + 2) * (nr % 10);
-	y = (23 + 2) * (nr / 10);
+	const int32_t readX = (51 + 2) * (nr % 10);
+	const int32_t readY = (23 + 2) * (nr / 10);
 
-	NI_P1Dir = bmp.nibblesStages[(y * 530) + (x + 1)];
-	NI_P2Dir = bmp.nibblesStages[(y * 530) + (x + 0)];
+	NI_P1Dir = bmp.nibblesStages[(readY * 530) + (readX + 1)];
+	NI_P2Dir = bmp.nibblesStages[(readY * 530) + (readX + 0)];
 
 	NI_P1Len = 5;
 	NI_P2Len = 5;
@@ -252,7 +247,7 @@
 	nibblesBuffer[0].antal = 0;
 	nibblesBuffer[1].antal = 0;
 
-	for (int16_t i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < 256; i++)
 	{
 		NI_P1[i].x = (uint8_t)x1;
 		NI_P1[i].y = (uint8_t)y1;
@@ -263,23 +258,19 @@
 
 static void nibbleWriteLevelSprite(int16_t xOut, int16_t yOut, int16_t nr)
 {
-	uint8_t *src;
-	uint16_t readX, readY;
-	uint32_t *dst;
+	const int32_t readX = (51 + 2) * (nr % 10);
+	const int32_t readY = (23 + 2) * (nr / 10);
 
-	readX = (51 + 2) * (nr % 10);
-	readY = (23 + 2) * (nr / 10);
+	const uint8_t *src = (const uint8_t *)&bmp.nibblesStages[(readY * 530) + readX];
+	uint32_t *dst = &video.frameBuffer[(yOut * SCREEN_W) + xOut];
 
-	src = (uint8_t *)&bmp.nibblesStages[(readY * 530) + readX];
-	dst = &video.frameBuffer[(yOut * SCREEN_W) + xOut];
-
-	for (uint16_t y = 0; y < 23+2; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < 23+2; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint16_t x = 0; x < 51+2; x++)
-			*dst++ = video.palette[*src++];
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < 51+2; x++)
+			dst[x] = video.palette[src[x]];
 
-		src += 530 - (51+2);
-		dst += SCREEN_W - (51+2);
+		src += 530;
+		dst += SCREEN_W;
 	}
 
 	// overwrite start position pixels
@@ -289,15 +280,12 @@
 
 static void highScoreTextOutClipX(uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint8_t paletteIndex, uint8_t shadowPaletteIndex, const char *textPtr, uint16_t clipX)
 {
-	char ch;
-	uint16_t currX;
-
 	assert(textPtr != NULL);
 
-	currX = x;
+	uint16_t currX = x;
 	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 22; i++)
 	{
-		ch = textPtr[i];
+		const char ch = textPtr[i];
 		if (ch == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -335,11 +323,9 @@
 
 static void setNibbleDot(uint8_t x, uint8_t y, uint8_t c)
 {
-	uint16_t xs, ys;
+	const uint16_t xs = 152 + (x * 8);
+	const uint16_t ys = 7 + (y * 7);
 
-	xs = 152 + (x * 8);
-	ys = 7 + (y * 7);
-
 	if (config.NI_Grid)
 	{
 		fillRect(xs + 0, ys + 0, 8 - 0, 7 - 0, PAL_BUTTON2);
@@ -355,12 +341,10 @@
 
 static void nibblesGenNewNumber(void)
 {
-	int16_t x, y, xs, ys;
-
 	while (true)
 	{
-		x = rand() % 51;
-		y = rand() % 23;
+		const int16_t x = rand() % 51;
+		const int16_t y = rand() % 23;
 
 		bool blockIsSuitable;
 
@@ -376,8 +360,8 @@
 			NI_NumberX = x;
 			NI_NumberY = y;
 
-			xs = 152 + (x * 8);
-			ys = 7 + (y * 7);
+			const int16_t xs = 152 + (x * 8);
+			const int16_t ys = 7 + (y * 7);
 
 			if (config.NI_Grid)
 			{
@@ -435,7 +419,7 @@
 
 static void nibblesDecLives(int16_t l1, int16_t l2)
 {
-	char name[21 + 1];
+	char name[21+1];
 	int16_t i, k;
 	highScoreType *h;
 
@@ -539,7 +523,7 @@
 {
 	char text[24];
 
-	sprintf(text, "Level %d finished!", NI_Level + 1);
+	sprintf(text, "Level %d finished!", NI_Level+1);
 	okBox(0, "Nibbles message", text);
 
 	// cast to int16_t to simulate a bug in FT2
@@ -567,8 +551,6 @@
 
 void moveNibblePlayers(void)
 {
-	int16_t i, j;
-
 	if (ui.sysReqShown || --NI_CurTick60Hz != 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -663,8 +645,8 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	j = 0;
-	i = NI_Screen[NI_P1[0].x][NI_P1[0].y];
+	int16_t j = 0;
+	int16_t i = NI_Screen[NI_P1[0].x][NI_P1[0].y];
 	if (i >= 16)
 	{
 		NI_P1Score += (i & 15) * 999 * (NI_Level + 1);
@@ -876,7 +858,7 @@
 	clearRect(152, 7, 409, 162);
 
 	bigTextOut(160, 10, PAL_FORGRND, "Fasttracker Nibbles Help");
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NIBBLES_HELP_LINES; i++)
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NIBBLES_HELP_LINES; i++)
 		textOut(160, 36 + (11 * i), PAL_BUTTONS, NI_HelpText[i]);
 }
 
--- a/src/ft2_palette.c
+++ b/src/ft2_palette.c
@@ -94,14 +94,12 @@
 
 static void drawCurrentPaletteColor(void)
 {
-	uint8_t r, g, b, palIndex;
+	const uint8_t palIndex = FTC_EditOrder[cfg_ColorNr];
 
-	palIndex = FTC_EditOrder[cfg_ColorNr];
+	const uint8_t r = P6_TO_P8(cfg_Red);
+	const uint8_t g = P6_TO_P8(cfg_Green);
+	const uint8_t b = P6_TO_P8(cfg_Blue);
 
-	r = P6_TO_P8(cfg_Red);
-	g = P6_TO_P8(cfg_Green);
-	b = P6_TO_P8(cfg_Blue);
-
 	textOutShadow(516, 3, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_DSKTOP2, "Palette:");
 	hexOutBg(573, 3, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_DESKTOP, RGB32(r, g, b) & 0xFFFFFF, 6);
 	clearRect(616, 2, 12, 10);
@@ -110,7 +108,7 @@
 
 static void updatePaletteEditor(void)
 {
-	uint8_t nr = FTC_EditOrder[cfg_ColorNr];
+	const uint8_t nr = FTC_EditOrder[cfg_ColorNr];
 
 	cfg_Red = palTable[config.cfg_StdPalNr][nr].r;
 	cfg_Green = palTable[config.cfg_StdPalNr][nr].g;
@@ -131,9 +129,6 @@
 
 static void paletteDragMoved(void)
 {
-	uint8_t nr, p;
-	int16_t i, k;
-
 	if (config.cfg_StdPalNr != PAL_USER_DEFINED)
 	{
 		updatePaletteEditor(); // resets colors/contrast vars
@@ -148,8 +143,8 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	nr = FTC_EditOrder[cfg_ColorNr];
-	p = (uint8_t)config.cfg_StdPalNr;
+	const uint8_t nr = FTC_EditOrder[cfg_ColorNr];
+	const uint8_t p = (uint8_t)config.cfg_StdPalNr;
 
 	palTable[p][nr].r = cfg_Red;
 	palTable[p][nr].g = cfg_Green;
@@ -165,11 +160,11 @@
 		if (contrast < 1)
 			contrast = 1;
 
-		double dContrast = contrast * (1.0 / 40.0);
+		const double dContrast = contrast * (1.0 / 40.0);
 
-		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < 3; i++)
 		{
-			k = scaleOrder[i] + (cfg_ColorNr - 4) * 2;
+			const int32_t k = scaleOrder[i] + (cfg_ColorNr - 4) * 2;
 
 			double dMul = palPow((i + 1) * (1.0 / 2.0), dContrast);
 
--- a/src/ft2_pattern_draw.c
+++ b/src/ft2_pattern_draw.c
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 
 void updatePattFontPtrs(void)
 {
-	//config.ptnFont is pre-clamped and safe
+	//config.ptnFont is pre-clamped and safe to use
 	font4Ptr = &bmp.font4[config.ptnFont * (FONT4_WIDTH * FONT4_CHAR_H)];
 	font5Ptr = &bmp.font4[(4 + config.ptnFont) * (FONT4_WIDTH * FONT4_CHAR_H)];
 }
@@ -53,18 +53,13 @@
 
 void drawPatternBorders(void)
 {
-	uint8_t chans;
-	uint16_t xOffs, chanWidth;
-	int32_t clearSize;
-	const pattCoord2_t *pattCoord;
-
 	// get heights/pos/rows depending on configuration
-	pattCoord = &pattCoord2Table[config.ptnUnpressed][ui.pattChanScrollShown][ui.extended];
+	const pattCoord2_t *pattCoord = &pattCoord2Table[config.ptnUnpressed][ui.pattChanScrollShown][ui.extended];
 
 	// set pattern cursor Y position
 	editor.ptnCursorY = pattCoord->lowerRowsY - 9;
 
-	chans = ui.numChannelsShown;
+	int32_t chans = ui.numChannelsShown;
 	if (chans > ui.maxVisibleChannels)
 		chans = ui.maxVisibleChannels;
 
@@ -76,7 +71,7 @@
 
 	assert(chans >= 2 && chans <= 12);
 
-	chanWidth = chanWidths[(chans / 2) - 1] + 2;
+	const uint16_t chanWidth = chanWidths[(chans >> 1) - 1] + 2;
 
 	// fill scrollbar framework (if needed)
 	if (ui.pattChanScrollShown)
@@ -131,8 +126,8 @@
 		drawFramework(604, pattCoord->lowerRowsY, 26, pattCoord->lowerRowsH, FRAMEWORK_TYPE2); // bottom right
 
 		// draw channels
-		xOffs = 28;
-		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < chans; i++)
+		uint16_t xOffs = 28;
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < chans; i++)
 		{
 			vLine(xOffs - 1, pattCoord->upperRowsY, pattCoord->upperRowsH, PAL_DESKTOP);
 			vLine(xOffs - 1, pattCoord->lowerRowsY, pattCoord->lowerRowsH + 1, PAL_DESKTOP);
@@ -152,12 +147,12 @@
 
 		if (ui.extended)
 		{
-			clearSize = ui.pattChanScrollShown ? (SCREEN_W * sizeof (int32_t) * 330) : (SCREEN_W * sizeof (int32_t) * 347);
+			const int32_t clearSize = ui.pattChanScrollShown ? (SCREEN_W * sizeof (int32_t) * 330) : (SCREEN_W * sizeof (int32_t) * 347);
 			memset(&video.frameBuffer[53 * SCREEN_W], 0, clearSize);
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			clearSize = ui.pattChanScrollShown ? (SCREEN_W * sizeof(int32_t) * 210) : (SCREEN_W * sizeof(int32_t) * 227);
+			const int32_t clearSize = ui.pattChanScrollShown ? (SCREEN_W * sizeof(int32_t) * 210) : (SCREEN_W * sizeof(int32_t) * 227);
 			memset(&video.frameBuffer[173 * SCREEN_W], 0, clearSize);
 		}
 
@@ -182,20 +177,18 @@
 
 static void writeCursor(void)
 {
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, xPos, width, tabOffset;
+	const int32_t tabOffset = (config.ptnS3M * 32) + (columnModeTab[ui.numChannelsShown-1] * 8) + cursor.object;
 
-	tabOffset = (config.ptnS3M * 32) + (columnModeTab[ui.numChannelsShown - 1] * 8) + cursor.object;
+	int32_t xPos = pattCursorXTab[tabOffset];
+	const int32_t width = pattCursorWTab[tabOffset];
 
-	xPos = pattCursorXTab[tabOffset];
-	width = pattCursorWTab[tabOffset];
-
 	assert(editor.ptnCursorY > 0 && xPos > 0 && width > 0);
 	xPos += ((cursor.ch - ui.channelOffset) * ui.patternChannelWidth);
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(editor.ptnCursorY * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < 9; y++)
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(editor.ptnCursorY * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < 9; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < width; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < width; x++)
 			dstPtr[x] = video.palette[(dstPtr[x] >> 24) ^ 4]; // ">> 24" to get palette, XOR 4 to change to cursor palette
 
 		dstPtr += SCREEN_W;
@@ -204,35 +197,33 @@
 
 static void writePatternBlockMark(int32_t currRow, uint32_t rowHeight, const pattCoord_t *pattCoord)
 {
-	int32_t startCh, endCh, startRow, endRow, x1, x2, y1, y2, pattYStart, pattYEnd;
-	uint32_t w, h, *ptr32;
-	const markCoord_t *markCoord;
+	int32_t y1, y2;
 
 	// this can happen (buggy FT2 code), treat like no mark
 	if (pattMark.markY1 > pattMark.markY2)
 		return;
 
-	startCh = ui.channelOffset;
-	endCh = ui.channelOffset + (ui.numChannelsShown - 1);
-	startRow = currRow - pattCoord->numUpperRows;
-	endRow = currRow + pattCoord->numLowerRows;
+	const int32_t startCh = ui.channelOffset;
+	const int32_t endCh = ui.channelOffset + (ui.numChannelsShown - 1);
+	const int32_t startRow = currRow - pattCoord->numUpperRows;
+	const int32_t endRow = currRow + pattCoord->numLowerRows;
 
 	// test if pattern marking is outside of visible area (don't draw)
 	if (pattMark.markX1 > endCh || pattMark.markX2 < startCh || pattMark.markY1 > endRow || pattMark.markY2 < startRow)
 		return;
 
-	markCoord = &markCoordTable[config.ptnUnpressed][ui.pattChanScrollShown][ui.extended];
-	pattYStart = markCoord->upperRowsY;
+	const markCoord_t *markCoord = &markCoordTable[config.ptnUnpressed][ui.pattChanScrollShown][ui.extended];
+	const int32_t pattYStart = markCoord->upperRowsY;
 
 	// X1
 
-	x1 = 32 + ((pattMark.markX1 - ui.channelOffset) * ui.patternChannelWidth);
+	int32_t x1 = 32 + ((pattMark.markX1 - ui.channelOffset) * ui.patternChannelWidth);
 	if (x1 < 32)
 		x1 = 32;
 
 	// X2
 
-	x2 = (32 - 8) + (((pattMark.markX2 + 1) - ui.channelOffset) * ui.patternChannelWidth);
+	int32_t x2 = (32 - 8) + (((pattMark.markX2 + 1) - ui.channelOffset) * ui.patternChannelWidth);
 	if (x2 > 608)
 		x2 = 608;
 
@@ -265,7 +256,7 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		pattYEnd = markCoord->lowerRowsY + (pattCoord->numLowerRows * rowHeight);
+		const int32_t pattYEnd = markCoord->lowerRowsY + (pattCoord->numLowerRows * rowHeight);
 
 		y2 = markCoord->lowerRowsY + ((pattMark.markY2 - (currRow + 1)) * rowHeight);
 		if (y2 > pattYEnd)
@@ -291,15 +282,15 @@
 
 	// pattern mark drawing
 
-	w = x2 - x1;
-	h = y2 - y1;
+	const int32_t w = x2 - x1;
+	const int32_t h = y2 - y1;
 
 	assert(x1+w <= SCREEN_W && y1+h <= SCREEN_H);
 
-	ptr32 = &video.frameBuffer[(y1 * SCREEN_W) + x1];
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
+	uint32_t *ptr32 = &video.frameBuffer[(y1 * SCREEN_W) + x1];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
 			ptr32[x] = video.palette[(ptr32[x] >> 24) ^ 2]; // ">> 24" to get palette of pixel, XOR 2 to change to mark palette
 
 		ptr32 += SCREEN_W;
@@ -308,9 +299,7 @@
 
 static void drawChannelNumbering(uint16_t yPos)
 {
-#define CH_NUM_XPOS 30
-
-	uint16_t xPos = CH_NUM_XPOS;
+	uint16_t xPos = 30;
 	int32_t ch = ui.channelOffset + 1;
 
 	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ui.numChannelsShown; i++)
@@ -335,8 +324,7 @@
 #define LEFT_ROW_XPOS 8
 #define RIGHT_ROW_XPOS 608
 
-	const uint8_t *src1Ptr, *src2Ptr;
-	uint32_t *dst1Ptr, *dst2Ptr, pixVal;
+	uint32_t pixVal;
 
 	// set color based on some conditions
 	if (selectedRowFlag)
@@ -349,14 +337,14 @@
 	if (!config.ptnHex)
 		row = hex2Dec[row];
 
-	src1Ptr = &font4Ptr[(row   >> 4) * FONT4_CHAR_W];
-	src2Ptr = &font4Ptr[(row & 0x0F) * FONT4_CHAR_W];
-	dst1Ptr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + LEFT_ROW_XPOS];
-	dst2Ptr = dst1Ptr + (RIGHT_ROW_XPOS - LEFT_ROW_XPOS);
+	const uint8_t *src1Ptr = &font4Ptr[(row   >> 4) * FONT4_CHAR_W];
+	const uint8_t *src2Ptr = &font4Ptr[(row & 0x0F) * FONT4_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dst1Ptr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + LEFT_ROW_XPOS];
+	uint32_t *dst2Ptr = dst1Ptr + (RIGHT_ROW_XPOS - LEFT_ROW_XPOS);
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 			if (src1Ptr[x])
 			{
@@ -408,7 +396,7 @@
 
 static void showInstrNum(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint8_t ins, uint32_t color)
 {
-	uint8_t chr1, chr2, charW, fontType;
+	uint8_t charW, fontType;
 
 	if (ui.numChannelsShown <= 4)
 	{
@@ -436,8 +424,8 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		chr1 = ins >> 4;
-		chr2 = ins & 0x0F;
+		const uint8_t chr1 = ins >> 4;
+		const uint8_t chr2 = ins & 0x0F;
 
 		if (chr1 > 0)
 			pattCharOut(xPos, yPos, chr1, fontType, color);
@@ -559,7 +547,7 @@
 
 static void showInstrNumNoVolColumn(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint8_t ins, uint32_t color)
 {
-	uint8_t chr1, chr2, charW, fontType;
+	uint8_t charW, fontType;
 
 	if (ui.numChannelsShown <= 4)
 	{
@@ -593,8 +581,8 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		chr1 = ins >> 4;
-		chr2 = ins & 0x0F;
+		const uint8_t chr1 = ins >> 4;
+		const uint8_t chr2 = ins & 0x0F;
 
 		if (chr1 > 0)
 			pattCharOut(xPos, yPos, chr1, fontType, color);
@@ -606,7 +594,6 @@
 
 static void showNoVolEfx(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint8_t vol, uint32_t color)
 {
-	// make compiler happy
 	(void)xPos;
 	(void)yPos;
 	(void)vol;
@@ -649,11 +636,8 @@
 
 void writePattern(int32_t currRow, int32_t pattern)
 {
-	int32_t row, rowsOnScreen, numRows, afterCurrRow, numChannels;
-	int32_t textY, midRowTextY, lowerRowsTextY, xPos, xWidth;
-	uint32_t rowHeight, chanWidth, chans, noteTextColors[2], color;
-	tonTyp *note, *pattPtr;
-	const pattCoord_t *pattCoord;
+	uint32_t noteTextColors[2];
+
 	void (*drawNote)(uint32_t, uint32_t, int16_t, uint32_t);
 	void (*drawInst)(uint32_t, uint32_t, uint8_t, uint32_t);
 	void (*drawVolEfx)(uint32_t, uint32_t, uint8_t, uint32_t);
@@ -668,7 +652,7 @@
 
 	// setup variables
 
-	chans = ui.numChannelsShown;
+	uint32_t chans = ui.numChannelsShown;
 	if (chans > ui.maxVisibleChannels)
 		chans = ui.maxVisibleChannels;
 
@@ -675,25 +659,24 @@
 	assert(chans >= 2 && chans <= 12);
 
 	// get channel width
-	chanWidth = chanWidths[(chans / 2) - 1];
+	const uint32_t chanWidth = chanWidths[(chans / 2) - 1];
 	ui.patternChannelWidth = (uint16_t)(chanWidth + 3);
 
 	// get heights/pos/rows depending on configuration
-	rowHeight = config.ptnUnpressed ? 11 : 8;
-	pattCoord = &pattCoordTable[config.ptnUnpressed][ui.pattChanScrollShown][ui.extended];
-	midRowTextY = pattCoord->midRowTextY;
-	lowerRowsTextY = pattCoord->lowerRowsTextY;
-	row = currRow - pattCoord->numUpperRows;
-	rowsOnScreen = pattCoord->numUpperRows + 1 + pattCoord->numLowerRows;
-	textY = pattCoord->upperRowsTextY;
+	uint32_t rowHeight = config.ptnUnpressed ? 11 : 8;
+	const pattCoord_t *pattCoord = &pattCoordTable[config.ptnUnpressed][ui.pattChanScrollShown][ui.extended];
+	const int32_t midRowTextY = pattCoord->midRowTextY;
+	const int32_t lowerRowsTextY = pattCoord->lowerRowsTextY;
+	int32_t row = currRow - pattCoord->numUpperRows;
+	const int32_t rowsOnScreen = pattCoord->numUpperRows + 1 + pattCoord->numLowerRows;
+	int32_t textY = pattCoord->upperRowsTextY;
+	const int32_t afterCurrRow = currRow + 1;
+	const int32_t numChannels = ui.numChannelsShown;
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[pattern];
+	const int32_t numRows = pattLens[pattern];
 
-	afterCurrRow = currRow + 1;
-	numChannels = ui.numChannelsShown;
-	pattPtr = patt[pattern];
-	numRows = pattLens[pattern];
-	noteTextColors[0] = video.palette[PAL_PATTEXT]; // not selected
-	noteTextColors[1] = video.palette[PAL_FORGRND]; // selected
 
+
 	// increment pattern data pointer by horizontal scrollbar offset/channel
 	if (pattPtr != NULL)
 		pattPtr += ui.channelOffset;
@@ -714,25 +697,24 @@
 		drawEfx = showEfxNoVolColumn;
 	}
 
+	noteTextColors[0] = video.palette[PAL_PATTEXT]; // not selected
+	noteTextColors[1] = video.palette[PAL_FORGRND]; // selected
+
 	// draw pattern data
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < rowsOnScreen; i++)
 	{
 		if (row >= 0)
 		{
-			bool selectedRowFlag = row == currRow;
+			const bool selectedRowFlag = (row == currRow);
 
 			drawRowNums(textY, (uint8_t)row, selectedRowFlag);
-	
-			if (pattPtr == NULL)
-				note = emptyPattern;
-			else
-				note = &pattPtr[(uint32_t)row * MAX_VOICES];
 
-			xPos = 29;
-			xWidth = ui.patternChannelWidth;
+			const tonTyp *note = (pattPtr == NULL) ? emptyPattern : &pattPtr[(uint32_t)row * MAX_VOICES];
+			const int32_t xWidth = ui.patternChannelWidth;
+			const uint32_t color = noteTextColors[selectedRowFlag];
 
-			color = noteTextColors[selectedRowFlag];
-			for (int32_t j = 0; j < numChannels; j++)
+			int32_t xPos = 29;
+			for (int32_t j = 0; j < numChannels; j++, note++)
 			{
 				drawNote(xPos, textY, note->ton, color);
 				drawInst(xPos, textY, note->instr, color);
@@ -740,7 +722,6 @@
 				drawEfx(xPos, textY, note->effTyp, note->eff, color);
 
 				xPos += xWidth;
-				note++;
 			}
 		}
 
@@ -772,19 +753,13 @@
 
 void pattTwoHexOut(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint8_t val, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *ch1Ptr, *ch2Ptr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	const uint8_t *ch1Ptr = &font4Ptr[(val   >> 4) * FONT4_CHAR_W];
+	const uint8_t *ch2Ptr = &font4Ptr[(val & 0x0F) * FONT4_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	ch1Ptr = &font4Ptr[(val   >> 4) * FONT4_CHAR_W];
-	ch2Ptr = &font4Ptr[(val & 0x0F) * FONT4_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (ch1Ptr[x] != 0) dstPtr[x] = color;
@@ -791,7 +766,7 @@
 			if (ch2Ptr[x] != 0) dstPtr[FONT4_CHAR_W+x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (ch1Ptr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 
@@ -810,12 +785,12 @@
 static void pattCharOut(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint8_t chr, uint8_t fontType, uint32_t color)
 {
 	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t x, y, *dstPtr;
+	int32_t x, y;
 #ifndef __arm__
 	uint32_t tmp;
 #endif
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
 	if (fontType == FONT_TYPE3)
 	{
@@ -909,18 +884,12 @@
 
 static void drawEmptyNoteSmall(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font7[18 * FONT7_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font7[18 * FONT7_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT7_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT7_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT7_CHAR_W*3; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT7_CHAR_W*3; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -927,7 +896,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -940,18 +909,12 @@
 
 static void drawKeyOffSmall(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font7[21 * FONT7_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + (xPos + 2)];
 
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font7[21 * FONT7_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + (xPos + 2)];
-
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT7_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT7_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT7_CHAR_W*2; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT7_CHAR_W*2; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -958,7 +921,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -971,19 +934,13 @@
 
 static void drawNoteSmall(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, int32_t ton, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *ch1Ptr, *ch2Ptr, *ch3Ptr;
-	uint8_t note;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, char1, char2, char3;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	uint32_t char1, char2;
 
 	assert(ton >= 1 && ton <= 97);
-
 	ton--;
 
-	note = noteTab1[ton];
-	char3 = noteTab2[ton] * FONT7_CHAR_W;
+	const uint8_t note = noteTab1[ton];
+	const uint32_t char3 = noteTab2[ton] * FONT7_CHAR_W;
 
 	if (config.ptnAcc == 0)
 	{
@@ -996,14 +953,14 @@
 		char2 = flatNote2Char_small[note];
 	}
 
-	ch1Ptr = &bmp.font7[char1];
-	ch2Ptr = &bmp.font7[char2];
-	ch3Ptr = &bmp.font7[char3];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint8_t *ch1Ptr = &bmp.font7[char1];
+	const uint8_t *ch2Ptr = &bmp.font7[char2];
+	const uint8_t *ch3Ptr = &bmp.font7[char3];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT7_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT7_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT7_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT7_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (ch1Ptr[x] != 0) dstPtr[x] = color;
@@ -1011,7 +968,7 @@
 			if (ch3Ptr[x] != 0) dstPtr[((FONT7_CHAR_W*2)-2)+x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (ch1Ptr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 
@@ -1034,18 +991,12 @@
 
 static void drawEmptyNoteMedium(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &font4Ptr[43 * FONT4_CHAR_W];
 
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-	srcPtr = &font4Ptr[43 * FONT4_CHAR_W];
-
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W*3; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W*3; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -1052,7 +1003,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -1065,18 +1016,12 @@
 
 static void drawKeyOffMedium(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &font4Ptr[40 * FONT4_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	srcPtr = &font4Ptr[40 * FONT4_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W*3; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W*3; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -1083,7 +1028,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -1096,16 +1041,12 @@
 
 static void drawNoteMedium(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, int32_t ton, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *ch1Ptr, *ch2Ptr, *ch3Ptr;
-	uint32_t note, *dstPtr, char1, char2, char3;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	uint32_t char1, char2;
 
 	ton--;
 
-	note = noteTab1[ton];
-	char3 = noteTab2[ton] * FONT4_CHAR_W;
+	const uint8_t note = noteTab1[ton];
+	const uint32_t char3 = noteTab2[ton] * FONT4_CHAR_W;
 
 	if (config.ptnAcc == 0)
 	{
@@ -1118,14 +1059,14 @@
 		char2 = flatNote2Char_med[note];
 	}
 
-	ch1Ptr = &font4Ptr[char1];
-	ch2Ptr = &font4Ptr[char2];
-	ch3Ptr = &font4Ptr[char3];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint8_t *ch1Ptr = &font4Ptr[char1];
+	const uint8_t *ch2Ptr = &font4Ptr[char2];
+	const uint8_t *ch3Ptr = &font4Ptr[char3];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (ch1Ptr[x] != 0) dstPtr[x] = color;
@@ -1133,7 +1074,7 @@
 			if (ch3Ptr[x] != 0) dstPtr[(FONT4_CHAR_W*2)+x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (ch1Ptr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 
@@ -1156,18 +1097,12 @@
 
 static void drawEmptyNoteBig(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &font4Ptr[67 * FONT4_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	srcPtr = &font4Ptr[67 * FONT4_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W*6; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W*6; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -1174,7 +1109,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -1187,18 +1122,12 @@
 
 static void drawKeyOffBig(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font4[61 * FONT4_CHAR_W];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	srcPtr = &bmp.font4[61 * FONT4_CHAR_W];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
-
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT4_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W*6; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT4_CHAR_W*6; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0)
@@ -1205,7 +1134,7 @@
 				dstPtr[x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (srcPtr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 #endif
@@ -1218,16 +1147,12 @@
 
 static void drawNoteBig(uint32_t xPos, uint32_t yPos, int32_t ton, uint32_t color)
 {
-	const uint8_t *ch1Ptr, *ch2Ptr, *ch3Ptr;
-	uint8_t note;
-	uint32_t *dstPtr, char1, char2, char3;
-#ifndef __arm__
-	uint32_t tmp;
-#endif
+	uint32_t char1, char2;
+
 	ton--;
 
-	note = noteTab1[ton];
-	char3 = noteTab2[ton] * FONT5_CHAR_W;
+	const uint8_t note = noteTab1[ton];
+	const uint32_t char3 = noteTab2[ton] * FONT5_CHAR_W;
 
 	if (config.ptnAcc == 0)
 	{
@@ -1240,14 +1165,14 @@
 		char2 = flatNote2Char_big[note];
 	}
 
-	ch1Ptr = &font5Ptr[char1];
-	ch2Ptr = &font5Ptr[char2];
-	ch3Ptr = &font5Ptr[char3];
-	dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
+	const uint8_t *ch1Ptr = &font5Ptr[char1];
+	const uint8_t *ch2Ptr = &font5Ptr[char2];
+	const uint8_t *ch3Ptr = &font5Ptr[char3];
+	uint32_t *dstPtr = &video.frameBuffer[(yPos * SCREEN_W) + xPos];
 
-	for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT5_CHAR_H; y++)
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < FONT5_CHAR_H; y++)
 	{
-		for (uint32_t x = 0; x < FONT5_CHAR_W; x++)
+		for (int32_t x = 0; x < FONT5_CHAR_W; x++)
 		{
 #ifdef __arm__
 			if (ch1Ptr[x] != 0) dstPtr[x] = color;
@@ -1255,7 +1180,7 @@
 			if (ch3Ptr[x] != 0) dstPtr[(FONT5_CHAR_W*2)+x] = color;
 #else
 			// carefully written like this to generate conditional move instructions (font data is hard to predict)
-			tmp = dstPtr[x];
+			uint32_t tmp = dstPtr[x];
 			if (ch1Ptr[x] != 0) tmp = color;
 			dstPtr[x] = tmp;
 
--- a/src/ft2_pattern_ed.c
+++ b/src/ft2_pattern_ed.c
@@ -66,7 +66,6 @@
 			return false;
 		}
 
-		// XXX: Do we really need this? Sounds redundant.
 		song.pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 	}
 
@@ -97,23 +96,11 @@
 
 uint8_t getMaxVisibleChannels(void)
 {
+	assert(config.ptnMaxChannels >= 0 && config.ptnMaxChannels <= 3);
 	if (config.ptnS3M)
-	{
-		     if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 0) return 4;
-		else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 1) return 6;
-		else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 2) return 8;
-		else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 3) return 8;
-
-	}
+		return maxVisibleChans1[config.ptnMaxChannels];
 	else
-	{
-		     if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 0) return 4;
-		else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 1) return 6;
-		else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 2) return 8;
-		else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 3) return 12;
-	}
-
-	return 8;
+		return maxVisibleChans2[config.ptnMaxChannels];
 }
 
 void updatePatternWidth(void)
@@ -499,7 +486,7 @@
 
 static void updatePatternEditorGUI(void)
 {
-	uint8_t i;
+	uint16_t i;
 	pushButton_t *p;
 	textBox_t *t;
 
@@ -508,10 +495,9 @@
 		// extended pattern editor
 
 		// instrument names
-		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+		t = &textBoxes[TB_INST1];
+		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++, t++)
 		{
-			t = &textBoxes[TB_INST1+i];
-
 			if (i < 4)
 			{
 				t->x = 406;
@@ -557,10 +543,9 @@
 		pushButtons[PB_PATTLEN_DOWN].y = 37;
 
 		// instrument switcher
-		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+		p = &pushButtons[PB_RANGE1];
+		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++, p++)
 		{
-			p = &pushButtons[PB_RANGE1+i];
-
 			p->w = iSwitchExtW[i & 3];
 			p->x = iSwitchExtX[i & 3];
 			p->y = iSwitchExtY[i & 7];
@@ -569,10 +554,9 @@
 	else
 	{
 		// instrument names
-		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+		t = &textBoxes[TB_INST1];
+		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++, t++)
 		{
-			t = &textBoxes[TB_INST1+i];
-
 			t->y = 5 + (i * 11);
 			t->x = 446;
 			t->w = 140;
@@ -611,10 +595,9 @@
 		pushButtons[PB_PATTLEN_DOWN].y = 48;
 
 		// instrument switcher
-		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+		p = &pushButtons[PB_RANGE1];
+		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++, p++)
 		{
-			p = &pushButtons[PB_RANGE1+i];
-
 			p->w = 39;
 			p->x = 590;
 			p->y = iSwitchY[i & 7];
@@ -756,17 +739,15 @@
 
 void checkMarkLimits(void)
 {
-	uint16_t limit;
+	const uint16_t limitY = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+	pattMark.markY1 = CLAMP(pattMark.markY1, 0, limitY);
+	pattMark.markY2 = CLAMP(pattMark.markY2, 0, limitY);
 
-	limit = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
-	pattMark.markY1 = CLAMP(pattMark.markY1, 0, limit);
-	pattMark.markY2 = CLAMP(pattMark.markY2, 0, limit);
+	const uint16_t limitX = (uint16_t)(song.antChn - 1);
+	pattMark.markX1 = CLAMP(pattMark.markX1, 0, limitX);
+	pattMark.markX2 = CLAMP(pattMark.markX2, 0, limitX);
 
-	limit = (uint16_t)(song.antChn - 1);
-	pattMark.markX1 = CLAMP(pattMark.markX1, 0, limit);
-	pattMark.markX2 = CLAMP(pattMark.markX2, 0, limit);
-
-	// will probably never happen? FT2 has this in CheckMarkLimits() though...
+	// XXX: will probably never happen? FT2 has this in CheckMarkLimits() though...
 	if (pattMark.markX1 > pattMark.markX2)
 		pattMark.markX1 = pattMark.markX2;
 }
@@ -773,19 +754,16 @@
 
 static int8_t mouseXToCh(void) // used to get channel num from mouse x (for pattern marking)
 {
-	int8_t ch, chEnd;
-	int32_t mouseX;
-
 	assert(ui.patternChannelWidth > 0);
 	if (ui.patternChannelWidth == 0)
 		return 0;
 
-	mouseX = mouse.x - 29;
+	int32_t mouseX = mouse.x - 29;
 	mouseX = CLAMP(mouseX, 0, 573);
 
-	chEnd = (ui.channelOffset + ui.numChannelsShown) - 1;
+	const int8_t chEnd = (ui.channelOffset + ui.numChannelsShown) - 1;
 
-	ch = ui.channelOffset + (int8_t)(mouseX / ui.patternChannelWidth);
+	int8_t ch = ui.channelOffset + (int8_t)(mouseX / ui.patternChannelWidth);
 	ch = CLAMP(ch, 0, chEnd);
 
 	// in some setups there can be non-used channels to the right, do clamping
@@ -797,23 +775,19 @@
 
 static int16_t mouseYToRow(void) // used to get row num from mouse y (for pattern marking)
 {
-	uint8_t charHeight, mode;
-	int16_t row, patternLen, my, maxY, maxRow;
-	const pattCoordsMouse_t *pattCoordsMouse;
+	const pattCoordsMouse_t *pattCoordsMouse = &pattCoordMouseTable[config.ptnUnpressed][ui.pattChanScrollShown][ui.extended];
 
-	pattCoordsMouse = &pattCoordMouseTable[config.ptnUnpressed][ui.pattChanScrollShown][ui.extended];
-
 	// clamp mouse y to boundaries
-	maxY = ui.pattChanScrollShown ? 382 : 396;
-	my   = (int16_t)(CLAMP(mouse.y, pattCoordsMouse->upperRowsY, maxY));
+	const int16_t maxY = ui.pattChanScrollShown ? 382 : 396;
+	const int16_t my = (int16_t)CLAMP(mouse.y, pattCoordsMouse->upperRowsY, maxY);
 
-	charHeight = config.ptnUnpressed ? 11 : 8;
+	const uint8_t charHeight = config.ptnUnpressed ? 11 : 8;
 
 	// test top/middle/bottom rows
 	if (my < pattCoordsMouse->midRowY)
 	{
 		// top rows
-		row = editor.pattPos - (pattCoordsMouse->numUpperRows - ((my - pattCoordsMouse->upperRowsY) / charHeight));
+		int16_t row = editor.pattPos - (pattCoordsMouse->numUpperRows - ((my - pattCoordsMouse->upperRowsY) / charHeight));
 		if (row < 0)
 			row = 0;
 
@@ -827,17 +801,17 @@
 	else
 	{
 		// bottom rows
-		row = (editor.pattPos + 1) + ((my - pattCoordsMouse->lowerRowsY) / charHeight);
+		int16_t row = (editor.pattPos + 1) + ((my - pattCoordsMouse->lowerRowsY) / charHeight);
 
 		// prevent being able to mark the next unseen row on the bottom (in some configurations)
-		mode = (ui.extended * 4) + (config.ptnUnpressed * 2) + ui.pattChanScrollShown;
+		const uint8_t mode = (ui.extended * 4) + (config.ptnUnpressed * 2) + ui.pattChanScrollShown;
 
-		maxRow = (ptnAntLine[mode] + (editor.pattPos - ptnLineSub[mode])) - 1;
+		const int16_t maxRow = (ptnAntLine[mode] + (editor.pattPos - ptnLineSub[mode])) - 1;
 		if (row > maxRow)
 			row = maxRow;
 
 		// clamp to pattern length
-		patternLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+		const int16_t patternLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 		if (row >= patternLen)
 			row = patternLen - 1;
 
@@ -847,9 +821,7 @@
 
 void handlePatternDataMouseDown(bool mouseButtonHeld)
 {
-	bool forceMarking;
-	int8_t chTmp;
-	int16_t y1, y2, rowTmp, pattLen;
+	int16_t y1, y2;
 
 	// non-FT2 feature: Use right mouse button to remove pattern marking
 	if (mouse.rightButtonPressed)
@@ -884,7 +856,7 @@
 
 	// we're holding down the mouse button inside the pattern data area
 
-	forceMarking = songPlaying;
+	bool forceMarking = songPlaying;
 
 	// scroll left/right with mouse
 	if (ui.pattChanScrollShown)
@@ -906,7 +878,7 @@
 	{
 		lastMouseX = mouse.x;
 
-		chTmp = mouseXToCh();
+		int8_t chTmp = mouseXToCh();
 		if (chTmp < lastChMark)
 		{
 			pattMark.markX1 = chTmp;
@@ -936,7 +908,6 @@
 
 		if (mouse.y < y1)
 		{
-			pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
 			if (editor.pattPos > 0)
 				setPos(-1, editor.pattPos - 1, true);
 
@@ -945,8 +916,8 @@
 		}
 		else if (mouse.y > y2)
 		{
-			pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
-			if (editor.pattPos < (pattLen - 1))
+			const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[editor.editPattern];
+			if (editor.pattPos < pattLen-1)
 				setPos(-1, editor.pattPos + 1, true);
 
 			forceMarking = true;
@@ -959,7 +930,7 @@
 	{
 		lastMouseY = mouse.y;
 
-		rowTmp = mouseYToRow();
+		const int16_t rowTmp = mouseYToRow();
 		if (rowTmp < lastRowMark)
 		{
 			pattMark.markY1 = rowTmp;
@@ -1062,12 +1033,9 @@
 
 void keybPattMarkUp(void)
 {
-	int8_t xPos;
-	int16_t pattPos;
+	int8_t xPos = cursor.ch;
+	int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos;
 
-	xPos = cursor.ch;
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos;
-
 	if (xPos != pattMark.markX1 && xPos != pattMark.markX2)
 	{
 		pattMark.markX1 = xPos;
@@ -1099,12 +1067,9 @@
 
 void keybPattMarkDown(void)
 {
-	int8_t xPos;
-	int16_t pattPos;
+	int8_t xPos = cursor.ch;
+	int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos;
 
-	xPos = cursor.ch;
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos;
-
 	if (xPos != pattMark.markX1 && xPos != pattMark.markX2)
 	{
 		pattMark.markX1 = xPos;
@@ -1135,12 +1100,9 @@
 
 void keybPattMarkLeft(void)
 {
-	int8_t xPos;
-	int16_t pattPos;
+	int8_t xPos = cursor.ch;
+	int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos;
 
-	xPos = cursor.ch;
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos;
-
 	if (pattPos != pattMark.markY1-1 && pattPos != pattMark.markY2)
 	{
 		pattMark.markY1 = pattPos - 1;
@@ -1169,12 +1131,9 @@
 
 void keybPattMarkRight(void)
 {
-	int8_t xPos;
-	int16_t pattPos;
+	int8_t xPos = cursor.ch;
+	int16_t pattPos = editor.pattPos;
 
-	xPos = cursor.ch;
-	pattPos = editor.pattPos;
-
 	if (pattPos != pattMark.markY1-1 && pattPos != pattMark.markY2)
 	{
 		pattMark.markY1 = pattPos - 1;
@@ -1203,12 +1162,10 @@
 
 bool loadTrack(UNICHAR *filenameU)
 {
-	FILE *f;
-	uint16_t nr, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr, loadBuff[MAX_PATT_LEN];
+	tonTyp loadBuff[MAX_PATT_LEN];
 	trackHeaderType th;
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "rb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "General I/O error during loading! Is the file in use?");
@@ -1215,8 +1172,8 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	uint16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
+	int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
 	if (fread(&th, 1, sizeof (th), f) != sizeof (th))
 	{
@@ -1248,10 +1205,10 @@
 		goto trackLoadError;
 	}
 
-	pattPtr = patt[nr];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[nr];
 
 	lockMixerCallback();
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 	{
 		pattPtr = &patt[nr][(i * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
 		*pattPtr = loadBuff[i];
@@ -1266,7 +1223,6 @@
 			pattPtr->eff = 0;
 		}
 	}
-
 	unlockMixerCallback();
 
 	fclose(f);
@@ -1286,13 +1242,11 @@
 
 bool saveTrack(UNICHAR *filenameU)
 {
-	FILE *f;
-	uint16_t nr, pattLen, i;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr, saveBuff[MAX_PATT_LEN];
+	tonTyp saveBuff[MAX_PATT_LEN];
 	trackHeaderType th;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
-	pattPtr = patt[nr];
+	uint16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[nr];
 
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 	{
@@ -1300,7 +1254,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "wb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "wb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "General I/O error during saving! Is the file in use?");
@@ -1307,8 +1261,8 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
-	for (i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+	const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 		saveBuff[i] = pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + cursor.ch];
 
 	th.len = pattLen;
@@ -1334,12 +1288,9 @@
 
 bool loadPattern(UNICHAR *filenameU)
 {
-	FILE *f;
-	uint16_t nr, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
 	patternHeaderType th;
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "rb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "General I/O error during loading! Is the file in use?");
@@ -1346,7 +1297,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
+	uint16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
 
 	if (!allocatePattern(nr))
 	{
@@ -1354,8 +1305,8 @@
 		goto loadPattError;
 	}
 
-	pattPtr = patt[nr];
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[nr];
+	uint16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
 	if (fread(&th, 1, sizeof (th), f) != sizeof (th))
 	{
@@ -1372,8 +1323,7 @@
 	if (th.len > MAX_PATT_LEN)
 		th.len = MAX_PATT_LEN;
 
-	if (pattLen > th.len)
-		pattLen = th.len;
+	pattLen = th.len;
 
 	lockMixerCallback();
 
@@ -1385,9 +1335,9 @@
 	}
 
 	// non-FT2 security fix: remove overflown (illegal) stuff
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 	{
-		for (uint16_t j = 0; j < MAX_VOICES; j++)
+		for (int32_t j = 0; j < MAX_VOICES; j++)
 		{
 			pattPtr = &patt[nr][(i * MAX_VOICES) + j];
 			if (pattPtr->ton > 97)
@@ -1401,6 +1351,16 @@
 		}
 	}
 
+	// set new pattern length (FT2 doesn't do this, strange...)
+	pattLens[nr] = pattLen;
+	song.pattLen = pattLen;
+	if (song.pattPos >= pattLen)
+	{
+		song.pattPos = pattLen-1;
+		if (!songPlaying)
+			editor.pattPos = song.pattPos;
+	}
+
 	unlockMixerCallback();
 
 	fclose(f);
@@ -1420,13 +1380,10 @@
 
 bool savePattern(UNICHAR *filenameU)
 {
-	FILE *f;
-	uint16_t nr, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
 	patternHeaderType th;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
-	pattPtr = patt[nr];
+	uint16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
+	tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[nr];
 
 	if (pattPtr == NULL)
 	{
@@ -1434,7 +1391,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "wb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "wb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "General I/O error during saving! Is the file in use?");
@@ -1441,7 +1398,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	uint16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
 	th.len = pattLen;
 	th.ver = 1;
@@ -1553,14 +1510,12 @@
 
 void pbPosEdIns(void)
 {
-	uint8_t oldPatt;
-
 	if (song.len >= 255)
 		return;
 
 	lockMixerCallback();
 
-	oldPatt = song.songTab[song.songPos];
+	const uint8_t oldPatt = song.songTab[song.songPos];
 	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 255-song.songPos; i++)
 		song.songTab[255-i] = song.songTab[254-i];
 	song.songTab[song.songPos] = oldPatt;
@@ -2014,13 +1969,6 @@
 
 void drawPosEdNums(int16_t songPos)
 {
-	uint8_t y;
-	int16_t entry;
-	uint32_t color1, color2;
-
-	color1 = video.palette[PAL_PATTEXT];
-	color2 = video.palette[PAL_FORGRND];
-
 	if (songPos >= song.len)
 		songPos = song.len - 1;
 
@@ -2038,10 +1986,13 @@
 		clearRect(8, 32, 39, 15);
 	}
 
+	const uint32_t color1 = video.palette[PAL_PATTEXT];
+	const uint32_t color2 = video.palette[PAL_FORGRND];
+
 	// top two
-	for (y = 0; y < 2; y++)
+	for (int16_t y = 0; y < 2; y++)
 	{
-		entry = songPos - (2 - y);
+		int16_t entry = songPos - (2 - y);
 		if (entry < 0)
 			continue;
 
@@ -2074,9 +2025,9 @@
 	}
 
 	// bottom two
-	for (y = 0; y < 2; y++)
+	for (int16_t y = 0; y < 2; y++)
 	{
-		entry = songPos + (1 + y);
+		int16_t entry = songPos + (1 + y);
 		if (entry >= song.len)
 			break;
 
@@ -2290,7 +2241,6 @@
 
 void updateInstrumentSwitcher(void)
 {
-	int8_t i;
 	int16_t y;
 
 	if (ui.aboutScreenShown || ui.configScreenShown || ui.helpScreenShown || ui.nibblesShown)
@@ -2331,7 +2281,7 @@
 		}
 
 		// draw numbers and texts
-		for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+		for (int16_t i = 0; i < 4; i++)
 		{
 			hexOut(388, 5 + (i * 11), PAL_FORGRND, 1 + editor.instrBankOffset + i, 2);
 			hexOut(511, 5 + (i * 11), PAL_FORGRND, 5 + editor.instrBankOffset + i, 2);
@@ -2363,7 +2313,7 @@
 		}
 
 		// draw numbers and texts
-		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+		for (int16_t i = 0; i < 8; i++)
 		{
 			hexOut(424, 5 + (i * 11), PAL_FORGRND, 1 + editor.instrBankOffset + i, 2);
 			drawTextBox(TB_INST1 + i);
@@ -2391,7 +2341,7 @@
 		}
 
 		// draw numbers and texts
-		for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+		for (int16_t i = 0; i < 5; i++)
 		{
 			hexOut(424, 99 + (i * 11), PAL_FORGRND, editor.sampleBankOffset + i, 2);
 			drawTextBox(TB_SAMP1 + i);
@@ -2401,12 +2351,10 @@
 
 void showInstrumentSwitcher(void)
 {
-	uint16_t i;
-
 	if (!ui.instrSwitcherShown)
 		return;
 
-	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 8; i++)
 		showTextBox(TB_INST1 + i);
 
 	if (ui.extended)
@@ -2443,13 +2391,13 @@
 		showPushButton(PB_SAMPLE_LIST_DOWN);
 		showScrollBar(SB_SAMPLE_LIST);
 
-		for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 5; i++)
 			showTextBox(TB_SAMP1 + i);
 	}
 
 	updateInstrumentSwitcher();
 
-	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 8; i++)
 		showPushButton(PB_RANGE1 + i + (editor.instrBankSwapped * 8));
 
 	showPushButton(PB_SWAP_BANK);
@@ -2457,9 +2405,7 @@
 
 void hideInstrumentSwitcher(void)
 {
-	uint8_t i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 16; i++)
 		hidePushButton(PB_RANGE1 + i);
 
 	hidePushButton(PB_SWAP_BANK);
@@ -2467,10 +2413,10 @@
 	hidePushButton(PB_SAMPLE_LIST_DOWN);
 	hideScrollBar(SB_SAMPLE_LIST);
 
-	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 8; i++)
 		hideTextBox(TB_INST1 + i);
 
-	for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 5; i++)
 		hideTextBox(TB_SAMP1 + i);
 }
 
@@ -2479,9 +2425,9 @@
 	editor.instrBankSwapped ^= 1;
 
 	if (editor.instrBankSwapped)
-		editor.instrBankOffset += (8 * 8);
+		editor.instrBankOffset += 8*8;
 	else
-		editor.instrBankOffset -= (8 * 8);
+		editor.instrBankOffset -= 8*8;
 
 	updateTextBoxPointers();
 
@@ -2650,7 +2596,7 @@
 	lockMixerCallback();
 
 	song.len = 1;
-	song.repS = 0; // Silly: FT2 doesn't do this!
+	song.repS = 0; // Bug: FT2 doesn't do this!
 	song.speed = 125;
 	song.tempo = 6;
 	song.songPos = 0;
@@ -2699,7 +2645,7 @@
 	for (int16_t i = 1; i <= MAX_INST; i++)
 	{
 		freeInstr(i);
-		memset(song.instrName[i], 0, 22 + 1);
+		memset(song.instrName[i], 0, 22+1);
 	}
 
 	updateNewInstrument();
@@ -2719,7 +2665,7 @@
 
 void pbZap(void)
 {
-	int16_t choice = okBox(4, "System request", "Total devastation of the...");
+	const int16_t choice = okBox(4, "System request", "Total devastation of the...");
 
 	if (choice == 1) // zap all
 	{
@@ -2779,35 +2725,32 @@
 
 void shrinkPattern(void)
 {
-	uint16_t nr, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr;
-
 	if (okBox(2, "System request", "Shrink pattern?") != 1)
 		return;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
+	uint16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
 
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 	if (pattLen > 1)
 	{
 		lockMixerCallback();
 
-		pattPtr = patt[nr];
+		tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[nr];
 		if (pattPtr != NULL)
 		{
-			for (uint16_t i = 0; i < pattLen/2; i++)
+			for (int32_t i = 0; i < pattLen/2; i++)
 			{
-				for (uint16_t j = 0; j < MAX_VOICES; j++)
+				for (int32_t j = 0; j < MAX_VOICES; j++)
 					pattPtr[(i * MAX_VOICES) + j] = pattPtr[((i * 2) * MAX_VOICES) + j];
 			}
 		}
 
-		pattLens[nr] /= 2;
+		pattLens[nr] >>= 1;
 
 		if (song.pattNr == nr)
 			song.pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 
-		song.pattPos /= 2;
+		song.pattPos >>= 1;
 		if (song.pattPos >= pattLens[nr])
 			song.pattPos = pattLens[nr] - 1;
 
@@ -2823,12 +2766,9 @@
 
 void expandPattern(void)
 {
-	uint16_t nr, pattLen;
-	tonTyp *tmpPtn;
+	uint16_t nr = editor.editPattern;
 
-	nr = editor.editPattern;
-
-	pattLen = pattLens[nr];
+	int16_t pattLen = pattLens[nr];
 	if (pattLen > 128)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "Pattern is too long to be expanded.");
@@ -2839,7 +2779,7 @@
 
 		if (patt[nr] != NULL)
 		{
-			tmpPtn = (tonTyp *)malloc((pattLen * 2) * TRACK_WIDTH);
+			tonTyp *tmpPtn = (tonTyp *)malloc((pattLen * 2) * TRACK_WIDTH);
 			if (tmpPtn == NULL)
 			{
 				unlockMixerCallback();
@@ -2847,9 +2787,9 @@
 				return;
 			}
 
-			for (uint16_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
+			for (int32_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 			{
-				for (uint16_t j = 0; j < MAX_VOICES; j++)
+				for (int32_t j = 0; j < MAX_VOICES; j++)
 					tmpPtn[((i * 2) * MAX_VOICES) + j] = patt[nr][(i * MAX_VOICES) + j];
 
 				memset(&tmpPtn[((i * 2) + 1) * MAX_VOICES], 0, TRACK_WIDTH);
--- a/src/ft2_pushbuttons.c
+++ b/src/ft2_pushbuttons.c
@@ -398,22 +398,20 @@
 
 void drawPushButton(uint16_t pushButtonID)
 {
-	uint8_t state;
-	uint16_t x, y, w, h, textX, textY, textW;
-	pushButton_t *b;
+	uint16_t textX, textY, textW;
 
 	assert(pushButtonID < NUM_PUSHBUTTONS);
 
-	b = &pushButtons[pushButtonID];
+	pushButton_t *b = &pushButtons[pushButtonID];
 	if (!b->visible)
 		return;
 
-	state = b->state;
+	uint8_t state = b->state;
 
-	x = b->x;
-	y = b->y;
-	w = b->w;
-	h = b->h;
+	uint16_t x = b->x;
+	uint16_t y = b->y;
+	uint16_t w = b->w;
+	uint16_t h = b->h;
 
 	assert(x < SCREEN_W && y < SCREEN_H && w >= 4 && h >= 4);
 
@@ -497,10 +495,9 @@
 void handlePushButtonsWhileMouseDown(void)
 {
 	int8_t buttonDelay;
-	pushButton_t *pushButton;
 
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_PUSHBUTTONS);
-	pushButton = &pushButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+	pushButton_t *pushButton = &pushButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (!pushButton->visible)
 		return;
 
@@ -550,7 +547,7 @@
 		{
 			mouse.buttonCounter = 0;
 			if (pushButton->callbackFuncOnDown != NULL)
-			    pushButton->callbackFuncOnDown();
+				pushButton->callbackFuncOnDown();
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -558,7 +555,6 @@
 bool testPushButtonMouseDown(void)
 {
 	uint16_t start, end;
-	pushButton_t *pushButton;
 
 	if (ui.sysReqShown)
 	{
@@ -572,9 +568,9 @@
 		end = NUM_PUSHBUTTONS;
 	}
 
-	for (uint16_t i = start; i < end; i++)
+	pushButton_t *pushButton = &pushButtons[start];
+	for (uint16_t i = start; i < end; i++, pushButton++)
 	{
-		pushButton = &pushButtons[i];
 		if (!pushButton->visible)
 			continue;
 
@@ -605,13 +601,11 @@
 
 int16_t testPushButtonMouseRelease(bool runCallback)
 {
-	pushButton_t *pushButton;
-
 	if (mouse.lastUsedObjectType != OBJECT_PUSHBUTTON || mouse.lastUsedObjectID == OBJECT_ID_NONE)
 		return -1;
 
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_PUSHBUTTONS);
-	pushButton = &pushButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+	pushButton_t *pushButton = &pushButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (!pushButton->visible)
 		return -1;
 
--- a/src/ft2_radiobuttons.c
+++ b/src/ft2_radiobuttons.c
@@ -222,17 +222,14 @@
 
 void drawRadioButton(uint16_t radioButtonID)
 {
-	uint8_t *gfxPtr;
-	radioButton_t *radioButton;
-
 	assert(radioButtonID < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS);
-	radioButton = &radioButtons[radioButtonID];
+	radioButton_t *radioButton = &radioButtons[radioButtonID];
 	if (!radioButton->visible)
 		return;
 
 	assert(radioButton->x < SCREEN_W && radioButton->y < SCREEN_H);
 
-	gfxPtr = &bmp.radiobuttonGfx[radioButton->state*(RADIOBUTTON_W*RADIOBUTTON_H)];
+	const uint8_t *gfxPtr = &bmp.radiobuttonGfx[radioButton->state*(RADIOBUTTON_W*RADIOBUTTON_H)];
 	blitFast(radioButton->x, radioButton->y, gfxPtr, RADIOBUTTON_W, RADIOBUTTON_H);
 }
 
@@ -252,16 +249,15 @@
 
 void checkRadioButton(uint16_t radioButtonID)
 {
-	radioButton_t *radioButton;
-
 	assert(radioButtonID < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS);
-	radioButton = &radioButtons[radioButtonID];
+	const uint16_t testGroup = radioButtons[radioButtonID].group;
 
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++)
+	radioButton_t *radioButton = radioButtons;
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++, radioButton++)
 	{
-		if (radioButtons[i].group == radioButton->group && radioButtons[i].state == RADIOBUTTON_CHECKED)
+		if (radioButton->group == testGroup && radioButton->state == RADIOBUTTON_CHECKED)
 		{
-			radioButtons[i].state = RADIOBUTTON_UNCHECKED;
+			radioButton->state = RADIOBUTTON_UNCHECKED;
 			drawRadioButton(i);
 			break;
 		}
@@ -273,18 +269,20 @@
 
 void uncheckRadioButtonGroup(uint16_t radioButtonGroup)
 {
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++)
+	radioButton_t *radioButton = radioButtons;
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++, radioButton++)
 	{
-		if (radioButtons[i].group == radioButtonGroup)
-			radioButtons[i].state = RADIOBUTTON_UNCHECKED;
+		if (radioButton->group == radioButtonGroup)
+			radioButton->state = RADIOBUTTON_UNCHECKED;
 	}
 }
 
 void showRadioButtonGroup(uint16_t radioButtonGroup)
 {
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++)
+	radioButton_t *radioButton = radioButtons;
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++, radioButton++)
 	{
-		if (radioButtons[i].group == radioButtonGroup)
+		if (radioButton->group == radioButtonGroup)
 			showRadioButton(i);
 	}
 }
@@ -291,9 +289,10 @@
 
 void hideRadioButtonGroup(uint16_t radioButtonGroup)
 {
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++)
+	radioButton_t *radioButton = radioButtons;
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++, radioButton++)
 	{
-		if (radioButtons[i].group == radioButtonGroup)
+		if (radioButton->group == radioButtonGroup)
 			hideRadioButton(i);
 	}
 }
@@ -300,10 +299,8 @@
 
 void handleRadioButtonsWhileMouseDown(void)
 {
-	radioButton_t *radioButton;
-
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS);
-	radioButton = &radioButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+	radioButton_t *radioButton = &radioButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (!radioButton->visible || radioButton->state == RADIOBUTTON_CHECKED)
 		return;
 
@@ -325,19 +322,20 @@
 
 bool testRadioButtonMouseDown(void)
 {
-	radioButton_t *radioButton;
-
 	if (ui.sysReqShown)
 		return false;
 
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++)
+	const int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	const int32_t my = mouse.y;
+
+	radioButton_t *radioButton = radioButtons;
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS; i++, radioButton++)
 	{
-		radioButton = &radioButtons[i];
 		if (!radioButton->visible || radioButton->state == RADIOBUTTON_CHECKED)
 			continue;
 
-		if (mouse.x >= radioButton->x && mouse.x < radioButton->x+radioButton->clickAreaWidth &&
-		    mouse.y >= radioButton->y && mouse.y < radioButton->y+(RADIOBUTTON_H+1))
+		if (mx >= radioButton->x && mx < radioButton->x+radioButton->clickAreaWidth &&
+		    my >= radioButton->y && my < radioButton->y+(RADIOBUTTON_H+1))
 		{
 			mouse.lastUsedObjectID = i;
 			mouse.lastUsedObjectType = OBJECT_RADIOBUTTON;
@@ -350,13 +348,11 @@
 
 void testRadioButtonMouseRelease(void)
 {
-	radioButton_t *radioButton;
-
 	if (mouse.lastUsedObjectType != OBJECT_RADIOBUTTON || mouse.lastUsedObjectID == OBJECT_ID_NONE)
 		return;
 
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_RADIOBUTTONS);
-	radioButton = &radioButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+	radioButton_t *radioButton = &radioButtons[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (!radioButton->visible || radioButton->state == RADIOBUTTON_CHECKED)
 		return;
 
--- a/src/ft2_replayer.c
+++ b/src/ft2_replayer.c
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 void fixSongName(void) // removes spaces from right side of song name
 {
-	for (int16_t i = 20; i >= 0; i--)
+	for (int32_t i = 20; i >= 0; i--)
 	{
 		if (song.name[i] == ' ')
 			song.name[i] = '\0';
@@ -62,10 +62,7 @@
 
 void fixSampleName(int16_t nr) // removes spaces from right side of ins/smp names
 {
-	int16_t i, j;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
-	for (i = 21; i >= 0; i--)
+	for (int32_t i = 21; i >= 0; i--)
 	{
 		if (song.instrName[nr][i] == ' ')
 			song.instrName[nr][i] = '\0';
@@ -75,10 +72,10 @@
 
 	if (instr[nr] != NULL)
 	{
-		for (i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++)
+		sampleTyp *s = instr[nr]->samp;
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++, s++)
 		{
-			s = &instr[nr]->samp[i];
-			for (j = 21; j >= 0; j--)
+			for (int16_t j = 21; j >= 0; j--)
 			{
 				if (s->name[j] == ' ')
 					s->name[j] = '\0';
@@ -97,10 +94,10 @@
 		lockAudio();
 
 	memset(stm, 0, sizeof (stm));
-	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
-	{
-		stmTyp *ch = &stm[i];
 
+	stmTyp *ch = stm;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++, ch++)
+	{
 		ch->instrPtr = instr[0];
 		ch->status = IS_Vol;
 		ch->oldPan = 128;
@@ -176,15 +173,12 @@
 
 int16_t getUsedSamples(int16_t nr)
 {
-	int16_t i, j;
-	instrTyp *ins;
-
 	if (instr[nr] == NULL)
 		return 0;
 
-	ins = instr[nr];
+	instrTyp *ins = instr[nr];
 
-	i = 16 - 1;
+	int16_t i = 16 - 1;
 	while (i >= 0 && ins->samp[i].pek == NULL && ins->samp[i].name[0] == '\0')
 		i--;
 
@@ -191,7 +185,7 @@
 	/* Yes, 'i' can be -1 here, and will be set to at least 0
 	** because of ins->ta values. Possibly an FT2 bug...
 	*/
-	for (j = 0; j < 96; j++)
+	for (int16_t j = 0; j < 96; j++)
 	{
 		if (ins->ta[j] > i)
 			i = ins->ta[j];
@@ -202,12 +196,10 @@
 
 int16_t getRealUsedSamples(int16_t nr)
 {
-	int8_t i;
-
 	if (instr[nr] == NULL)
 		return 0;
 
-	i = 16 - 1;
+	int8_t i = 16 - 1;
 	while (i >= 0 && instr[nr]->samp[i].pek == NULL)
 		i--;
 
@@ -245,7 +237,7 @@
 ** be beneficial if you are playing VERY tightly looped samples, and/or if the CPU has
 ** no DIV instruction (certain ARM CPUs, for instance).
 **
-** A bit hackish and extreme considering it's 65536*4 bytes, but that's My Game�
+** A bit hackish and extreme considering it's 65536*4 bytes long, but why not.
 */
 void calcRevMixDeltaTable(void)
 {
@@ -437,11 +429,6 @@
 
 static void startTone(uint8_t ton, uint8_t effTyp, uint8_t eff, stmTyp *ch)
 {
-	uint8_t smp;
-	uint16_t tmpTon;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-	instrTyp *ins;
-
 	if (ton == 97)
 	{
 		keyOff(ch);
@@ -459,10 +446,9 @@
 	ch->tonNr = ton;
 
 	assert(ch->instrNr <= 130);
-
-	ins = instr[ch->instrNr];
+	instrTyp *ins = instr[ch->instrNr];
 	if (ins == NULL)
-		ins = instr[0];
+		ins = instr[0]; // empty instruments use this placeholder instrument
 
 	ch->instrPtr = ins;
 	ch->mute = ins->mute;
@@ -470,10 +456,10 @@
 	if (ton > 96) // non-FT2 security (should never happen because I clamp in the patt. loader now)
 		ton = 96;
 
-	smp = ins->ta[ton-1] & 0xF;
+	const uint8_t smp = ins->ta[ton-1] & 0xF;
 	ch->sampleNr = smp;
 
-	s = &ins->samp[smp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &ins->samp[smp];
 	ch->smpPtr = s;
 	ch->relTonNr = s->relTon;
 
@@ -491,7 +477,7 @@
 
 	if (ton != 0)
 	{
-		tmpTon = ((ton - 1) << 4) + (((ch->fineTune >> 3) + 16) & 0xFF);
+		const uint16_t tmpTon = ((ton - 1) << 4) + (((ch->fineTune >> 3) + 16) & 0xFF);
 		if (tmpTon < MAX_NOTES)
 		{
 			assert(note2Period != NULL);
@@ -1347,7 +1333,7 @@
 	bool envInterpolateFlag, envDidInterpolate;
 	uint8_t envPos;
 	int16_t autoVibVal;
-	uint16_t tmpPeriod, autoVibAmp;
+	uint16_t autoVibAmp;
 	double dVol, dEnvVal;
 
 	instrTyp *ins = ch->instrPtr;
@@ -1608,7 +1594,7 @@
 		else autoVibVal = vibSineTab[ch->eVibPos]; // sine
 
 		autoVibVal <<= 2;
-		tmpPeriod = (autoVibVal * (int16_t)autoVibAmp) >> 16;
+		uint16_t tmpPeriod = (autoVibVal * (int16_t)autoVibAmp) >> 16;
 
 		tmpPeriod += ch->outPeriod;
 		if (tmpPeriod > 32000-1)
@@ -1639,17 +1625,17 @@
 // for arpeggio and portamento (semitone-slide mode)
 static uint16_t relocateTon(uint16_t period, uint8_t arpNote, stmTyp *ch)
 {
-	int32_t fineTune, loPeriod, hiPeriod, tmpPeriod, tableIndex;
+	int32_t tmpPeriod;
 
-	fineTune = ((ch->fineTune >> 3) + 16) << 1;
-	hiPeriod = (8 * 12 * 16) * 2;
-	loPeriod = 0;
+	const int32_t fineTune = ((ch->fineTune >> 3) + 16) << 1;
+	int32_t hiPeriod = (8 * 12 * 16) * 2;
+	int32_t loPeriod = 0;
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < 8; i++)
 	{
 		tmpPeriod = (((loPeriod + hiPeriod) >> 1) & 0xFFFFFFE0) + fineTune;
 
-		tableIndex = (uint32_t)(tmpPeriod - 16) >> 1;
+		int32_t tableIndex = (uint32_t)(tmpPeriod - 16) >> 1;
 		tableIndex = CLAMP(tableIndex, 0, 1935); // 8bitbubsy: added security check
 
 		if (period >= note2Period[tableIndex])
@@ -2323,54 +2309,50 @@
 
 void delta2Samp(int8_t *p, int32_t len, uint8_t typ)
 {
-	int8_t *p8, news8, olds8L, olds8R;
-	int16_t *p16, news16, olds16L, olds16R, tmp16;
-	int32_t i, tmp32;
+	if (typ & 16) len >>= 1; // 16-bit
+	if (typ & 32) len >>= 1; // stereo
 
-	if (typ & 16) len /= 2; // 16-bit
-	if (typ & 32) len /= 2; // stereo
-
 	if (typ & 32)
 	{
 		if (typ & 16)
 		{
-			p16 = (int16_t *)p;
+			int16_t *p16 = (int16_t *)p;
 
-			olds16L = 0;
-			olds16R = 0;
+			int16_t olds16L = 0;
+			int16_t olds16R = 0;
 
-			for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 			{
-				news16 = p16[i] + olds16L;
-				p16[i] = news16;
-				olds16L = news16;
+				const int16_t news16L = p16[i] + olds16L;
+				p16[i] = news16L;
+				olds16L = news16L;
 
-				news16 = p16[len+i] + olds16R;
-				p16[len+i] = news16;
-				olds16R = news16;
+				const int16_t news16R = p16[len+i] + olds16R;
+				p16[len+i] = news16R;
+				olds16R = news16R;
 
-				tmp32 = olds16L + olds16R;
+				const int32_t tmp32 = olds16L + olds16R;
 				p16[i] = (int16_t)(tmp32 >> 1);
 			}
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			p8 = (int8_t *)p;
+			int8_t *p8 = (int8_t *)p;
 
-			olds8L = 0;
-			olds8R = 0;
+			int8_t olds8L = 0;
+			int8_t olds8R = 0;
 
-			for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 			{
-				news8 = p8[i] + olds8L;
-				p8[i] = news8;
-				olds8L = news8;
+				const int8_t news8L = p8[i] + olds8L;
+				p8[i] = news8L;
+				olds8L = news8L;
 
-				news8 = p8[len+i] + olds8R;
-				p8[len+i] = news8;
-				olds8R = news8;
+				const int8_t news8R = p8[len+i] + olds8R;
+				p8[len+i] = news8R;
+				olds8R = news8R;
 
-				tmp16 = olds8L + olds8R;
+				const int16_t tmp16 = olds8L + olds8R;
 				p8[i] = (int8_t)(tmp16 >> 1);
 			}
 		}
@@ -2379,12 +2361,12 @@
 	{
 		if (typ & 16)
 		{
-			p16 = (int16_t *)p;
+			int16_t *p16 = (int16_t *)p;
 
-			olds16L = 0;
-			for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			int16_t olds16L = 0;
+			for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 			{
-				news16 = p16[i] + olds16L;
+				const int16_t news16 = p16[i] + olds16L;
 				p16[i] = news16;
 				olds16L = news16;
 			}
@@ -2391,12 +2373,12 @@
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			p8 = (int8_t *)p;
+			int8_t *p8 = (int8_t *)p;
 
-			olds8L = 0;
-			for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			int8_t olds8L = 0;
+			for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 			{
-				news8 = p8[i] + olds8L;
+				const int8_t news8 = p8[i] + olds8L;
 				p8[i] = news8;
 				olds8L = news8;
 			}
@@ -2406,20 +2388,17 @@
 
 void samp2Delta(int8_t *p, int32_t len, uint8_t typ)
 {
-	int8_t *p8, news8, olds8;
-	int16_t *p16, news16, olds16;
-	int32_t i;
+	if (typ & 16)
+		len >>= 1; // 16-bit
 
-	if (typ & 16) len /= 2; // 16-bit
-
 	if (typ & 16)
 	{
-		p16 = (int16_t *)p;
+		int16_t *p16 = (int16_t *)p;
 
-		news16 = 0;
-		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		int16_t news16 = 0;
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 		{
-			olds16 = p16[i];
+			const int16_t olds16 = p16[i];
 			p16[i] -= news16;
 			news16 = olds16;
 		}
@@ -2426,12 +2405,12 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		p8 = (int8_t *)p;
+		int8_t *p8 = (int8_t *)p;
 
-		news8 = 0;
-		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		int8_t news8 = 0;
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 		{
-			olds8 = p8[i];
+			const int8_t olds8 = p8[i];
 			p8[i] -= news8;
 			news8 = olds8;
 		}
@@ -2448,8 +2427,7 @@
 		return false;
 
 	memset(p, 0, sizeof (instrTyp));
-
-	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++) // set standard sample pan/vol
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++)
 	{
 		p->samp[i].pan = 128;
 		p->samp[i].vol = 64;
@@ -2476,9 +2454,9 @@
 
 	pauseAudio(); // channel instrument pointers are now cleared
 
-	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++) // free sample data
+	sampleTyp *s = instr[nr]->samp;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; i++, s++) // free sample data
 	{
-		sampleTyp *s = &instr[nr]->samp[i];
 		if (s->origPek != NULL)
 			free(s->origPek);
 	}
@@ -2492,13 +2470,13 @@
 void freeAllInstr(void)
 {
 	pauseAudio(); // channel instrument pointers are now cleared
-	for (int16_t i = 1; i <= MAX_INST; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 1; i <= MAX_INST; i++)
 	{
 		if (instr[i] != NULL)
 		{
-			for (int8_t j = 0; j < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; j++) // free sample data
+			sampleTyp *s = instr[i]->samp;
+			for (int32_t j = 0; j < MAX_SMP_PER_INST; j++, s++) // free sample data
 			{
-				sampleTyp *s = &instr[i]->samp[j];
 				if (s->origPek != NULL)
 					free(s->origPek);
 			}
@@ -2512,14 +2490,12 @@
 
 void freeSample(int16_t nr, int16_t nr2)
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[nr] == NULL)
 		return; // instrument not allocated
 
 	pauseAudio(); // voice sample pointers are now cleared
 
-	s = &instr[nr]->samp[nr2];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[nr]->samp[nr2];
 	if (s->origPek != NULL)
 		free(s->origPek);
 
@@ -2534,7 +2510,7 @@
 void freeAllPatterns(void)
 {
 	pauseAudio();
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
 	{
 		if (patt[i] != NULL)
 		{
@@ -2631,59 +2607,15 @@
 {
 	assert(!(song.antChn & 1));
 
-	uint8_t pageLen = 8;
-	if (config.ptnS3M)
-	{
-		     if (song.antChn == 2) pageLen = 4;
-		else if (song.antChn == 4) pageLen = 4;
-		else if (song.antChn == 6) pageLen = 6;
-		else if (song.antChn >= 8) pageLen = 8;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		     if (song.antChn ==  2) pageLen = 4;
-		else if (song.antChn ==  4) pageLen = 4;
-		else if (song.antChn ==  6) pageLen = 6;
-		else if (song.antChn ==  8) pageLen = 8;
-		else if (song.antChn == 10) pageLen = 10;
-		else if (song.antChn >= 12) pageLen = 12;
-	}
+	const int32_t maxChannelsShown = getMaxVisibleChannels();
 
-	ui.numChannelsShown = pageLen;
-	if (song.antChn == 2)
-		ui.numChannelsShown = 2;
+	int32_t channelsShown = song.antChn;
+	if (channelsShown > maxChannelsShown)
+		channelsShown = maxChannelsShown;
 
-	if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 0)
-	{
-		if (ui.numChannelsShown > 4)
-			ui.numChannelsShown = 4;
-	}
-	else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 1)
-	{
-		if (ui.numChannelsShown > 6)
-			ui.numChannelsShown = 6;
-	}
-	else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 2)
-	{
-		if (ui.numChannelsShown > 8)
-			ui.numChannelsShown = 8;
-	}
-	else if (config.ptnMaxChannels == 3)
-	{
-		if (config.ptnS3M)
-		{
-			if (ui.numChannelsShown > 8)
-				ui.numChannelsShown = 8;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if (ui.numChannelsShown > 12)
-				ui.numChannelsShown = 12;
-		}
-	}
+	ui.numChannelsShown = (uint8_t)channelsShown;
+	ui.pattChanScrollShown = (song.antChn > maxChannelsShown);
 
-	ui.pattChanScrollShown = song.antChn > getMaxVisibleChannels();
-
 	if (ui.patternEditorShown)
 	{
 		if (ui.channelOffset > song.antChn-ui.numChannelsShown)
@@ -2719,38 +2651,30 @@
 
 void conv8BitSample(int8_t *p, int32_t len, bool stereo)
 {
-	int8_t *p2, l, r;
-	int16_t tmp16;
-	int32_t i;
-
 	if (stereo)
 	{
 		len /= 2;
 
-		p2 = &p[len];
-		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		int8_t *p2 = &p[len];
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 		{
-			l = p[i] - 128;
-			r = p2[i] - 128;
+			const int8_t l = p[i] ^ 0x80;
+			const int8_t r = p2[i] ^ 0x80;
 
-			tmp16 = l + r;
+			int16_t tmp16 = l + r;
 			p[i] = (int8_t)(tmp16 >> 1);
 		}
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-			p[i] -= 128;
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			p[i] ^= 0x80;
 	}
 }
 
 void conv16BitSample(int8_t *p, int32_t len, bool stereo)
 {
-	int16_t *p16_1, *p16_2, l, r;
-	int32_t i, tmp32;
-
-	p16_1 = (int16_t *)p;
-
+	int16_t *p16_1 = (int16_t *)p;
 	len /= 2;
 
 	if (stereo)
@@ -2757,20 +2681,20 @@
 	{
 		len /= 2;
 
-		p16_2 = (int16_t *)&p[len * 2];
-		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		int16_t *p16_2 = (int16_t *)&p[len * 2];
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 		{
-			l = p16_1[i] - 32768;
-			r = p16_2[i] - 32768;
+			const int16_t l = p16_1[i] ^ 0x8000;
+			const int16_t r = p16_2[i] ^ 0x8000;
 
-			tmp32 = l + r;
+			int32_t tmp32 = l + r;
 			p16_1[i] = (int16_t)(tmp32 >> 1);
 		}
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-			p16_1[i] -= 32768;
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			p16_1[i] ^= 0x8000;
 	}
 }
 
@@ -2804,9 +2728,7 @@
 
 bool setupReplayer(void)
 {
-	int32_t i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
 		pattLens[i] = 64;
 
 	playMode = PLAYMODE_IDLE;
@@ -2813,7 +2735,7 @@
 	songPlaying = false;
 
 	// unmute all channels (must be done before resetChannels() call)
-	for (i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
 		editor.chnMode[i] = 1;
 
 	resetChannels();
@@ -2820,12 +2742,10 @@
 
 	song.len = 1;
 	song.antChn = 8;
-
 	editor.speed = song.speed = 125;
 	editor.tempo = song.tempo = 6;
 	editor.globalVol = song.globVol = 64;
 	song.initialTempo = song.tempo;
-
 	audio.linearFreqTable = true;
 	note2Period = linearPeriods;
 
@@ -2855,8 +2775,9 @@
 		showErrorMsgBox("Not enough memory!");
 		return false;
 	}
+
 	memset(instr[131], 0, sizeof (instrTyp));
-	for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < 16; i++)
 		instr[131]->samp[i].pan = 128;
 
 	editor.tmpPattern = 65535; // pattern editor update/redraw kludge
@@ -2868,7 +2789,6 @@
 	lockMixerCallback();
 
 	assert(mode != PLAYMODE_IDLE && mode != PLAYMODE_EDIT);
-
 	if (mode == PLAYMODE_PATT || mode == PLAYMODE_RECPATT)
 		setPos(-1, row, true);
 	else
@@ -2894,10 +2814,7 @@
 
 void stopPlaying(void)
 {
-	uint8_t i;
-	bool songWasPlaying;
-
-	songWasPlaying = songPlaying;
+	bool songWasPlaying = songPlaying;
 	playMode = PLAYMODE_IDLE;
 	songPlaying = false;
 
@@ -2909,7 +2826,7 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		for (i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
+		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
 			playTone(i, 0, 97, -1, 0, 0);
 	}
 
@@ -2936,15 +2853,12 @@
 // from keyboard/smp. ed.
 void playTone(uint8_t stmm, uint8_t inst, uint8_t ton, int8_t vol, uint16_t midiVibDepth, uint16_t midiPitch)
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-	stmTyp *ch;
 	instrTyp *ins = instr[inst];
-
 	if (ins == NULL)
 		return;
 
 	assert(stmm < MAX_VOICES && inst <= MAX_INST && ton <= 97);
-	ch = &stm[stmm];
+	stmTyp *ch = &stm[stmm];
 
 	// FT2 bugfix: Don't play tone if certain requirements are not met
 	if (ton != 97)
@@ -2952,7 +2866,7 @@
 		if (ton == 0 || ton > 96)
 			return;
 
-		s = &ins->samp[ins->ta[ton-1] & 0xF];
+		sampleTyp *s = &ins->samp[ins->ta[ton-1] & 0xF];
 
 		int16_t newTon = (int16_t)ton + s->relTon;
 		if (s->pek == NULL || s->len == 0 || newTon <= 0 || newTon >= 12*10)
@@ -2998,9 +2912,6 @@
 // smp. ed.
 void playSample(uint8_t stmm, uint8_t inst, uint8_t smpNr, uint8_t ton, uint16_t midiVibDepth, uint16_t midiPitch)
 {
-	uint8_t vol;
-	stmTyp *ch;
-
 	if (instr[inst] == NULL)
 		return;
 
@@ -3011,11 +2922,11 @@
 	editor.curPlaySmp = 255;
 
 	assert(stmm < MAX_VOICES && inst <= MAX_INST && smpNr < MAX_SMP_PER_INST && ton <= 97);
-	ch = &stm[stmm];
+	stmTyp *ch = &stm[stmm];
 
 	memcpy(&instr[130]->samp[0], &instr[inst]->samp[smpNr], sizeof (sampleTyp));
 
-	vol = instr[inst]->samp[smpNr].vol;
+	uint8_t vol = instr[inst]->samp[smpNr].vol;
 	
 	lockAudio();
 
@@ -3052,11 +2963,6 @@
 // smp. ed.
 void playRange(uint8_t stmm, uint8_t inst, uint8_t smpNr, uint8_t ton, uint16_t midiVibDepth, uint16_t midiPitch, int32_t offs, int32_t len)
 {
-	uint8_t vol;
-	int32_t samplePlayOffset;
-	stmTyp *ch;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[inst] == NULL)
 		return;
 
@@ -3068,12 +2974,12 @@
 
 	assert(stmm < MAX_VOICES && inst <= MAX_INST && smpNr < MAX_SMP_PER_INST && ton <= 97);
 
-	ch = &stm[stmm];
-	s = &instr[130]->samp[0];
+	stmTyp *ch = &stm[stmm];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[130]->samp[0];
 
 	memcpy(s, &instr[inst]->samp[smpNr], sizeof (sampleTyp));
 
-	vol = instr[inst]->samp[smpNr].vol;
+	uint8_t vol = instr[inst]->samp[smpNr].vol;
 
 	if (s->typ & 16)
 	{
@@ -3088,7 +2994,7 @@
 	s->repL = 0;
 	s->typ &= 16; // only keep 8-bit/16-bit flag (disable loop)
 
-	samplePlayOffset = offs;
+	int32_t samplePlayOffset = offs;
 	if (s->typ & 16)
 		samplePlayOffset >>= 1;
 
@@ -3130,10 +3036,9 @@
 	if (audioWasntLocked)
 		lockAudio();
 
-	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
+	stmTyp *ch = stm;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++, ch++)
 	{
-		stmTyp *ch = &stm[i];
-
 		lastChInstr[i].sampleNr = 255;
 		lastChInstr[i].instrNr = 255;
 
@@ -3324,7 +3229,6 @@
 void setSyncedReplayerVars(void)
 {
 	uint8_t scopeUpdateStatus[MAX_VOICES];
-	uint64_t frameTime64;
 
 	pattSyncEntry = NULL;
 	chSyncEntry = NULL;
@@ -3331,7 +3235,7 @@
 
 	memset(scopeUpdateStatus, 0, sizeof (scopeUpdateStatus)); // this is needed
 
-	frameTime64 = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter();
+	uint64_t frameTime64 = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter();
 
 	// handle channel sync queue
 
--- a/src/ft2_sample_ed.c
+++ b/src/ft2_sample_ed.c
@@ -460,10 +460,10 @@
 
 int32_t getSampleMiddleCRate(sampleTyp *s)
 {
-	int32_t realFineTune = (int32_t)s->fine >> 3; // the FT2 replayer is ASR'ing the finetune to the right by 3
-	double dFTune = realFineTune * (1.0 / 16.0); // new range is -16..15
+	const int32_t realFineTune = (int32_t)s->fine >> 3; // the FT2 replayer is ASR'ing the finetune to the right by 3
+	const double dFTune = realFineTune / 16.0; // new range is -16..15
 
-	double dFreq = 8363.0 * exp2((s->relTon + dFTune) * (1.0 / 12.0));
+	const double dFreq = 8363.0 * exp2((s->relTon + dFTune) / 12.0);
 	return (int32_t)(dFreq + 0.5); // rounded
 }
 
@@ -501,13 +501,10 @@
 // sample pos -> screen x pos (if outside of visible area, will return <0 or >=SCREEN_W)
 static int32_t smpPos2Scr(int32_t pos)
 {
-	double dPos;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (smpEd_ViewSize <= 0)
 		return -1;
 
-	s = getCurSample();
+	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 	if (s == NULL)
 		return -1;
 
@@ -514,7 +511,7 @@
 	if (pos > s->len)
 		pos = s->len;
 
-	dPos = (pos * dPos2ScrMul) + 0.5; // rounding is needed here (+ 0.5)
+	double dPos = (pos * dPos2ScrMul) + 0.5; // rounding is needed here (+ 0.5)
 	dPos -= dScrPosScaled;
 
 	// this is important, or else the result can mess up in some cases
@@ -527,13 +524,10 @@
 // screen x pos -> sample pos
 static int32_t scr2SmpPos(int32_t x)
 {
-	double dPos;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (smpEd_ViewSize <= 0)
 		return 0;
 
-	s = getCurSample();
+	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 	if (s == NULL)
 		return 0;
 
@@ -540,7 +534,7 @@
 	if (x < 0)
 		x = 0;
 
-	dPos = (dScrPosScaled + x) * dScr2SmpPosMul;
+	double dPos = (dScrPosScaled + x) * dScr2SmpPosMul;
 	x = (int32_t)dPos;
 
 	if (x > s->len)
@@ -554,11 +548,9 @@
 
 static void fixRepeatGadgets(void)
 {
-	int32_t repS, repE;
-	sampleTyp *s;
 	bool showLoopPins = true;
 
-	s = getCurSample();
+	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 	if (s == NULL || s->len <= 0 || s->pek == NULL || (s->typ & 3) == 0 || !ui.sampleEditorShown)
 		showLoopPins = false;
 
@@ -578,8 +570,8 @@
 
 	// draw sample loop points
 
-	repS = smpPos2Scr(curSmpRepS);
-	repE = smpPos2Scr(curSmpRepS+curSmpRepL);
+	int32_t repS = smpPos2Scr(curSmpRepS);
+	int32_t repE = smpPos2Scr(curSmpRepS+curSmpRepL);
 
 	// do -8 test because part of the loop sprite sticks out on the left/right
 
@@ -638,20 +630,13 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL copySampleThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	bool error;
-	int8_t *p;
-	int16_t destIns, destSmp, sourceIns, sourceSmp;
-	sampleTyp *src, *dst;
+	bool error = false;
 
-	(void)ptr;
+	int16_t destIns = editor.curInstr;
+	int16_t destSmp = editor.curSmp;
+	int16_t sourceIns = editor.srcInstr;
+	int16_t sourceSmp = editor.srcSmp;
 
-	error = false;
-
-	destIns = editor.curInstr;
-	destSmp = editor.curSmp;
-	sourceIns = editor.srcInstr;
-	sourceSmp = editor.srcSmp;
-
 	pauseAudio();
 
 	if (instr[destIns] == NULL)
@@ -661,12 +646,12 @@
 	{
 		freeSample(destIns, destSmp);
 
-		src = &instr[sourceIns]->samp[sourceSmp];
-		dst = &instr[destIns]->samp[destSmp];
+		sampleTyp *src = &instr[sourceIns]->samp[sourceSmp];
+		sampleTyp *dst = &instr[destIns]->samp[destSmp];
 
 		if (instr[sourceIns] != NULL && src->origPek != NULL)
 		{
-			p = (int8_t *)malloc(src->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+			int8_t *p = (int8_t *)malloc(src->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 			if (p != NULL)
 			{
 				memcpy(dst, src, sizeof (sampleTyp));
@@ -688,6 +673,8 @@
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void copySmp(void) // copy sample from srcInstr->srcSmp to curInstr->curSmp
@@ -708,8 +695,6 @@
 
 void xchgSmp(void) // dstSmp <-> srcSmp
 {
-	sampleTyp *src, *dst, dstTmp;
-
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 ||
 		(editor.curInstr == editor.srcInstr && editor.curSmp == editor.srcSmp) ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
@@ -717,11 +702,11 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	src = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.srcSmp];
-	dst = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *src = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.srcSmp];
+	sampleTyp *dst = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
 	lockMixerCallback();
-	dstTmp = *dst;
+	const sampleTyp dstTmp = *dst;
 	*dst = *src;
 	*src = dstTmp;
 	unlockMixerCallback();
@@ -732,30 +717,27 @@
 
 static void writeRange(void)
 {
-	int32_t start, end, rangeLen;
-	uint32_t *ptr32;
-
 	// very first sample (rx1=0,rx2=0) is the "no range" special case
 	if (!ui.sampleEditorShown || smpEd_ViewSize == 0 || (smpEd_Rx1 == 0 && smpEd_Rx2 == 0))
 		return;
 
 	// test if range is outside of view (passed it by scrolling)
-	start = smpPos2Scr(smpEd_Rx1);
+	int32_t start = smpPos2Scr(smpEd_Rx1);
 	if (start >= SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH)
 		return;
 
 	// test if range is outside of view (passed it by scrolling)
-	end = smpPos2Scr(smpEd_Rx2);
+	int32_t end = smpPos2Scr(smpEd_Rx2);
 	if (end < 0)
 		return;
 
-	start = CLAMP(start, 0, SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH - 1);
-	end = CLAMP(end, 0, SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH - 1);
-	rangeLen = (end + 1) - start;
+	start = CLAMP(start, 0, SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH-1);
+	end = CLAMP(end, 0, SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH-1);
 
+	int32_t rangeLen = (end + 1) - start;
 	assert(start+rangeLen <= SCREEN_W);
 
-	ptr32 = &video.frameBuffer[(174 * SCREEN_W) + start];
+	uint32_t *ptr32 = &video.frameBuffer[(174 * SCREEN_W) + start];
 	for (int32_t y = 0; y < SAMPLE_AREA_HEIGHT; y++)
 	{
 		for (int32_t x = 0; x < rangeLen; x++)
@@ -768,7 +750,6 @@
 static int8_t getScaledSample(sampleTyp *s, int32_t index) // for drawing sample waveform in zoomed-in mode
 {
 	int8_t sample;
-	int16_t *ptr16;
 	int32_t tmp32;
 
 	const int32_t loopEnd = s->repS + s->repL;
@@ -781,7 +762,7 @@
 		assert(!(index & 1));
 		index >>= 1;
 
-		ptr16 = (int16_t *)s->pek;
+		int16_t *ptr16 = (int16_t *)s->pek;
 
 		// don't read fixed mixer interpolation samples, read the prestine ones instead
 		if (index >= s->fixedPos && index < s->fixedPos+SINC_RIGHT_TAPS && s->len > loopEnd && s->fixed)
@@ -807,32 +788,26 @@
 
 static void sampleLine(int16_t x1, int16_t x2, int16_t y1, int16_t y2)
 {
-	int16_t d, x, y, sx, sy, dx, dy;
-	uint16_t ax, ay;
-	int32_t pitch;
-	uint32_t pal1, pal2, pixVal, *dst32;
+	int16_t d;
 
-	// get coefficients
-	dx = x2 - x1;
-	ax = ABS(dx) * 2;
-	sx = SGN(dx);
-	dy = y2 - y1;
-	ay = ABS(dy) * 2;
-	sy = SGN(dy);
-	x  = x1;
-	y  = y1;
+	const int16_t dx = x2 - x1;
+	const int16_t ax = ABS(dx) * 2;
+	const int16_t sx = SGN(dx);
+	const int16_t dy = y2 - y1;
+	const int16_t ay = ABS(dy) * 2;
+	const int16_t sy = SGN(dy);
+	int16_t x  = x1;
+	int16_t y  = y1;
+	const uint32_t pal1 = video.palette[PAL_DESKTOP];
+	const uint32_t pal2 = video.palette[PAL_FORGRND];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[PAL_PATTEXT];
+	const int32_t pitch = sy * SCREEN_W;
+	uint32_t *dst32 = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
 
-	pal1   = video.palette[PAL_DESKTOP];
-	pal2   = video.palette[PAL_FORGRND];
-	pixVal = video.palette[PAL_PATTEXT];
-	pitch  = sy * SCREEN_W;
-
-	dst32 = &video.frameBuffer[(y * SCREEN_W) + x];
-
 	// draw line
 	if (ax > ay)
 	{
-		d = ay - (ax / 2);
+		d = ay - (ax >> 1);
 
 		while (true)
 		{
@@ -861,7 +836,7 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		d = ax - (ay / 2);
+		d = ax - (ay >> 1);
 
 		while (true)
 		{
@@ -1072,12 +1047,12 @@
 // for scanning sample data peak where loopEnd+SINC_RIGHT_TAPS is within scan range (fixed interpolation tap samples)
 static void getSpecialMinMax16(sampleTyp *s, int32_t index, int32_t scanEnd, int16_t *min16, int16_t *max16)
 {
-	int16_t minVal, maxVal, minVal2, maxVal2;
+	int16_t minVal2, maxVal2;
 
 	const int16_t *ptr16 = (const int16_t *)s->pek;
 
-	minVal =  32767;
-	maxVal = -32768;
+	int16_t minVal =  32767;
+	int16_t maxVal = -32768;
 
 	// read samples before fixed samples (if needed)
 	if (index < s->fixedPos)
@@ -1117,12 +1092,12 @@
 // for scanning sample data peak where loopEnd+SINC_RIGHT_TAPS is within scan range (fixed interpolation tap samples)
 static void getSpecialMinMax8(sampleTyp *s, int32_t index, int32_t scanEnd, int8_t *min8, int8_t *max8)
 {
-	int8_t minVal, maxVal, minVal2, maxVal2;
+	int8_t minVal2, maxVal2;
 
 	const int8_t *ptr8 = (const int8_t *)s->pek;
 
-	minVal =  127;
-	maxVal = -128;
+	int8_t minVal =  127;
+	int8_t maxVal = -128;
 
 	// read samples before fixed samples (if needed)
 	if (index < s->fixedPos)
@@ -1226,10 +1201,7 @@
 
 static void writeWaveform(void)
 {
-	int16_t x, y1, y2, min, max, oldMin, oldMax;
-	int32_t smpIdx, smpNum, smpNumMin;
-	uint32_t viewSizeSamples;
-	sampleTyp *s;
+	int16_t y1, y2, min, max;
 
 	// clear sample data area
 	memset(&video.frameBuffer[174 * SCREEN_W], 0, SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH * SAMPLE_AREA_HEIGHT * sizeof (int32_t));
@@ -1240,13 +1212,13 @@
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || smpEd_ViewSize == 0)
 		return;
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 	if (s->pek == NULL || s->len == 0)
 		return;
 
 	y1 = SAMPLE_AREA_Y_CENTER - getScaledSample(s, scr2SmpPos(0));
 
-	viewSizeSamples = smpEd_ViewSize;
+	uint32_t viewSizeSamples = smpEd_ViewSize;
 	if (s->typ & 16)
 		viewSizeSamples >>= 1;
 
@@ -1253,7 +1225,7 @@
 	if (viewSizeSamples <= SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH)
 	{
 		// 1:1 or zoomed in
-		for (x = 1; x < SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH; x++)
+		for (int16_t x = 1; x < SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH; x++)
 		{
 			y2 = SAMPLE_AREA_Y_CENTER - getScaledSample(s, scr2SmpPos(x));
 			sampleLine(x - 1, x, y1, y2);
@@ -1264,14 +1236,14 @@
 	{
 		// zoomed out
 
-		oldMin = y1;
-		oldMax = y1;
+		int16_t oldMin = y1;
+		int16_t oldMax = y1;
 
-		smpNumMin = (s->typ & 16) ? 2 : 1;
-		for (x = 0; x < SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH; x++)
+		int32_t smpNumMin = (s->typ & 16) ? 2 : 1;
+		for (int16_t x = 0; x < SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH; x++)
 		{
-			smpIdx = scr2SmpPos(x);
-			smpNum = scr2SmpPos(x+1) - smpIdx;
+			int32_t smpIdx = scr2SmpPos(x);
+			int32_t smpNum = scr2SmpPos(x+1) - smpIdx;
 
 			// prevent look-up overflow (yes, this can happen near the end of the sample)
 			if (smpIdx+smpNum > s->len)
@@ -1398,8 +1370,6 @@
 
 static void setSampleRange(int32_t start, int32_t end)
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 	{
 		smpEd_Rx1 = 0;
@@ -1407,7 +1377,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
 	if (start < 0)
 		start = 0;
@@ -1446,8 +1416,8 @@
 
 void updateSampleEditor(void)
 {
-	char noteChar1, noteChar2, octaChar;
-	uint8_t note, typ;
+	char noteChar1, noteChar2;
+	uint8_t typ;
 	int32_t sampleLen;
 
 	if (!ui.sampleEditorShown)
@@ -1489,7 +1459,7 @@
 
 	// draw sample play note
 
-	note = (editor.smpEd_NoteNr - 1) % 12;
+	const uint8_t note = (editor.smpEd_NoteNr - 1) % 12;
 	if (config.ptnAcc == 0)
 	{
 		noteChar1 = sharpNote1Char[note];
@@ -1501,7 +1471,7 @@
 		noteChar2 = flatNote2Char[note];
 	}
 
-	octaChar = '0' + ((editor.smpEd_NoteNr - 1) / 12);
+	char octaChar = '0' + ((editor.smpEd_NoteNr - 1) / 12);
 
 	charOutBg(7,  369, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_BCKGRND, noteChar1);
 	charOutBg(15, 369, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_BCKGRND, noteChar2);
@@ -1618,12 +1588,10 @@
 
 void showRange(void)
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 || instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 	if (s->pek == NULL)
 		return;
 
@@ -1667,10 +1635,6 @@
 
 static void zoomSampleDataIn(int32_t step, int32_t x)
 {
-	int32_t tmp32, minViewSize;
-	int64_t newScrPos64;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp].pek == NULL)
@@ -1678,9 +1642,9 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
-	minViewSize = (s->typ & 16) ? 4 : 2;
+	int32_t minViewSize = (s->typ & 16) ? 4 : 2;
 	if (old_ViewSize <= minViewSize)
 		return;
 
@@ -1693,13 +1657,13 @@
 
 	updateViewSize();
 
-	tmp32 = (x - (SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH / 2)) * step;
+	int32_t tmp32 = (x - (SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH / 2)) * step;
 	tmp32 += SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH/4; // rounding bias
 	tmp32 /= SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH/2;
 
 	step += tmp32;
 
-	newScrPos64 = old_SmpScrPos + step;
+	int64_t newScrPos64 = old_SmpScrPos + step;
 	if (newScrPos64+smpEd_ViewSize > s->len)
 		newScrPos64 = s->len - smpEd_ViewSize;
 
@@ -1709,10 +1673,6 @@
 
 static void zoomSampleDataOut(int32_t step, int32_t x)
 {
-	int32_t tmp32;
-	int64_t newViewSize64;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp].pek == NULL)
@@ -1720,8 +1680,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
-
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 	if (old_ViewSize == s->len)
 		return;
 
@@ -1728,7 +1687,7 @@
 	if (step < 1)
 		step = 1;
 
-	newViewSize64 = (int64_t)old_ViewSize + (step * 2);
+	int64_t newViewSize64 = (int64_t)old_ViewSize + (step * 2);
 	if (newViewSize64 > s->len)
 	{
 		smpEd_ViewSize = s->len;
@@ -1736,7 +1695,7 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		tmp32 = (x - (SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH / 2)) * step;
+		int32_t tmp32 = (x - (SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH / 2)) * step;
 		tmp32 += SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH/4; // rounding bias
 		tmp32 /= SAMPLE_AREA_WIDTH/2;
 
@@ -1765,7 +1724,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	zoomSampleDataIn((old_ViewSize + 5) / 10, mouse.x);
+	zoomSampleDataIn((old_ViewSize+5) / 10, mouse.x);
 }
 
 void mouseZoomSampleDataOut(void)
@@ -1777,13 +1736,11 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	zoomSampleDataOut((old_ViewSize + 5) / 10, mouse.x);
+	zoomSampleDataOut((old_ViewSize+5) / 10, mouse.x);
 }
 
 void zoomOut(void)
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp].pek == NULL)
@@ -1791,8 +1748,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
-
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 	if (old_ViewSize == s->len)
 		return;
 
@@ -1837,8 +1793,6 @@
 
 void saveRange(void)
 {
-	UNICHAR *filenameU;
-
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0 ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL ||
 		instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp].pek == NULL)
@@ -1881,7 +1835,7 @@
 		default: case SMP_SAVE_MODE_WAV: changeFilenameExt(smpEd_SysReqText, ".wav", sizeof (smpEd_SysReqText) - 1); break;
 	}
 
-	filenameU = cp437ToUnichar(smpEd_SysReqText);
+	UNICHAR *filenameU = cp437ToUnichar(smpEd_SysReqText);
 	if (filenameU == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "Error converting string locale!");
@@ -1894,10 +1848,7 @@
 
 static bool cutRange(bool cropMode, int32_t r1, int32_t r2)
 {
-	int8_t *newPtr;
-	int32_t len, repE;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL)
 		return false;
 
@@ -1929,10 +1880,10 @@
 
 	memmove(&s->pek[r1], &s->pek[r2], s->len - r2);
 
-	len = s->len - r2 + r1;
+	int32_t len = s->len - r2 + r1;
 	if (len > 0)
 	{
-		newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+		int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 		if (newPtr == NULL)
 		{
 			freeSample(editor.curInstr, editor.curSmp);
@@ -1950,7 +1901,7 @@
 
 		s->len = len;
 
-		repE = s->repS + s->repL;
+		int32_t repE = s->repS + s->repL;
 		if (s->repS > r1)
 		{
 			s->repS -= r2 - r1;
@@ -2010,8 +1961,6 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL sampCutThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	if (!cutRange(false, smpEd_Rx1, smpEd_Rx2))
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Not enough memory! (Disable \"cut to buffer\")");
 	else
@@ -2018,12 +1967,13 @@
 		writeSampleFlag = true;
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void sampCut(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0 || smpEd_Rx2 == 0 || smpEd_Rx2 < smpEd_Rx1)
 		return;
 
@@ -2041,9 +1991,6 @@
 static int32_t SDLCALL sampCopyThread(void *ptr)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	assert(s != NULL && (!(s->typ & 16) || (!(smpEd_Rx1 & 1) && !(smpEd_Rx2 & 1))));
 
 	if (!getCopyBuffer(smpEd_Rx2 - smpEd_Rx1))
@@ -2060,12 +2007,13 @@
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void sampCopy(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->origPek == NULL || s->len <= 0 || smpEd_Rx2 == 0 || smpEd_Rx2 < smpEd_Rx1)
 		return;
 
@@ -2158,12 +2106,6 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL sampPasteThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	int8_t *p;
-	int32_t newLength, realCopyLen;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL && !allocateInstr(editor.curInstr))
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Not enough memory!");
@@ -2170,8 +2112,7 @@
 		return true;
 	}
 
-	s = getCurSample();
-
+	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 	if (smpEd_Rx2 == 0 || s == NULL || s->pek == NULL)
 	{
 		pasteOverwrite(s);
@@ -2179,7 +2120,6 @@
 	}
 
 	bool smpIs16Bit = (s->typ >> 4) & 1;
-
 	assert(!smpIs16Bit || (!(smpEd_Rx1 & 1) && !(smpEd_Rx2 & 1) && !(s->len & 1)));
 
 	if (s->len+smpCopySize > MAX_SAMPLE_LEN)
@@ -2188,7 +2128,7 @@
 		return true;
 	}
 
-	realCopyLen = smpCopySize;
+	int32_t realCopyLen = smpCopySize;
 
 	if (smpIs16Bit)
 	{
@@ -2205,7 +2145,7 @@
 			realCopyLen >>= 1;
 	}
 
-	newLength = s->len + realCopyLen - (smpEd_Rx2 - smpEd_Rx1);
+	int32_t newLength = s->len + realCopyLen - (smpEd_Rx2 - smpEd_Rx1);
 	if (newLength <= 0)
 		return true;
 
@@ -2215,7 +2155,7 @@
 		return true;
 	}
 
-	p = (int8_t *)malloc(newLength + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+	int8_t *p = (int8_t *)malloc(newLength + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 	if (p == NULL)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Not enough memory!");
@@ -2293,6 +2233,8 @@
 
 	writeSampleFlag = true;
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void sampPaste(void)
@@ -2323,15 +2265,11 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL sampCropThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	int32_t r1, r2;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	assert(!(s->typ & 16) || (!(smpEd_Rx1 & 1) && !(smpEd_Rx2 & 1) && !(s->len & 1)));
 
-	r1 = smpEd_Rx1;
-	r2 = smpEd_Rx2;
+	int32_t r1 = smpEd_Rx1;
+	int32_t r2 = smpEd_Rx2;
 
 	pauseAudio();
 	restoreSample(s);
@@ -2360,12 +2298,13 @@
 	writeSampleFlag = true;
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void sampCrop(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0 || smpEd_Rx1 >= smpEd_Rx2)
 		return;
 
@@ -2385,19 +2324,17 @@
 
 void sampXFade(void)
 {
-	bool is16Bit;
-	uint8_t t;
-	int16_t c ,d;
-	int32_t tmp32, i, x1, x2, y1, y2, a, b, d1, d2, d3, dist;
+	int16_t c, d;
+	int32_t tmp32, i, y1, y2, a, b, d1, d2, d3, dist;
 	double dR, dS1, dS2, dS3, dS4;
-	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 
+	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
 	assert(!(s->typ & 16) || (!(smpEd_Rx1 & 1) && !(smpEd_Rx2 & 1) && !(s->len & 1)));
 
-	t = s->typ;
+	uint8_t t = s->typ;
 
 	// check if the sample has the loop flag enabled
 	if ((t & 3) == 0)
@@ -2420,10 +2357,10 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	x1 = smpEd_Rx1;
-	x2 = smpEd_Rx2;
+	int32_t x1 = smpEd_Rx1;
+	int32_t x2 = smpEd_Rx2;
 
-	is16Bit = (t & 16) ? true : false;
+	bool is16Bit = (t & 16) ? true : false;
 
 	if ((t & 3) >= 2)
 	{
@@ -2657,7 +2594,6 @@
 void rbSampleNoLoop(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -2677,7 +2613,6 @@
 void rbSampleForwardLoop(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -2685,7 +2620,6 @@
 	restoreSample(s);
 
 	s->typ = (s->typ & ~3) | 1;
-
 	if (s->repL+s->repS == 0)
 	{
 		s->repS = 0;
@@ -2703,7 +2637,6 @@
 void rbSamplePingpongLoop(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -2711,7 +2644,6 @@
 	restoreSample(s);
 
 	s->typ = (s->typ & ~3) | 2;
-
 	if (s->repL+s->repS == 0)
 	{
 		s->repS = 0;
@@ -2728,26 +2660,20 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL convSmp8Bit(void *ptr)
 {
-	int8_t *dst8, *newPtr;
-	int16_t *src16;
-	int32_t i, newLen;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	pauseAudio();
 	restoreSample(s);
 
-	src16 = (int16_t *)s->pek;
-	dst8 = s->pek;
+	const int16_t *src16 = (const int16_t *)s->pek;
+	int32_t newLen = s->len >> 1;
 
-	newLen = s->len >> 1;
-	for (i = 0; i < newLen; i++)
-		dst8[i] = src16[i] >> 8;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < newLen; i++)
+		s->pek[i] = src16[i] >> 8;
 
 	assert(s->origPek != NULL);
 
-	newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, newLen + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+	int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, newLen + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 	if (newPtr != NULL)
 	{
 		s->origPek = newPtr;
@@ -2767,12 +2693,13 @@
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void rbSample8bit(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -2807,19 +2734,14 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL convSmp16Bit(void *ptr)
 {
-	int8_t *src8, *newPtr;
-	int16_t smp16, *dst16;
-	int32_t i;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	pauseAudio();
 	restoreSample(s);
 
 	assert(s->origPek != NULL);
 
-	newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, (s->len * 2) + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+	int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, (s->len * 2) + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 	if (newPtr == NULL)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Not enough memory!");
@@ -2831,15 +2753,10 @@
 		s->pek = s->origPek + SMP_DAT_OFFSET;
 	}
 
-	src8 = s->pek;
-	dst16 = (int16_t *)s->pek;
+	int16_t *dst16 = (int16_t *)s->pek;
+	for (int32_t i = s->len-1; i >= 0; i--)
+		dst16[i] = s->pek[i] << 8;
 
-	for (i = s->len-1; i >= 0; i--)
-	{
-		smp16 = src8[i] << 8;
-		dst16[i] = smp16;
-	}
-
 	s->len <<= 1;
 	s->repL <<= 1;
 	s->repS <<= 1;
@@ -2853,12 +2770,13 @@
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void rbSample16bit(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -2899,7 +2817,6 @@
 void clearSample(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -2913,9 +2830,7 @@
 
 void sampMin(void)
 {
-	int8_t *newPtr;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -2929,7 +2844,7 @@
 
 		s->len = s->repS + s->repL;
 
-		newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, s->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+		int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, s->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 		if (newPtr != NULL)
 		{
 			s->origPek = newPtr;
@@ -2948,9 +2863,9 @@
 
 void sampRepeatUp(void)
 {
-	int32_t repS, repL, addVal, lenSub;
-	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
+	int32_t addVal, lenSub;
 
+	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -2965,8 +2880,8 @@
 		addVal = 1;
 	}
 
-	repS = curSmpRepS;
-	repL = curSmpRepL;
+	int32_t repS = curSmpRepS;
+	int32_t repL = curSmpRepL;
 
 	if (repS < s->len-lenSub)
 		repS += addVal;
@@ -2983,17 +2898,11 @@
 
 void sampRepeatDown(void)
 {
-	int32_t repS;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
-	if (s->typ & 16)
-		repS = curSmpRepS - 2;
-	else
-		repS = curSmpRepS - 1;
-
+	int32_t repS = (s->typ & 16) ? curSmpRepS-2 : curSmpRepS-1;
 	if (repS < 0)
 		repS = 0;
 
@@ -3005,17 +2914,11 @@
 
 void sampReplenUp(void)
 {
-	int32_t repL;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
-	if (s->typ & 16)
-		repL = curSmpRepL + 2;
-	else
-		repL = curSmpRepL + 1;
-
+	int32_t repL = (s->typ & 16) ? curSmpRepL+2 : curSmpRepL+1;
 	if (curSmpRepS+repL > s->len)
 		repL = s->len - curSmpRepS;
 
@@ -3028,8 +2931,8 @@
 void sampReplenDown(void)
 {
 	int32_t repL;
-	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 
+	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -3185,28 +3088,21 @@
 
 static void writeSmpXORLine(int32_t x)
 {
-	uint32_t *ptr32;
-
 	if (x < 0 || x >= SCREEN_W)
 		return;
 
-	ptr32 = &video.frameBuffer[(174 * SCREEN_W) + x];
-	for (int32_t y = 0; y < SAMPLE_AREA_HEIGHT; y++)
-	{
+	uint32_t *ptr32 = &video.frameBuffer[(174 * SCREEN_W) + x];
+	for (int32_t y = 0; y < SAMPLE_AREA_HEIGHT; y++, ptr32 += SCREEN_W)
 		*ptr32 = video.palette[(*ptr32 >> 24) ^ 1]; // ">> 24" to get palette, XOR 1 to switch between normal/inverted mode
-		ptr32 += SCREEN_W;
-	}
 }
 
 static void writeSamplePosLine(void)
 {
 	uint8_t ins, smp;
-	int32_t smpPos, scrPos;
-	lastChInstr_t *c;
 
 	assert(editor.curSmpChannel < MAX_VOICES);
+	lastChInstr_t *c = &lastChInstr[editor.curSmpChannel];
 
-	c = &lastChInstr[editor.curSmpChannel];
 	if (c->instrNr == 130) // "Play Wave/Range/Display" in Smp. Ed.
 	{
 		ins = editor.curPlayInstr;
@@ -3220,11 +3116,11 @@
 
 	if (editor.curInstr == ins && editor.curSmp == smp)
 	{
-		smpPos = getSamplePosition(editor.curSmpChannel);
+		const int32_t smpPos = getSamplePosition(editor.curSmpChannel);
 		if (smpPos != -1)
 		{
 			// convert sample position to screen position
-			scrPos = smpPos2Scr(smpPos);
+			const int32_t scrPos = smpPos2Scr(smpPos);
 			if (scrPos != -1)
 			{
 				if (scrPos != smpEd_OldSmpPosLine)
@@ -3267,17 +3163,14 @@
 
 static void setLeftLoopPinPos(int32_t x)
 {
-	int32_t repS, repL, newPos;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
-	newPos = scr2SmpPos(x) - curSmpRepS;
+	int32_t newPos = scr2SmpPos(x) - curSmpRepS;
+	int32_t repS = curSmpRepS + newPos;
+	int32_t repL = curSmpRepL - newPos;
 
-	repS = curSmpRepS + newPos;
-	repL = curSmpRepL - newPos;
-
 	if (repS < 0)
 	{
 		repL += repS;
@@ -3305,13 +3198,11 @@
 
 static void setRightLoopPinPos(int32_t x)
 {
-	int32_t repL;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
-	repL = scr2SmpPos(x) - curSmpRepS;
+	int32_t repL = scr2SmpPos(x) - curSmpRepS;
 	if (repL < 0)
 		repL = 0;
 
@@ -3332,21 +3223,12 @@
 
 static int32_t mouseYToSampleY(int32_t my)
 {
-	int32_t tmp32;
+	my -= 174; // 0..SAMPLE_AREA_HEIGHT-1
 
-	if (my == 250) // center
-	{
-		return 128;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		tmp32 = my - 174;
-		tmp32 = ((tmp32 << 8) + (SAMPLE_AREA_HEIGHT/2)) / SAMPLE_AREA_HEIGHT;
-		tmp32 = CLAMP(tmp32, 0, 255);
-		tmp32 ^= 0xFF;
-	}
+	const double dTmp = round(my * (256.0 / SAMPLE_AREA_HEIGHT));
+	const int32_t tmp32 = (const int32_t)dTmp;
 
-	return tmp32;
+	return 255 - CLAMP(tmp32, 0, 255);
 }
 
 static void editSampleData(bool mouseButtonHeld)
@@ -3353,19 +3235,17 @@
 {
 	int8_t *ptr8;
 	int16_t *ptr16;
-	int32_t mx, my, tmp32, p, vl, tvl, r, rl, rvl, start, end;
-	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
+	int32_t tmp32, p, vl, tvl, r, rl, rvl, start, end;
 
+	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
-	// ported directly from FT2 and slightly modified
-
-	mx = mouse.x;
+	int32_t mx = mouse.x;
 	if (mx > SCREEN_W)
 		mx = SCREEN_W;
 
-	my = mouse.y;
+	int32_t my = mouse.y;
 
 	if (!mouseButtonHeld)
 	{
@@ -3521,13 +3401,11 @@
 
 void handleSampleDataMouseDown(bool mouseButtonHeld)
 {
-	int32_t mx, my, leftLoopPinPos, rightLoopPinPos;
-
 	if (editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
-	mx = CLAMP(mouse.x, 0, SCREEN_W+8); // allow some pixels outside of the screen
-	my = CLAMP(mouse.y, 0, SCREEN_H-1);
+	const int32_t mx = CLAMP(mouse.x, 0, SCREEN_W+8); // allow some pixels outside of the screen
+	const int32_t my = CLAMP(mouse.y, 0, SCREEN_H-1);
 
 	if (!mouseButtonHeld)
 	{
@@ -3546,7 +3424,7 @@
 			// move loop pins
 			if (my < 183)
 			{
-				leftLoopPinPos = getSpritePosX(SPRITE_LEFT_LOOP_PIN);
+				const int32_t leftLoopPinPos = getSpritePosX(SPRITE_LEFT_LOOP_PIN);
 				if (mx >= leftLoopPinPos && mx <= leftLoopPinPos+16)
 				{
 					mouseXOffs = (leftLoopPinPos + 8) - mx;
@@ -3562,7 +3440,7 @@
 			}
 			else if (my > 318)
 			{
-				rightLoopPinPos = getSpritePosX(SPRITE_RIGHT_LOOP_PIN);
+				const int32_t rightLoopPinPos = getSpritePosX(SPRITE_RIGHT_LOOP_PIN);
 				if (mx >= rightLoopPinPos && mx <= rightLoopPinPos+16)
 				{
 					mouseXOffs = (rightLoopPinPos + 8) - mx;
@@ -3724,8 +3602,6 @@
 	int16_t tmp16, *ptrStart16, *ptrEnd16;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	if (s->typ & 16)
 	{
 		if (smpEd_Rx1 >= smpEd_Rx2)
@@ -3784,12 +3660,13 @@
 	writeSampleFlag = true;
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void sampleBackwards(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len < 2)
 		return;
 
@@ -3811,8 +3688,6 @@
 	int32_t i, len;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	pauseAudio();
 	restoreSample(s);
 
@@ -3841,12 +3716,13 @@
 	writeSampleFlag = true;
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void sampleConv(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -3863,25 +3739,19 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL sampleConvWThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	int8_t *ptr8, tmp;
-	int32_t len;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	pauseAudio();
 	restoreSample(s);
 
-	len = s->len / 2;
-	ptr8 = s->pek;
+	int32_t len = s->len / 2;
+	int8_t *ptr8 = s->pek;
 
-	for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++, ptr8 += 2)
 	{
-		tmp = ptr8[0];
+		const int8_t tmp = ptr8[0];
 		ptr8[0] = ptr8[1];
 		ptr8[1] = tmp;
-
-		ptr8 += 2;
 	}
 
 	fixSample(s);
@@ -3892,12 +3762,13 @@
 	writeSampleFlag = true;
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void sampleConvW(void)
 {
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
-
 	if (s == NULL || s->pek == NULL || s->len <= 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -3917,13 +3788,10 @@
 	int8_t *ptr8;
 	int16_t *ptr16;
 	int32_t i, len, smpSub, smp32;
-	int64_t averageDC;
 	sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 
-	(void)ptr;
+	int64_t averageDC = 0;
 
-	averageDC = 0;
-
 	if (s->typ & 16)
 	{
 		if (smpEd_Rx1 >= smpEd_Rx2)
@@ -4009,6 +3877,8 @@
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void fixDC(void)
@@ -4038,13 +3908,11 @@
 
 void testSmpEdMouseUp(void) // used for setting new loop points
 {
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
 	if (updateLoopsOnMouseUp)
 	{
 		updateLoopsOnMouseUp = false;
 
-		s = getCurSample();
+		sampleTyp *s = getCurSample();
 		if (s == NULL)
 			return;
 
--- a/src/ft2_sample_ed_features.c
+++ b/src/ft2_sample_ed_features.c
@@ -81,30 +81,21 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL resampleThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	int8_t *p1, *p2, *src8, *dst8;
-	int16_t *src16, *dst16;
-	uint32_t newLen, mask, resampleLen;
-	uint64_t posFrac64, delta64;
-	double dNewLen, dLenMul;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		return true;
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
-	mask = (s->typ & 16) ? 0xFFFFFFFE : 0xFFFFFFFF;
-	dLenMul = exp2(smpEd_RelReSmp * (1.0 / 12.0));
+	const uint32_t mask = (s->typ & 16) ? 0xFFFFFFFE : 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	const double dRatio = exp2(smpEd_RelReSmp / 12.0);
 
-	dNewLen = s->len * dLenMul;
+	double dNewLen = s->len * dRatio;
 	if (dNewLen > (double)MAX_SAMPLE_LEN)
 		dNewLen = (double)MAX_SAMPLE_LEN;
 
-	newLen = (int32_t)dNewLen & mask;
+	const uint32_t newLen = (int32_t)dNewLen & mask;
 
-	p2 = (int8_t *)malloc(newLen + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+	int8_t *p2 = (int8_t *)malloc(newLen + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 	if (p2 == NULL)
 	{
 		outOfMemory = true;
@@ -114,25 +105,30 @@
 	}
 
 	int8_t *newPtr = p2 + SMP_DAT_OFFSET;
+	int8_t *p1 = s->pek;
 
-	p1 = s->pek;
+	// 32.32 fixed-point logic
+	const uint64_t delta64 = (const uint64_t)round((UINT32_MAX+1.0) / dRatio);
+	uint64_t posFrac64 = 0;
 
-	// don't use the potentially clamped newLen value here
-	delta64 = ((int64_t)s->len << 32) / (int64_t)(s->len * dLenMul); // 32.32 fixed point delta
-
-	posFrac64 = 0; // 32.32 fixed point position.fraction
-
 	pauseAudio();
 	restoreSample(s);
 
+	/* Nearest-neighbor resampling (no interpolation).
+	**
+	** Could benefit from windowed-sinc interpolation,
+	** but it seems like some people prefer no resampling
+	** interpolation (like FT2).
+	*/
+
 	if (newLen > 0)
 	{
 		if (s->typ & 16)
 		{
-			src16 = (int16_t *)p1;
-			dst16 = (int16_t *)newPtr;
+			const int16_t *src16 = (const int16_t *)p1;
+			int16_t *dst16 = (int16_t *)newPtr;
 
-			resampleLen = newLen >> 1;
+			const uint32_t resampleLen = newLen >> 1;
 			for (uint32_t i = 0; i < resampleLen; i++)
 			{
 				dst16[i] = src16[posFrac64 >> 32];
@@ -141,8 +137,8 @@
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			src8 = p1;
-			dst8 = newPtr;
+			const int8_t *src8 = p1;
+			int8_t *dst8 = newPtr;
 
 			for (uint32_t i = 0; i < newLen; i++)
 			{
@@ -155,15 +151,11 @@
 	free(s->origPek);
 
 	s->relTon = CLAMP(s->relTon + smpEd_RelReSmp, -48, 71);
-
 	s->len = newLen & mask;
-
 	s->origPek = p2;
 	s->pek = s->origPek + SMP_DAT_OFFSET;
-
-	s->repS = (int32_t)(s->repS * dLenMul);
-	s->repL = (int32_t)(s->repL * dLenMul);
-
+	s->repS = (int32_t)(s->repS * dRatio);
+	s->repL = (int32_t)(s->repL * dRatio);
 	s->repS &= mask;
 	s->repL &= mask;
 
@@ -191,6 +183,8 @@
 
 	ui.sysReqShown = false;
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static void pbDoResampling(void)
@@ -213,10 +207,6 @@
 	const int16_t y = 230;
 	const int16_t w = 214;
 	const int16_t h = 54;
-	uint16_t val;
-	uint32_t mask;
-	double dNewLen, dLenMul;
-	sampleTyp *s;
 
 	// main fill
 	fillRect(x + 1, y + 1, w - 2, h - 2, PAL_BUTTONS);
@@ -233,12 +223,12 @@
 	vLine(x + w - 3, y + 2,     h - 4, PAL_BUTTON1);
 	hLine(x + 2,     y + h - 3, w - 4, PAL_BUTTON1);
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
-	mask = (s->typ & 16) ? 0xFFFFFFFE : 0xFFFFFFFF;
-	dLenMul = exp2(smpEd_RelReSmp * (1.0 / 12.0));
+	uint32_t mask = (s->typ & 16) ? 0xFFFFFFFE : 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	double dLenMul = exp2(smpEd_RelReSmp * (1.0 / 12.0));
 
-	dNewLen = s->len * dLenMul;
+	double dNewLen = s->len * dLenMul;
 	if (dNewLen > (double)MAX_SAMPLE_LEN)
 		dNewLen = (double)MAX_SAMPLE_LEN;
 
@@ -250,7 +240,7 @@
 	else if (smpEd_RelReSmp  < 0) sign = '-';
 	else sign = '+';
 
-	val = ABS(smpEd_RelReSmp);
+	uint16_t val = ABS(smpEd_RelReSmp);
 	if (val > 9)
 	{
 		charOut(291, 236, PAL_FORGRND, sign);
@@ -405,7 +395,7 @@
 
 static void pbEchoNumUp(void)
 {
-	if (echo_nEcho < 1024)
+	if (echo_nEcho < 64)
 		echo_nEcho++;
 }
 
@@ -435,26 +425,6 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL createEchoThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	int8_t *readPtr, *writePtr, *writePtr8, *newPtr;
-	bool is16Bit;
-	int16_t *readPtr16, *writePtr16;
-	int32_t nEchoes, distance, readLen, writeLen, i, j;
-	int32_t smpOut, volChange, smpMul, echoRead, echoCycle, writeIdx;
-	int64_t tmp64;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
-	(void)ptr;
-
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
-
-	readLen = s->len;
-	readPtr = s->pek;
-	is16Bit = (s->typ & 16) ? true : false;
-	distance = echo_Distance * 16;
-
-	// scale value for faster math and suitable rounding for PCM waveforms (DIV -> arithmetic bitshift right)
-	volChange = (echo_VolChange * 256) / 100; // 0..100 -> 0..256
-
 	if (echo_nEcho < 1)
 	{
 		ui.sysReqShown = false;
@@ -461,15 +431,21 @@
 		return true;
 	}
 
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+
+	int32_t readLen = s->len;
+	int8_t *readPtr = s->pek;
+	bool is16Bit = (s->typ & 16) ? true : false;
+	int32_t distance = echo_Distance * 16;
+
+	double dVolChange = echo_VolChange / 100.0;
+
 	// calculate real number of echoes
-	j = 32768;
-	i = 0;
-	while (i < echo_nEcho && j > 0)
-	{
-		j = (j * volChange) >> 8;
-		i++;
-	}
-	nEchoes = i + 1;
+	double dSmp = is16Bit ? 32768.0 : 128.0;
+	int32_t k = 0;
+	while (k++ < echo_nEcho && dSmp >= 1.0)
+		dSmp *= dVolChange;
+	int32_t nEchoes = k + 1;
 
 	if (nEchoes < 1)
 	{
@@ -478,10 +454,10 @@
 	}
 
 	// set write length (either original length or full echo length)
-	writeLen = readLen;
+	int32_t writeLen = readLen;
 	if (echo_AddMemory)
 	{
-		tmp64 = (int64_t)distance * (nEchoes - 1);
+		int64_t tmp64 = (int64_t)distance * (nEchoes - 1);
 		if (is16Bit)
 			tmp64 <<= 1;
 
@@ -495,7 +471,7 @@
 			writeLen &= 0xFFFFFFFE;
 	}
 
-	writePtr = (int8_t *)malloc(writeLen + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+	int8_t *writePtr = (int8_t *)malloc(writeLen + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 	if (writePtr == NULL)
 	{
 		outOfMemory = true;
@@ -507,12 +483,12 @@
 	pauseAudio();
 	restoreSample(s);
 
-	writeIdx = 0;
+	int32_t writeIdx = 0;
 
 	if (is16Bit)
 	{
-		readPtr16 = (int16_t *)readPtr;
-		writePtr16 = (int16_t *)&writePtr[SMP_DAT_OFFSET];
+		const int16_t *readPtr16 = (const int16_t *)readPtr;
+		int16_t *writePtr16 = (int16_t *)&writePtr[SMP_DAT_OFFSET];
 
 		writeLen >>= 1;
 		readLen >>= 1;
@@ -519,27 +495,30 @@
 
 		while (writeIdx < writeLen)
 		{
-			smpOut = 0;
-			smpMul = 32768;
+			double dSmpOut = 0.0;
+			double dSmpMul = 1.0;
 
-			echoRead = writeIdx;
-			echoCycle = nEchoes;
+			int32_t echoRead = writeIdx;
+			int32_t echoCycle = nEchoes;
 
 			while (!stopThread)
 			{
 				if (echoRead < readLen)
-					smpOut += (readPtr16[echoRead] * smpMul) >> 15;
+					dSmpOut += (int32_t)readPtr16[echoRead] * dSmpMul;
 
-				smpMul = (smpMul * volChange) >> 8;
+				dSmpMul *= dVolChange;
 
 				echoRead -= distance;
-				echoCycle--;
-
-				if (echoRead <= 0 || echoCycle <= 0)
+				if (echoRead <= 0 || --echoCycle <= 0)
 					break;
 			}
-			CLAMP16(smpOut);
 
+			// rounding (faster than calling round())
+			     if (dSmpOut < 0.0) dSmpOut -= 0.5;
+			else if (dSmpOut > 0.0) dSmpOut += 0.5;
+
+			int32_t smpOut = (int32_t)dSmpOut;
+			CLAMP16(smpOut);
 			writePtr16[writeIdx++] = (int16_t)smpOut;
 		}
 
@@ -547,31 +526,35 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		writePtr8 = writePtr + SMP_DAT_OFFSET;
+		int8_t *writePtr8 = writePtr + SMP_DAT_OFFSET;
 		while (writeIdx < writeLen)
 		{
-			smpOut = 0;
-			smpMul = 32768;
+			double dSmpOut = 0.0;
+			double dSmpMul = 1.0;
 
-			echoRead = writeIdx;
-			echoCycle = nEchoes;
+			int32_t echoRead = writeIdx;
+			int32_t echoCycle = nEchoes;
 
 			while (!stopThread)
 			{
 				if (echoRead < readLen)
-					smpOut += (readPtr[echoRead] * smpMul) >> (15-8);
+					dSmpOut += (int32_t)readPtr[echoRead] * dSmpMul;
 
-				smpMul = (smpMul * volChange) >> 8;
+				dSmpMul *= dVolChange;
 
 				echoRead -= distance;
-				echoCycle--;
-
-				if (echoRead <= 0 || echoCycle <= 0)
+				if (echoRead <= 0 || --echoCycle <= 0)
 					break;
 			}
-			CLAMP16(smpOut);
 
-			writePtr8[writeIdx++] = (int8_t)(smpOut >> 8);
+			// rounding (faster than calling round())
+			     if (dSmpOut < 0.0) dSmpOut -= 0.5;
+			else if (dSmpOut > 0.0) dSmpOut += 0.5;
+
+			int32_t smpOut = (int32_t)dSmpOut;
+			     if (smpOut < -128) smpOut = -128;
+			else if (smpOut >  127) smpOut =  127;
+			writePtr8[writeIdx++] = (int8_t)smpOut;
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -581,7 +564,7 @@
 	{
 		writeLen = writeIdx;
 
-		newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(writePtr, writeIdx + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+		int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(writePtr, writeIdx + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 		if (newPtr != NULL)
 		{
 			s->origPek = newPtr;
@@ -617,6 +600,8 @@
 
 	ui.sysReqShown = false;
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static void pbCreateEcho(void)
@@ -661,11 +646,8 @@
 	textOutShadow(177, 254, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_BUTTON2, "Fade out");
 	textOutShadow(192, 270, PAL_FORGRND, PAL_BUTTON2, "Add memory to sample");
 
-	assert(echo_nEcho <= 1024);
-
-	charOut(315 + (0 * 7), 226, PAL_FORGRND, '0' + (char)(echo_nEcho / 1000));
-	charOut(315 + (1 * 7), 226, PAL_FORGRND, '0' + (echo_nEcho / 100) % 10);
-	charOut(315 + (2 * 7), 226, PAL_FORGRND, '0' + (echo_nEcho / 10) % 10);
+	assert(echo_nEcho <= 64);
+	charOut(315 + (2 * 7), 226, PAL_FORGRND, '0' + (char)(echo_nEcho / 10));
 	charOut(315 + (3 * 7), 226, PAL_FORGRND, '0' + (echo_nEcho % 10));
 
 	assert(echo_Distance <= 0x4000);
@@ -800,7 +782,7 @@
 	s->callbackFunc = sbSetEchoNumPos;
 	s->visible = true;
 	setScrollBarPageLength(0, 1);
-	setScrollBarEnd(0, 1024);
+	setScrollBarEnd(0, 64);
 
 	// echo distance scrollbar
 	s = &scrollBars[1];
@@ -881,18 +863,15 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL mixThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	int8_t *destPtr, *mixPtr, *p;
+	int8_t *destPtr, *mixPtr;
 	uint8_t mixTyp, destTyp;
-	int16_t destIns, destSmp, mixIns, mixSmp;
-	int32_t mixMul1, mixMul2, smp32, x1, x2, i, destLen, mixLen, maxLen, dest8Size, max8Size, mix8Size;
+	int32_t destLen, mixLen;
 
-	(void)ptr;
+	int16_t destIns = editor.curInstr;
+	int16_t destSmp = editor.curSmp;
+	int16_t mixIns = editor.srcInstr;
+	int16_t mixSmp = editor.srcSmp;
 
-	destIns = editor.curInstr;
-	destSmp = editor.curSmp;
-	mixIns = editor.srcInstr;
-	mixSmp = editor.srcSmp;
-
 	if (destIns == mixIns && destSmp == mixSmp)
 	{
 		setMouseBusy(false);
@@ -941,10 +920,10 @@
 	bool src16Bits = (mixTyp >> 4) & 1;
 	bool dst16Bits = (destTyp >> 4) & 1;
 
-	mix8Size = src16Bits ? (mixLen >> 1) : mixLen;
-	dest8Size = dst16Bits ? (destLen >> 1) : destLen;
-	max8Size = (dest8Size > mix8Size) ? dest8Size : mix8Size;
-	maxLen = dst16Bits ? (max8Size << 1) : max8Size;
+	int32_t mix8Size = src16Bits ? (mixLen >> 1) : mixLen;
+	int32_t dest8Size = dst16Bits ? (destLen >> 1) : destLen;
+	int32_t max8Size = (dest8Size > mix8Size) ? dest8Size : mix8Size;
+	int32_t maxLen = dst16Bits ? (max8Size << 1) : max8Size;
 
 	if (maxLen <= 0)
 	{
@@ -953,7 +932,7 @@
 		return true;
 	}
 
-	p = (int8_t *)calloc(maxLen + LOOP_FIX_LEN, sizeof (int8_t));
+	int8_t *p = (int8_t *)calloc(maxLen + LOOP_FIX_LEN, sizeof (int8_t));
 	if (p == NULL)
 	{
 		outOfMemory = true;
@@ -978,27 +957,39 @@
 	if (instr[mixIns] != NULL)
 		restoreSample(&instr[mixIns]->samp[mixSmp]);
 
-	// scale value for faster math and suitable rounding for PCM waveforms (DIV -> arithmetic bitshift right)
-	mixMul1 = (mix_Balance * 256) / 100;
-	mixMul2 = 256 - mixMul1;
+	const double dAmp1 = mix_Balance / 100.0;
+	const double dAmp2 = 1.0 - dAmp1;
 
 	int8_t *destPek = p + SMP_DAT_OFFSET;
-	for (i = 0; i < max8Size; i++)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < max8Size; i++)
 	{
 		int32_t index16 = i << 1;
 
-		x1 = (i >= mix8Size) ? 0 : getSampleValue(mixPtr, mixTyp, src16Bits ? index16 : i);
-		x2 = (i >= dest8Size) ? 0 : getSampleValue(destPtr, destTyp, dst16Bits ? index16 : i);
+		int32_t smp1 = (i >= mix8Size) ? 0 : getSampleValue(mixPtr, mixTyp, src16Bits ? index16 : i);
+		int32_t smp2 = (i >= dest8Size) ? 0 : getSampleValue(destPtr, destTyp, dst16Bits ? index16 : i);
 
-		if (!src16Bits) x1 <<= 8;
-		if (!dst16Bits) x2 <<= 8;
+		if (!src16Bits) smp1 <<= 8;
+		if (!dst16Bits) smp2 <<= 8;
 
-		smp32 = ((x1 * mixMul1) >> 8) + ((x2 * mixMul2) >> 8);
-		CLAMP16(smp32);
-
+		double dSmp = (smp1 * dAmp1) + (smp2 * dAmp2);
 		if (!dst16Bits)
-			smp32 >>= 8;
+			dSmp *= 1.0 / 256.0;
 
+		// rounding (faster than calling round())
+		     if (dSmp < 0.0) dSmp -= 0.5;
+		else if (dSmp > 0.0) dSmp += 0.5;
+
+		int32_t smp32 = (int32_t)dSmp;
+		if (dst16Bits)
+		{
+			CLAMP16(smp32);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			     if (smp32 < -128) smp32 = -128;
+			else if (smp32 >  127) smp32 =  127;
+		}
+
 		putSampleValue(destPek, destTyp, dst16Bits ? index16 : i, (int16_t)smp32);
 	}
 
@@ -1026,6 +1017,8 @@
 
 	ui.sysReqShown = false;
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static void pbMix(void)
@@ -1256,16 +1249,12 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL applyVolumeThread(void *ptr)
 {
-#define AMP_BITS 15
-	int8_t *ptr8;
-	int16_t *ptr16;
-	int32_t amp32, x1, x2, len, i;
-	sampleTyp *s;
+	int32_t x1, x2;
 
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		goto applyVolumeExit;
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
 	if (smpEd_Rx1 < smpEd_Rx2)
 	{
@@ -1299,30 +1288,30 @@
 		x2 >>= 1;
 	}
 
-	len = x2 - x1;
+	const int32_t len = x2 - x1;
 	if (len <= 0)
 		goto applyVolumeExit;
 
-	const double dVol1 = vol_StartVol * ((1 << AMP_BITS) / 100.0);
-	const double dVol2 = vol_EndVol * ((1 << AMP_BITS) / 100.0);
+	const double dVol1 = vol_StartVol / 100.0;
+	const double dVol2 = vol_EndVol / 100.0;
+	const double dPosMul = (dVol2 - dVol1) / len;
 
-	/* 8bitbubsy: Rewritten to use 64-bit deltas instead, to
-	** prevent having to do a 64-bit mul for every output sample.
-	*/
-	const int64_t delta64 = (int64_t)round(((dVol2 - dVol1) * (UINT32_MAX+1.0)) / len);
-	int64_t pos64 = (int64_t)dVol1 << 32;
-
 	pauseAudio();
 	restoreSample(s);
 	if (s->typ & 16)
 	{
-		ptr16 = (int16_t *)s->pek;
-		for (i = x1; i < x2; i++)
+		int16_t *ptr16 = (int16_t *)s->pek + x1;
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 		{
-			amp32 = (int32_t)(pos64 >> 32);
-			pos64 += delta64;
+			const double dAmp = dVol1 + (i * dPosMul); // linear interpolation
 
-			amp32 = (ptr16[i] * amp32) >> AMP_BITS;
+			double dSmp = ptr16[i] * dAmp;
+
+			// rounding (faster than calling round())
+			     if (dSmp < 0.0) dSmp -= 0.5;
+			else if (dSmp > 0.0) dSmp += 0.5;
+
+			int32_t amp32 = (int32_t)dSmp;
 			CLAMP16(amp32);
 			ptr16[i] = (int16_t)amp32;
 		}
@@ -1329,13 +1318,18 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		ptr8 = s->pek;
-		for (i = x1; i < x2; i++)
+		int8_t *ptr8 = s->pek + x1;
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 		{
-			amp32 = (int32_t)(pos64 >> 32);
-			pos64 += delta64;
+			const double dAmp = dVol1 + (i * dPosMul); // linear interpolation
 
-			amp32 = (ptr8[i] * amp32) >> AMP_BITS;
+			double dSmp = ptr8[i] * dAmp;
+
+			// rounding (faster than calling round())
+			     if (dSmp < 0.0) dSmp -= 0.5;
+			else if (dSmp > 0.0) dSmp += 0.5;
+
+			int32_t amp32 = (int32_t)dSmp;
 			CLAMP8(amp32);
 			ptr8[i] = (int8_t)amp32;
 		}
@@ -1349,8 +1343,9 @@
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 	ui.sysReqShown = false;
 
-	(void)ptr;
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static void pbApplyVolume(void)
@@ -1374,17 +1369,12 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL getMaxScaleThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	int8_t *ptr8;
-	int16_t *ptr16;
-	int32_t vol, absSmp, x1, x2, len, i, maxAmp;
-	sampleTyp *s;
+	int32_t x1, x2;
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL)
 		goto getScaleExit;
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
 	if (smpEd_Rx1 < smpEd_Rx2)
 	{
@@ -1413,9 +1403,9 @@
 		x2 = s->len;
 	}
 
-	len = x2 - x1;
+	uint32_t len = x2 - x1;
 	if (s->typ & 16)
-		len /= 2;
+		len >>= 1;
 
 	if (len <= 0)
 	{
@@ -1426,13 +1416,13 @@
 
 	restoreSample(s);
 
-	maxAmp = 0;
+	int32_t maxAmp = 0;
 	if (s->typ & 16)
 	{
-		ptr16 = (int16_t *)&s->pek[x1];
-		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		const int16_t *ptr16 = (const int16_t *)&s->pek[x1];
+		for (uint32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 		{
-			absSmp = ABS(ptr16[i]);
+			const int32_t absSmp = ABS(ptr16[i]);
 			if (absSmp > maxAmp)
 				maxAmp = absSmp;
 		}
@@ -1439,10 +1429,10 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		ptr8 = &s->pek[x1];
-		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		const int8_t *ptr8 = (const int8_t *)&s->pek[x1];
+		for (uint32_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
 		{
-			absSmp = ABS(ptr8[i]);
+			const int32_t absSmp = ABS(ptr8[i]);
 			if (absSmp > maxAmp)
 				maxAmp = absSmp;
 		}
@@ -1459,7 +1449,7 @@
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		vol = (100 * 32768) / maxAmp;
+		int32_t vol = (100 * 32768) / maxAmp;
 		if (vol > 500)
 			vol = 500;
 
@@ -1470,6 +1460,8 @@
 getScaleExit:
 	setMouseBusy(false);
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static void pbGetMaxScale(void)
--- a/src/ft2_sample_loader.c
+++ b/src/ft2_sample_loader.c
@@ -59,34 +59,28 @@
 
 static int32_t getAIFFRate(uint8_t *in)
 {
-	int32_t exp;
-	uint32_t lo, hi;
-	double dOut;
+	int32_t exp = (int32_t)(((in[0] & 0x7F) << 8) | in[1]);
+	uint32_t lo = (in[2] << 24) | (in[3] << 16) | (in[4] << 8) | in[5];
+	uint32_t hi = (in[6] << 24) | (in[7] << 16) | (in[8] << 8) | in[9];
 
-	exp = (int32_t)(((in[0] & 0x7F) << 8) | in[1]);
-	lo  = (in[2] << 24) | (in[3] << 16) | (in[4] << 8) | in[5];
-	hi  = (in[6] << 24) | (in[7] << 16) | (in[8] << 8) | in[9];
-
 	if (exp == 0 && lo == 0 && hi == 0)
 		return 0;
 
 	exp -= 16383;
 
-	dOut = ldexp(lo, -31 + exp) + ldexp(hi, -63 + exp);
-	return (int32_t)(dOut + 0.5);
+	double dOut = ldexp(lo, -31 + exp) + ldexp(hi, -63 + exp);
+	return (int32_t)(dOut + 0.5); // rounded
 }
 
 static bool aiffIsStereo(FILE *f) // only ran on files that are confirmed to be AIFFs
 {
 	uint16_t numChannels;
-	int32_t bytesRead, endOfChunk, filesize;
-	uint32_t chunkID, chunkSize, commPtr, commLen;
-	uint32_t oldPos;
+	uint32_t chunkID, chunkSize;
 
-	oldPos = ftell(f);
+	uint32_t oldPos = ftell(f);
 
 	fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
-	filesize = ftell(f);
+	int32_t filesize = ftell(f);
 
 	if (filesize < 12)
 	{
@@ -96,15 +90,16 @@
 
 	fseek(f, 12, SEEK_SET);
 
-	commPtr = 0; commLen = 0;
+	uint32_t commPtr = 0;
+	uint32_t commLen = 0;
 
-	bytesRead = 0;
+	int32_t bytesRead = 0;
 	while (!feof(f) && bytesRead < filesize-12)
 	{
 		fread(&chunkID, 4, 1, f); chunkID = SWAP32(chunkID); if (feof(f)) break;
 		fread(&chunkSize, 4, 1, f); chunkSize = SWAP32(chunkSize); if (feof(f)) break;
 
-		endOfChunk = (ftell(f) + chunkSize) + (chunkSize & 1);
+		int32_t endOfChunk = (ftell(f) + chunkSize) + (chunkSize & 1);
 		switch (chunkID)
 		{
 			case 0x434F4D4D: // "COMM"
@@ -137,14 +132,12 @@
 static bool wavIsStereo(FILE *f) // only ran on files that are confirmed to be WAVs
 {
 	uint16_t numChannels;
-	int32_t bytesRead, endOfChunk, filesize;
-	uint32_t chunkID, chunkSize, fmtPtr, fmtLen;
-	uint32_t oldPos;
+	uint32_t chunkID, chunkSize;
 
-	oldPos = ftell(f);
+	uint32_t oldPos = ftell(f);
 
 	fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
-	filesize = ftell(f);
+	int32_t filesize = ftell(f);
 
 	if (filesize < 12)
 	{
@@ -154,16 +147,16 @@
 
 	fseek(f, 12, SEEK_SET);
 
-	fmtPtr = 0;
-	fmtLen = 0;
+	uint32_t fmtPtr = 0;
+	uint32_t fmtLen = 0;
 
-	bytesRead = 0;
+	int32_t bytesRead = 0;
 	while (!feof(f) && bytesRead < filesize-12)
 	{
 		fread(&chunkID, 4, 1, f); if (feof(f)) break;
 		fread(&chunkSize, 4, 1, f); if (feof(f)) break;
 
-		endOfChunk = (ftell(f) + chunkSize) + (chunkSize & 1);
+		int32_t endOfChunk = (ftell(f) + chunkSize) + (chunkSize & 1);
 		switch (chunkID)
 		{
 			case 0x20746D66: // "fmt "
@@ -195,23 +188,19 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL loadAIFFSample(void *ptr)
 {
-	char *tmpFilename, *tmpPtr, compType[4];
-	int8_t *audioDataS8, *newPtr;
+	char compType[4];
+	int8_t *audioDataS8;
 	uint8_t sampleRateBytes[10], *audioDataU8;
 	int16_t *audioDataS16, *audioDataS16_2, smp16;
 	uint16_t numChannels, bitDepth;
-	int32_t j, filesize, smp32, *audioDataS32;
-	uint32_t i, filenameLen, sampleRate, sampleLength, blockName, blockSize;
-	uint32_t commPtr, commLen, ssndPtr, ssndLen, offset, len32;
+	int32_t j, smp32, *audioDataS32;
+	uint32_t i, blockName, blockSize;
+	uint32_t offset, len32;
 	int64_t smp64;
-	FILE *f;
-	UNICHAR *filename;
-	sampleTyp tmpSmp, *s;
+	sampleTyp tmpSmp;
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	// this is important for the "goto" on load error
-	f = NULL;
+	FILE *f = NULL;
 	memset(&tmpSmp, 0, sizeof (tmpSmp));
 
 	if (editor.tmpFilenameU == NULL)
@@ -220,7 +209,7 @@
 		goto aiffLoadError;
 	}
 
-	filename = editor.tmpFilenameU;
+	UNICHAR *filename = editor.tmpFilenameU;
 
 	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filename, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
@@ -230,7 +219,7 @@
 	}
 
 	fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
-	filesize = ftell(f);
+	int32_t filesize = ftell(f);
 	if (filesize < 12)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Error loading sample: The sample is not supported or is invalid!");
@@ -239,8 +228,10 @@
 
 	// handle chunks
 
-	commPtr = 0; commLen = 0;
-	ssndPtr = 0; ssndLen = 0;
+	uint32_t commPtr = 0;
+	uint32_t commLen = 0;
+	uint32_t ssndPtr = 0;
+	uint32_t ssndLen = 0;
 
 	fseek(f, 12, SEEK_SET);
 	while (!feof(f) && ftell(f) < filesize-12)
@@ -315,7 +306,7 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	sampleRate = getAIFFRate(sampleRateBytes);
+	uint32_t sampleRate = getAIFFRate(sampleRateBytes);
 
 	// sample data chunk
 
@@ -332,7 +323,7 @@
 
 	ssndLen -= 8; // don't include offset and blockSize datas
 
-	sampleLength = ssndLen;
+	uint32_t sampleLength = ssndLen;
 	if (sampleLength > MAX_SAMPLE_LEN)
 		sampleLength = MAX_SAMPLE_LEN;
 
@@ -647,7 +638,7 @@
 	}
 
 	// adjust memory needed
-	newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(tmpSmp.origPek, sampleLength + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+	int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(tmpSmp.origPek, sampleLength + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 	if (newPtr != NULL)
 	{
 		tmpSmp.origPek = newPtr;
@@ -662,7 +653,7 @@
 	tuneSample(&tmpSmp, sampleRate);
 
 	// set sample name
-	tmpFilename = unicharToCp437(filename, true);
+	char *tmpFilename = unicharToCp437(filename, true);
 	if (tmpFilename != NULL)
 	{
 		j = (int32_t)strlen(tmpFilename);
@@ -672,13 +663,13 @@
 				break;
 		}
 
-		tmpPtr = tmpFilename;
+		char *tmpPtr = tmpFilename;
 		if (j > 0)
 			tmpPtr += j + 1;
 
 		sanitizeFilename(tmpPtr);
 
-		filenameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(tmpPtr);
+		uint32_t filenameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(tmpPtr);
 		for (i = 0; i < 22; i++)
 		{
 			if (i < filenameLen)
@@ -704,7 +695,7 @@
 
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] != NULL)
 	{
-		s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[sampleSlot];
+		sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[sampleSlot];
 
 		freeSample(editor.curInstr, sampleSlot);
 		memcpy(s, &tmpSmp, sizeof (sampleTyp));
@@ -734,25 +725,20 @@
 	sampleIsLoading = false;
 
 	return false;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL loadIFFSample(void *ptr)
 {
-	char *tmpFilename, *tmpPtr, hdr[4 + 1];
-	bool is16Bit;
+	char hdr[4+1];
 	uint8_t i;
-	uint16_t sampleRate;
-	int32_t j, filesize;
-	uint32_t filenameLen, sampleVol, sampleLength, sampleLoopStart, sampleLoopLength, blockName, blockSize;
-	uint32_t vhdrPtr, vhdrLen, bodyPtr, bodyLen, namePtr, nameLen;
-	FILE *f;
-	UNICHAR *filename;
-	sampleTyp tmpSmp, *s;
+	int32_t j;
+	uint32_t blockName, blockSize;
+	sampleTyp tmpSmp;
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	// this is important for the "goto" on load error
-	f = NULL;
+	FILE *f = NULL;
 	memset(&tmpSmp, 0, sizeof (tmpSmp));
 
 	if (editor.tmpFilenameU == NULL)
@@ -761,7 +747,7 @@
 		goto iffLoadError;
 	}
 
-	filename = editor.tmpFilenameU;
+	UNICHAR *filename = editor.tmpFilenameU;
 
 	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filename, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
@@ -771,7 +757,7 @@
 	}
 
 	fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
-	filesize = ftell(f);
+	int32_t filesize = ftell(f);
 	if (filesize < 12)
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Error loading sample: The sample is not supported or is invalid!");
@@ -781,17 +767,20 @@
 	fseek(f, 8, SEEK_SET);
 	fread(hdr, 1, 4, f);
 	hdr[4] = '\0';
-	is16Bit = !strncmp(hdr, "16SV", 4);
+	bool is16Bit = !strncmp(hdr, "16SV", 4);
 
-	sampleLength = 0;
-	sampleVol = 64;
-	sampleLoopStart = 0;
-	sampleLoopLength = 0;
-	sampleRate = 16726;
+	uint32_t sampleLength = 0;
+	uint32_t sampleVol = 64;
+	uint32_t sampleLoopStart = 0;
+	uint32_t sampleLoopLength = 0;
+	uint16_t sampleRate = 16726;
 
-	vhdrPtr = 0; vhdrLen = 0;
-	bodyPtr = 0; bodyLen = 0;
-	namePtr = 0; nameLen = 0;
+	uint32_t vhdrPtr = 0;
+	uint32_t vhdrLen = 0;
+	uint32_t bodyPtr = 0;
+	uint32_t bodyLen = 0;
+	uint32_t namePtr = 0;
+	uint32_t nameLen = 0;
 
 	fseek(f, 12, SEEK_SET);
 	while (!feof(f) && ftell(f) < filesize-12)
@@ -947,7 +936,7 @@
 	else
 	{
 		// set sample name from filename if we didn't load name from .wav
-		tmpFilename = unicharToCp437(filename, true);
+		char *tmpFilename = unicharToCp437(filename, true);
 		if (tmpFilename != NULL)
 		{
 			j = (int32_t)strlen(tmpFilename);
@@ -957,13 +946,13 @@
 					break;
 			}
 
-			tmpPtr = tmpFilename;
+			char *tmpPtr = tmpFilename;
 			if (j > 0)
 				tmpPtr += j + 1;
 
 			sanitizeFilename(tmpPtr);
 
-			filenameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(tmpPtr);
+			uint32_t filenameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(tmpPtr);
 			for (i = 0; i < 22; i++)
 			{
 				if (i < filenameLen)
@@ -990,7 +979,7 @@
 
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] != NULL)
 	{
-		s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[sampleSlot];
+		sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[sampleSlot];
 
 		freeSample(editor.curInstr, sampleSlot);
 		memcpy(s, &tmpSmp, sizeof (sampleTyp));
@@ -1020,21 +1009,18 @@
 	sampleIsLoading = false;
 
 	return false;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL loadRawSample(void *ptr)
 {
-	char *tmpFilename, *tmpPtr;
 	int32_t j;
-	uint32_t filenameLen, i, filesize;
-	FILE *f;
-	UNICHAR *filename;
-	sampleTyp tmpSmp, *s;
+	uint32_t i;
+	sampleTyp tmpSmp;
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	// this is important for the "goto" on load error
-	f = NULL;
+	FILE *f = NULL;
 	memset(&tmpSmp, 0, sizeof (tmpSmp));
 
 	if (editor.tmpFilenameU == NULL)
@@ -1043,7 +1029,7 @@
 		goto rawLoadError;
 	}
 
-	filename = editor.tmpFilenameU;
+	UNICHAR *filename = editor.tmpFilenameU;
 
 	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filename, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
@@ -1053,7 +1039,7 @@
 	}
 
 	fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
-	filesize = ftell(f);
+	uint32_t filesize = ftell(f);
 	rewind(f);
 
 	if (filesize > MAX_SAMPLE_LEN)
@@ -1085,7 +1071,7 @@
 
 	fclose(f);
 
-	tmpFilename = unicharToCp437(filename, true);
+	char *tmpFilename = unicharToCp437(filename, true);
 	if (tmpFilename != NULL)
 	{
 		j = (int32_t)strlen(tmpFilename);
@@ -1095,13 +1081,13 @@
 				break;
 		}
 
-		tmpPtr = tmpFilename;
+		char *tmpPtr = tmpFilename;
 		if (j > 0)
 			tmpPtr += j + 1;
 
 		sanitizeFilename(tmpPtr);
 
-		filenameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(tmpPtr);
+		uint32_t filenameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(tmpPtr);
 		for (i = 0; i < 22; i++)
 		{
 			if (i < filenameLen)
@@ -1129,7 +1115,7 @@
 
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] != NULL)
 	{
-		s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[sampleSlot];
+		sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[sampleSlot];
 
 		freeSample(editor.curInstr, sampleSlot);
 		memcpy(s, &tmpSmp, sizeof (sampleTyp));
@@ -1159,6 +1145,8 @@
 	sampleIsLoading = false;
 
 	return false;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL loadWAVSample(void *ptr)
@@ -1175,14 +1163,10 @@
 	int64_t smp64;
 	float *fAudioDataFloat;
 	double *dAudioDataDouble;
-	FILE *f;
 	sampleTyp tmpSmp, *s;
-	UNICHAR *filename;
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	// this is important for the "goto" on load error
-	f = NULL;
+	FILE *f = NULL;
 	memset(&tmpSmp, 0, sizeof (tmpSmp));
 
 	// zero out chunk pointers and lengths
@@ -1198,7 +1182,7 @@
 		goto wavLoadError;
 	}
 
-	filename = editor.tmpFilenameU;
+	UNICHAR *filename = editor.tmpFilenameU;
 
 	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filename, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
@@ -1967,12 +1951,13 @@
 	sampleIsLoading = false;
 
 	return false;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 bool loadSample(UNICHAR *filenameU, uint8_t smpNr, bool instrFlag)
 {
 	char tmpBuffer[16+1];
-	FILE *f;
 
 	if (sampleIsLoading)
 		return false;
@@ -1988,7 +1973,7 @@
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "rb");
+	FILE *f = UNICHAR_FOPEN(filenameU, "rb");
 	if (f == NULL)
 	{
 		okBox(0, "System message", "General I/O error during loading! Is the file in use?");
@@ -2109,13 +2094,12 @@
 
 static void normalize32bitSigned(int32_t *sampleData, uint32_t sampleLength)
 {
-	uint32_t i, sample, sampleVolPeak;
-	double dGain;
+	uint32_t i;
 
-	sampleVolPeak = 0;
+	uint32_t sampleVolPeak = 0;
 	for (i = 0; i < sampleLength; i++)
 	{
-		sample = ABS(sampleData[i]);
+		const uint32_t sample = ABS(sampleData[i]);
 		if (sampleVolPeak < sample)
 			sampleVolPeak = sample;
 	}
@@ -2123,7 +2107,7 @@
 	if (sampleVolPeak <= 0)
 		return;
 
-	dGain = (double)INT32_MAX / sampleVolPeak;
+	const double dGain = (double)INT32_MAX / sampleVolPeak;
 	for (i = 0; i < sampleLength; i++)
 		sampleData[i] = (int32_t)(sampleData[i] * dGain);
 }
@@ -2131,12 +2115,11 @@
 static void normalize16bitFloatSigned(float *fSampleData, uint32_t sampleLength)
 {
 	uint32_t i;
-	float fSample, fSampleVolPeak, fGain;
 
-	fSampleVolPeak = 0.0f;
+	float fSampleVolPeak = 0.0f;
 	for (i = 0; i < sampleLength; i++)
 	{
-		fSample = fabsf(fSampleData[i]);
+		const float fSample = fabsf(fSampleData[i]);
 		if (fSampleVolPeak < fSample)
 			fSampleVolPeak = fSample;
 	}
@@ -2144,7 +2127,7 @@
 	if (fSampleVolPeak <= 0.0f)
 		return;
 
-	fGain = (float)INT16_MAX / fSampleVolPeak;
+	const float fGain = (float)INT16_MAX / fSampleVolPeak;
 	for (i = 0; i < sampleLength; i++)
 		fSampleData[i] *= fGain;
 }
@@ -2152,12 +2135,11 @@
 static void normalize64bitDoubleSigned(double *dSampleData, uint32_t sampleLength)
 {
 	uint32_t i;
-	double dSample, dSampleVolPeak, dGain;
 
-	dSampleVolPeak = 0.0;
+	double dSampleVolPeak = 0.0;
 	for (i = 0; i < sampleLength; i++)
 	{
-		dSample = fabs(dSampleData[i]);
+		const double dSample = fabs(dSampleData[i]);
 		if (dSampleVolPeak < dSample)
 			dSampleVolPeak = dSample;
 	}
@@ -2165,7 +2147,7 @@
 	if (dSampleVolPeak <= 0.0)
 		return;
 
-	dGain = (double)INT16_MAX / dSampleVolPeak;
+	const double dGain = (double)INT16_MAX / dSampleVolPeak;
 	for (i = 0; i < sampleLength; i++)
 		dSampleData[i] *= dGain;
 }
@@ -2172,8 +2154,7 @@
 
 bool fileIsInstrument(char *fullPath)
 {
-	char *filename;
-	int32_t i, len, extOffset;
+	int32_t i, len;
 
 	// this assumes that fullPath is not empty
 
@@ -2187,7 +2168,7 @@
 			break;
 	}
 
-	filename = fullPath;
+	char *filename = fullPath;
 	if (i > 0)
 		filename += i + 1;
 	// --------------------------
@@ -2199,7 +2180,7 @@
 	if (!_strnicmp("xi.", filename, 3) || (len >= 4 && !_strnicmp("pat.", filename, 4)))
 		return true;
 
-	extOffset = getExtOffset(filename, len);
+	int32_t extOffset = getExtOffset(filename, len);
 	if (extOffset != -1)
 	{
 		if ((extOffset <= len-4) && !_strnicmp(".pat", &filename[extOffset], 4)) return true;
@@ -2211,8 +2192,7 @@
 
 bool fileIsSample(char *fullPath)
 {
-	char *filename;
-	int32_t i, len, extOffset;
+	int32_t i, len;
 
 	// this assumes that fullPath is not empty
 
@@ -2226,7 +2206,7 @@
 			break;
 	}
 
-	filename = fullPath;
+	char *filename = fullPath;
 	if (i > 0)
 		filename += i + 1;
 	// --------------------------
@@ -2243,7 +2223,7 @@
 		return false; // definitely a module
 	}
 
-	extOffset = getExtOffset(filename, len);
+	int32_t extOffset = getExtOffset(filename, len);
 	if (extOffset != -1)
 	{
 		if (extOffset <= len-4)
--- a/src/ft2_sample_saver.c
+++ b/src/ft2_sample_saver.c
@@ -509,8 +509,9 @@
 	if (saveRangeFlag)
 		UNICHAR_CHDIR(oldPathU);
 
-	(void)ptr;
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void saveSample(UNICHAR *filenameU, bool saveAsRange)
--- a/src/ft2_sampling.c
+++ b/src/ft2_sampling.c
@@ -28,17 +28,12 @@
 
 static void SDLCALL samplingCallback(void *userdata, Uint8 *stream, int len)
 {
-	int8_t *newPtr;
-	sampleTyp *s;
-
-	(void)userdata;
-
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] == NULL || len < 0 || len > samplingBufferBytes)
 		return;
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
-	newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, (s->len + len) + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+	int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, (s->len + len) + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 	if (newPtr == NULL)
 	{
 		drawSamplingBufferFlag = false;
@@ -77,6 +72,8 @@
 
 		drawSamplingBufferFlag = true;
 	}
+
+	(void)userdata;
 }
 
 void stopSampling(void)
@@ -84,7 +81,6 @@
 	int8_t *newPtr;
 	int16_t *dst16, *src16;
 	int32_t i, len;
-	sampleTyp *currSmp, *nextSmp;
 
 	resumeAudio();
 	mouseAnimOff();
@@ -92,8 +88,8 @@
 	SDL_CloseAudioDevice(recordDev);
 	editor.samplingAudioFlag = false;
 
-	currSmp = NULL;
-	nextSmp = NULL;
+	sampleTyp *currSmp = NULL;
+	sampleTyp *nextSmp = NULL;
 
 	if (instr[editor.curInstr] != NULL)
 		currSmp = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
@@ -161,16 +157,12 @@
 
 static uint8_t getDispBuffPeakMono(const int16_t *smpData, int32_t smpNum)
 {
-	int16_t smp16;
-	uint32_t smpAbs, max;
-	int32_t i;
-
-	max = 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < smpNum; i++)
+	uint32_t max = 0;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < smpNum; i++)
 	{
-		smp16 = smpData[i];
+		const int16_t smp16 = smpData[i];
 
-		smpAbs = ABS(smp16);
+		const uint32_t smpAbs = ABS(smp16);
 		if (smpAbs > max)
 			max = smpAbs;
 	}
@@ -184,18 +176,14 @@
 
 static uint8_t getDispBuffPeakLeft(const int16_t *smpData, int32_t smpNum)
 {
-	int16_t smp16;
-	uint32_t smpAbs, max;
-	int32_t i;
-
 	smpNum <<= 1;
 
-	max = 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < smpNum; i += 2)
+	uint32_t max = 0;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < smpNum; i += 2)
 	{
-		smp16 = smpData[i];
+		const int16_t smp16 = smpData[i];
 
-		smpAbs = ABS(smp16);
+		const uint32_t smpAbs = ABS(smp16);
 		if (smpAbs > max)
 			max = smpAbs;
 	}
@@ -209,18 +197,14 @@
 
 static uint8_t getDispBuffPeakRight(const int16_t *smpData, int32_t smpNum)
 {
-	int16_t smp16;
-	uint32_t smpAbs, max;
-	int32_t i;
-
 	smpNum <<= 1;
 
-	max = 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < smpNum; i += 2)
+	uint32_t max = 0;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < smpNum; i += 2)
 	{
-		smp16 = smpData[i];
+		const int16_t smp16 = smpData[i];
 
-		smpAbs = ABS(smp16);
+		const uint32_t smpAbs = ABS(smp16);
 		if (smpAbs > max)
 			max = smpAbs;
 	}
@@ -243,9 +227,9 @@
 	int16_t *readBuf;
 	uint16_t x;
 	int32_t smpIdx, smpNum;
-	uint32_t *centerPtrL, *centerPtrR, pixVal;
+	uint32_t *centerPtrL, *centerPtrR;
 
-	pixVal = video.palette[PAL_PATTEXT];
+	const uint32_t pixVal = video.palette[PAL_PATTEXT];
 
 	// select buffer currently not being written to (double-buffering)
 	if (currWriteBuf == displayBuffer1)
@@ -352,14 +336,12 @@
 	okBox(0, "System message", "This program needs to be compiled with SDL 2.0.5 or later to support audio sampling.");
 	return;
 #else
-	int16_t result;
 	SDL_AudioSpec want, have;
-	sampleTyp *s, *nextSmp;
 
 	if (editor.samplingAudioFlag || editor.curInstr == 0)
 		return;
 
-	result = okBox(9, "System request", "Stereo sampling will use the next sample slot. While ongoing, press any key to stop.");
+	int16_t result = okBox(9, "System request", "Stereo sampling will use the next sample slot. While ongoing, press any key to stop.");
 	if (result == 0 || result == 3)
 		return;
 
@@ -399,7 +381,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
+	sampleTyp *s = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[editor.curSmp];
 
 	// wipe current sample and prepare it
 	freeSample(editor.curInstr, editor.curSmp);
@@ -421,7 +403,7 @@
 		{
 			// wipe current sample and prepare it
 			freeSample(editor.curInstr, rightChSmpSlot);
-			nextSmp = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[rightChSmpSlot];
+			sampleTyp *nextSmp = &instr[editor.curInstr]->samp[rightChSmpSlot];
 
 			strcpy(nextSmp->name, "Right sample");
 			nextSmp->typ |= 16; // we always sample in 16-bit
--- a/src/ft2_scopes.c
+++ b/src/ft2_scopes.c
@@ -43,20 +43,16 @@
 
 int32_t getSamplePosition(uint8_t ch)
 {
-	volatile bool active, sampleIs16Bit;
-	volatile int32_t pos, end;
-	volatile scope_t *sc;
-
 	if (ch >= song.antChn)
 		return -1;
 
-	sc = &scope[ch];
+	volatile scope_t *sc = &scope[ch];
 
 	// cache some stuff
-	active = sc->active;
-	pos = sc->pos;
-	end = sc->end;
-	sampleIs16Bit = sc->sampleIs16Bit;
+	volatile bool active = sc->active;
+	volatile int32_t pos = sc->pos;
+	volatile int32_t end = sc->end;
+	volatile bool sampleIs16Bit = sc->sampleIs16Bit;
 
 	if (!active || end == 0)
 		return -1;
@@ -76,10 +72,11 @@
 {
 	// wait for scopes to finish updating
 	while (scopesUpdatingFlag);
+	
+	volatile scope_t *sc = scope;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++, sc++)
+		sc->active = false;
 
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_VOICES; i++)
-		scope[i].active = false;
-
 	// wait for scope displaying to be done (safety)
 	while (scopesDisplayingFlag);
 }
@@ -87,10 +84,8 @@
 // toggle mute
 static void setChannel(int32_t nr, bool on)
 {
-	stmTyp *ch;
+	stmTyp *ch = &stm[nr];
 
-	ch = &stm[nr];
-
 	ch->stOff = !on;
 	if (ch->stOff)
 	{
@@ -145,20 +140,18 @@
 
 static void redrawScope(int32_t ch)
 {
-	const uint16_t *scopeLens;
-	uint16_t x, y, scopeLen, muteGfxLen, muteGfxX;
-	int32_t i, chanLookup, chansPerRow;
+	int32_t i;
 
-	chansPerRow = (uint32_t)song.antChn >> 1;
-	chanLookup = chansPerRow - 1;
-	scopeLens = scopeLenTab[chanLookup];
+	int32_t chansPerRow = (uint32_t)song.antChn >> 1;
+	int32_t chanLookup = chansPerRow - 1;
+	const uint16_t *scopeLens = scopeLenTab[chanLookup];
 
 	// get x,y,len for scope according to channel (we must do it this way since 'len' can differ!)
 
-	x = 2;
-	y = 94;
+	uint16_t x = 2;
+	uint16_t y = 94;
 
-	scopeLen = 0; // prevent compiler warning
+	uint16_t scopeLen = 0; // prevent compiler warning
 	for (i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++)
 	{
 		scopeLen = scopeLens[i];
@@ -182,8 +175,8 @@
 	// draw mute graphics if channel is muted
 	if (!editor.chnMode[i])
 	{
-		muteGfxLen = scopeMuteBMP_Widths[chanLookup];
-		muteGfxX = x + ((scopeLen - muteGfxLen) >> 1);
+		const uint16_t muteGfxLen = scopeMuteBMP_Widths[chanLookup];
+		const uint16_t muteGfxX = x + ((scopeLen - muteGfxLen) >> 1);
 
 		blitFastClipX(muteGfxX, y + 6, bmp.scopeMute+scopeMuteBMP_Offs[chanLookup], 162, scopeMuteBMP_Heights[chanLookup], muteGfxLen);
 
@@ -202,17 +195,16 @@
 
 static void channelMode(int32_t chn)
 {
-	bool m, m2, test;
 	int32_t i;
 	
 	assert(chn < song.antChn);
 
-	m = mouse.leftButtonPressed && !mouse.rightButtonPressed;
-	m2 = mouse.rightButtonPressed && mouse.leftButtonPressed;
+	bool m = mouse.leftButtonPressed && !mouse.rightButtonPressed;
+	bool m2 = mouse.rightButtonPressed && mouse.leftButtonPressed;
 
 	if (m2)
 	{
-		test = false;
+		bool test = false;
 		for (i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++)
 		{
 			if (i != chn && !editor.chnMode[i])
@@ -264,9 +256,7 @@
 
 bool testScopesMouseDown(void)
 {
-	uint16_t x;
-	const uint16_t *scopeLens;
-	int32_t i, chansPerRow, chanToToggle;
+	int32_t i;
 
 	if (!ui.scopesShown)
 		return false;
@@ -276,11 +266,11 @@
 		if (mouse.y > 130 && mouse.y < 134)
 			return true;
 
-		chansPerRow = (uint32_t)song.antChn >> 1;
-		scopeLens = scopeLenTab[chansPerRow-1];
+		int32_t chansPerRow = (uint32_t)song.antChn >> 1;
+		const uint16_t *scopeLens = scopeLenTab[chansPerRow-1];
 
 		// find out if we clicked inside a scope
-		x = 3;
+		uint16_t x = 3;
 		for (i = 0; i < chansPerRow; i++)
 		{
 			if (mouse.x >= x && mouse.x < x+scopeLens[i])
@@ -292,7 +282,7 @@
 		if (i == chansPerRow)
 			return true; // scope framework was clicked instead
 
-		chanToToggle = i;
+		int32_t chanToToggle = i;
 		if (mouse.y >= 134) // second row of scopes?
 			chanToToggle += chansPerRow; // yes, increase lookup offset
 
@@ -305,20 +295,16 @@
 
 static void scopeTrigger(int32_t ch, const sampleTyp *s, int32_t playOffset)
 {
-	bool sampleIs16Bit;
-	uint8_t loopType;
-	int32_t length, loopStart, loopLength, loopEnd;
-	volatile scope_t *sc;
 	scope_t tempState;
 
-	sc = &scope[ch];
+	volatile scope_t *sc = &scope[ch];
 
-	length = s->len;
-	loopStart = s->repS;
-	loopLength = s->repL;
-	loopEnd = s->repS + s->repL;
-	loopType = s->typ & 3;
-	sampleIs16Bit = (s->typ >> 4) & 1;
+	int32_t length = s->len;
+	int32_t loopStart = s->repS;
+	int32_t loopLength = s->repL;
+	int32_t loopEnd = s->repS + s->repL;
+	uint8_t loopType = s->typ & 3;
+	bool sampleIs16Bit = (s->typ >> 4) & 1;
 
 	if (sampleIs16Bit)
 	{
@@ -444,18 +430,13 @@
 
 void drawScopes(void)
 {
-	int16_t scopeLineY;
-	const uint16_t *scopeLens;
-	uint16_t scopeXOffs, scopeYOffs, scopeDrawLen;
-	int32_t chansPerRow;
-	
 	scopesDisplayingFlag = true;
-	chansPerRow = (uint32_t)song.antChn >> 1;
+	int32_t chansPerRow = (uint32_t)song.antChn >> 1;
 
-	scopeLens = scopeLenTab[chansPerRow-1];
-	scopeXOffs = 3;
-	scopeYOffs = 95;
-	scopeLineY = 112;
+	const uint16_t *scopeLens = scopeLenTab[chansPerRow-1];
+	uint16_t scopeXOffs = 3;
+	uint16_t scopeYOffs = 95;
+	int16_t scopeLineY = 112;
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++)
 	{
@@ -467,7 +448,7 @@
 			scopeLineY = 151;
 		}
 
-		scopeDrawLen = scopeLens[i];
+		const uint16_t scopeDrawLen = scopeLens[i];
 		if (!editor.chnMode[i]) // scope muted (mute graphics blit()'ed elsewhere)
 		{
 			scopeXOffs += scopeDrawLen+3; // align x to next scope
@@ -526,13 +507,11 @@
 
 void handleScopesFromChQueue(chSyncData_t *chSyncData, uint8_t *scopeUpdateStatus)
 {
-	uint8_t status;
-
 	volatile scope_t *sc = scope;
 	syncedChannel_t *ch = chSyncData->channels;
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < song.antChn; i++, sc++, ch++)
 	{
-		status = scopeUpdateStatus[i];
+		const uint8_t status = scopeUpdateStatus[i];
 
 		if (status & IS_Vol)
 			sc->vol = (int32_t)((ch->dFinalVol * SCOPE_HEIGHT) + 0.5); // rounded
@@ -631,10 +610,10 @@
 
 bool initScopes(void)
 {
-	double dInt, dFrac;
+	double dInt;
 
 	// calculate scope time for performance counters and split into int/frac
-	dFrac = modf(editor.dPerfFreq / SCOPE_HZ, &dInt);
+	double dFrac = modf(editor.dPerfFreq / SCOPE_HZ, &dInt);
 
 	// integer part
 	scopeTimeLen = (int32_t)dInt;
--- a/src/ft2_scrollbars.c
+++ b/src/ft2_scrollbars.c
@@ -110,21 +110,17 @@
 
 void drawScrollBar(uint16_t scrollBarID)
 {
-	int16_t thumbX, thumbY, thumbW, thumbH;
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
-
 	assert(scrollBarID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
 	if (!scrollBar->visible)
 		return;
 
 	assert(scrollBar->x < SCREEN_W && scrollBar->y < SCREEN_H && scrollBar->w >= 3 && scrollBar->h >= 3);
 
-	thumbX = scrollBar->thumbX;
-	thumbY = scrollBar->thumbY;
-	thumbW = scrollBar->thumbW;
-	thumbH = scrollBar->thumbH;
+	int16_t thumbX = scrollBar->thumbX;
+	int16_t thumbY = scrollBar->thumbY;
+	int16_t thumbW = scrollBar->thumbW;
+	int16_t thumbH = scrollBar->thumbH;
 
 	// clear scrollbar background (lazy, but sometimes even faster than filling bg gaps)
 	clearRect(scrollBar->x, scrollBar->y, scrollBar->w, scrollBar->h);
@@ -178,10 +174,9 @@
 	int16_t thumbX, thumbY, thumbW, thumbH, scrollEnd, realThumbLength;
 	int32_t tmp32, length, end;
 	double dTmp;
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
 
 	assert(scrollBarID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
 
 	assert(scrollBar->page > 0);
 
@@ -313,10 +308,8 @@
 
 void scrollBarScrollUp(uint16_t scrollBarID, uint32_t amount)
 {
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
-
 	assert(scrollBarID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
 
 	assert(scrollBar->page > 0 && scrollBar->end > 0);
 
@@ -337,11 +330,8 @@
 
 void scrollBarScrollDown(uint16_t scrollBarID, uint32_t amount)
 {
-	uint32_t endPos;
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
-
 	assert(scrollBarID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
 
 	assert(scrollBar->page > 0 && scrollBar->end > 0);
 
@@ -348,7 +338,7 @@
 	if (scrollBar->end < scrollBar->page)
 		return;
 
-	endPos = scrollBar->end;
+	uint32_t endPos = scrollBar->end;
 	if (scrollBar->thumbType == SCROLLBAR_THUMB_FLAT)
 	{
 		if (endPos >= scrollBar->page)
@@ -384,14 +374,12 @@
 
 void setScrollBarPos(uint16_t scrollBarID, uint32_t pos, bool triggerCallBack)
 {
-	uint32_t endPos;
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
-
 	assert(scrollBarID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
 
 	if (scrollBar->oldPos == pos)
 		return;
+
 	scrollBar->oldPos = pos;
 
 	if (scrollBar->page == 0)
@@ -407,7 +395,7 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	endPos = scrollBar->end;
+	uint32_t endPos = scrollBar->end;
 	if (scrollBar->thumbType == SCROLLBAR_THUMB_FLAT)
 	{
 		if (endPos >= scrollBar->page)
@@ -435,11 +423,8 @@
 
 void setScrollBarEnd(uint16_t scrollBarID, uint32_t end)
 {
-	uint8_t setPos;
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
-
 	assert(scrollBarID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
 
 	if (end < 1)
 		end = 1;
@@ -446,11 +431,12 @@
 
 	if (scrollBar->oldEnd == end)
 		return;
+
 	scrollBar->oldEnd = end;
 
 	scrollBar->end = end;
 	
-	setPos = false;
+	bool setPos = false;
 	if (scrollBar->pos >= end)
 	{
 		scrollBar->pos = end - 1;
@@ -474,10 +460,8 @@
 
 void setScrollBarPageLength(uint16_t scrollBarID, uint32_t pageLength)
 {
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
-
 	assert(scrollBarID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[scrollBarID];
 
 	if (pageLength < 1)
 		pageLength = 1;
@@ -484,6 +468,7 @@
 
 	if (scrollBar->oldPage == pageLength)
 		return;
+
 	scrollBar->oldPage = pageLength;
 
 	scrollBar->page = pageLength;
@@ -500,7 +485,6 @@
 	uint16_t start, end;
 	int32_t scrollPos, length;
 	double dTmp;
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
 
 	if (ui.sysReqShown)
 	{
@@ -514,14 +498,17 @@
 		end = NUM_SCROLLBARS;
 	}
 
-	for (uint16_t i = start; i < end; i++)
+	const int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	const int32_t my = mouse.y;
+
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[start];
+	for (uint16_t i = start; i < end; i++, scrollBar++)
 	{
-		scrollBar = &scrollBars[i];
 		if (!scrollBar->visible)
 			continue;
 
-		if (mouse.x >= scrollBar->x && mouse.x < scrollBar->x+scrollBar->w &&
-		    mouse.y >= scrollBar->y && mouse.y < scrollBar->y+scrollBar->h)
+		if (mx >= scrollBar->x && mx < scrollBar->x+scrollBar->w &&
+		    my >= scrollBar->y && my < scrollBar->y+scrollBar->h)
 		{
 			mouse.lastUsedObjectID = i;
 			mouse.lastUsedObjectType = OBJECT_SCROLLBAR;
@@ -533,9 +520,9 @@
 
 			if (scrollBar->type == SCROLLBAR_HORIZONTAL)
 			{
-				mouse.lastScrollXTmp = mouse.lastScrollX = mouse.x;
+				mouse.lastScrollXTmp = mouse.lastScrollX = mx;
 
-				if (mouse.x >= scrollBar->thumbX && mouse.x < scrollBar->thumbX+scrollBar->thumbW)
+				if (mx >= scrollBar->thumbX && mx < scrollBar->thumbX+scrollBar->thumbW)
 				{
 					mouse.saveMouseX = mouse.lastScrollX - scrollBar->thumbX;
 				}
@@ -565,8 +552,8 @@
 			}
 			else
 			{
-				mouse.lastScrollY = mouse.y;
-				if (mouse.y >= scrollBar->thumbY && mouse.y < scrollBar->thumbY+scrollBar->thumbH)
+				mouse.lastScrollY = my;
+				if (my >= scrollBar->thumbY && my < scrollBar->thumbY+scrollBar->thumbH)
 				{
 					mouse.saveMouseY = mouse.lastScrollY - scrollBar->thumbY;
 				}
@@ -607,14 +594,12 @@
 
 void testScrollBarMouseRelease(void)
 {
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
-
 	if (mouse.lastUsedObjectType != OBJECT_SCROLLBAR || mouse.lastUsedObjectID == OBJECT_ID_NONE)
 		return;
 
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (scrollBar->visible)
 	{
 		scrollBar->state = SCROLLBAR_UNPRESSED;
@@ -626,10 +611,9 @@
 {
 	int32_t scrollX, scrollY, length;
 	double dTmp;
-	scrollBar_t *scrollBar;
 
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_SCROLLBARS);
-	scrollBar = &scrollBars[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = &scrollBars[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (!scrollBar->visible)
 		return;
 
@@ -691,11 +675,12 @@
 
 void initializeScrollBars(void)
 {
-	for (int32_t i = 0; i < NUM_SCROLLBARS; i++)
+	scrollBar_t *scrollBar = scrollBars;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < NUM_SCROLLBARS; i++, scrollBar++)
 	{
-		scrollBars[i].oldEnd = UINT32_MAX;
-		scrollBars[i].oldPage = UINT32_MAX;
-		scrollBars[i].oldPos = UINT32_MAX;
+		scrollBar->oldEnd = UINT32_MAX;
+		scrollBar->oldPage = UINT32_MAX;
+		scrollBar->oldPos = UINT32_MAX;
 	}
 
 	// pattern editor
--- a/src/ft2_sysreqs.c
+++ b/src/ft2_sysreqs.c
@@ -77,11 +77,9 @@
 static void drawWindow(uint16_t w)
 {
 	const uint16_t h = SYSTEM_REQUEST_H;
-	uint16_t x, y;
+	const uint16_t x = (SCREEN_W - w) >> 1;
+	const uint16_t y = ui.extended ? 91 : SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y;
 
-	x = (SCREEN_W - w) >> 1;
-	y = ui.extended ? 91 : SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y;
-
 	// main fill
 	fillRect(x + 1, y + 1, w - 2, h - 2, PAL_BUTTONS);
 
@@ -159,11 +157,9 @@
 {
 #define PUSHBUTTON_W 80
 
-	int16_t returnVal, oldLastUsedObjectID, oldLastUsedObjectType;
-	uint16_t x, y, i, tlen, hlen, wlen, tx, knp, headlineX, textX;
+	uint16_t i;
 	SDL_Event inputEvent;
 	pushButton_t *p;
-	checkBox_t *c;
 
 	if (editor.editTextFlag)
 		exitTextEditing();
@@ -180,22 +176,22 @@
 	ui.sysReqShown = true;
 	mouseAnimOff();
 
-	oldLastUsedObjectID = mouse.lastUsedObjectID;
-	oldLastUsedObjectType = mouse.lastUsedObjectType;
+	int16_t oldLastUsedObjectID = mouse.lastUsedObjectID;
+	int16_t oldLastUsedObjectType = mouse.lastUsedObjectType;
 
 	// count number of buttons
-	knp = 0;
+	uint16_t knp = 0;
 	while (buttonText[typ][knp][0] != '\0' && knp < 5)
 		knp++;
 
-	tlen = textWidth(text);
-	hlen = textWidth(headline);
+	uint16_t tlen = textWidth(text);
+	uint16_t hlen = textWidth(headline);
 
-	wlen = tlen;
+	uint16_t wlen = tlen;
 	if (hlen > tlen)
 		wlen = hlen;
 
-	tx = (knp * 100) - 20;
+	uint16_t tx = (knp * 100) - 20;
 	if (tx > wlen)
 		wlen = tx;
 
@@ -203,12 +199,12 @@
 	if (wlen > 600)
 		wlen = 600;
 
-	headlineX = (SCREEN_W - hlen) >> 1;
-	textX = (SCREEN_W - tlen) >> 1;
-	x = (SCREEN_W - wlen) >> 1;
+	uint16_t headlineX = (SCREEN_W - hlen) >> 1;
+	uint16_t textX = (SCREEN_W - tlen) >> 1;
+	uint16_t x = (SCREEN_W - wlen) >> 1;
 
 	// the box y position differs in extended pattern editor mode
-	y = ui.extended ? SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y_EXT : SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y;
+	uint16_t y = ui.extended ? SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y_EXT : SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y;
 
 	// set up buttons
 	for (i = 0; i < knp; i++)
@@ -226,7 +222,7 @@
 	// set up checkbox (special okBox types only!)
 	if (typ >= 6 && typ <= 7)
 	{
-		c = &checkBoxes[0];
+		checkBox_t *c = &checkBoxes[0];
 		c->x = x + 5;
 		c->y = y + 50;
 		c->clickAreaWidth = 116;
@@ -253,7 +249,7 @@
 	mouse.rightButtonPressed = 0;
 
 	// input/rendering loop
-	returnVal = 0;
+	int16_t returnVal = 0;
 	while (ui.sysReqShown)
 	{
 		beginFPSCounter();
@@ -368,12 +364,8 @@
 #define PUSHBUTTON_W 80
 #define TEXTBOX_W 250
 
-	char *inputText;
-	int16_t returnVal, oldLastUsedObjectID, oldLastUsedObjectType;
-	uint16_t y, wlen, tx, knp, headlineX, i;
+	uint16_t wlen, i;
 	SDL_Event inputEvent;
-	pushButton_t *p;
-	textBox_t *t;
 
 	if (editor.editTextFlag)
 		exitTextEditing();
@@ -385,10 +377,10 @@
 	if (ui.sysReqShown)
 		return 0;
 
-	oldLastUsedObjectID = mouse.lastUsedObjectID;
-	oldLastUsedObjectType = mouse.lastUsedObjectType;
+	int16_t oldLastUsedObjectID = mouse.lastUsedObjectID;
+	int16_t oldLastUsedObjectType = mouse.lastUsedObjectType;
 
-	t = &textBoxes[0];
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[0];
 
 	// set up text box
 	memset(t, 0, sizeof (textBox_t));
@@ -416,14 +408,14 @@
 	mouseAnimOff();
 
 	wlen = textWidth(headline);
-	headlineX = (SCREEN_W - wlen) >> 1;
+	uint16_t headlineX = (SCREEN_W - wlen) >> 1;
 
 	// count number of buttons
-	knp = 0;
+	uint16_t knp = 0;
 	while (buttonText[typ][knp][0] != '\0' && knp < 5)
 		knp++;
 
-	tx = TEXTBOX_W;
+	uint16_t tx = TEXTBOX_W;
 	if (tx > wlen)
 		wlen = tx;
 
@@ -436,7 +428,7 @@
 		wlen = 600;
 
 	// the box y position differs in extended pattern editor mode
-	y = ui.extended ? SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y_EXT : SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y;
+	uint16_t y = ui.extended ? SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y_EXT : SYSTEM_REQUEST_Y;
 
 	// set further text box settings
 	t->x = (SCREEN_W - TEXTBOX_W) >> 1;
@@ -444,10 +436,10 @@
 	t->visible = true;
 
 	// setup buttons
-	for (i = 0; i < knp; i++)
-	{
-		p = &pushButtons[i];
 
+	pushButton_t *p = pushButtons;
+	for (i = 0; i < knp; i++, p++)
+	{
 		p->w = PUSHBUTTON_W;
 		p->h = 16;
 		p->x = ((SCREEN_W - tx) >> 1) + (i * 100);
@@ -469,7 +461,7 @@
 	mouse.rightButtonPressed = 0;
 
 	// input/rendering loop
-	returnVal = 0;
+	int16_t returnVal = 0;
 	while (ui.sysReqShown)
 	{
 		beginFPSCounter();
@@ -497,7 +489,7 @@
 						continue;
 					}
 
-					inputText = utf8ToCp437(inputEvent.text.text, false);
+					char *inputText = utf8ToCp437(inputEvent.text.text, false);
 					if (inputText != NULL)
 					{
 						if (inputText[0] != '\0')
--- a/src/ft2_tables.c
+++ b/src/ft2_tables.c
@@ -458,6 +458,9 @@
 	}
 };
 
+const int8_t maxVisibleChans1[4] = { 4, 6, 8, 8 };
+const int8_t maxVisibleChans2[4] = { 4, 6, 8, 12 };
+
 const uint16_t chanWidths[6] = { 141, 141, 93, 69, 45, 45 };
 
 const pattCoordsMouse_t pattCoordMouseTable[2][2][2] =
--- a/src/ft2_tables.h
+++ b/src/ft2_tables.h
@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@
 extern const uint8_t font1Widths[128];
 extern const uint8_t font2Widths[128];
 extern pal16 palTable[12][16];
+extern const int8_t maxVisibleChans1[4];
+extern const int8_t maxVisibleChans2[4];
 extern const uint16_t chanWidths[6];
 extern const pattCoordsMouse_t pattCoordMouseTable[2][2][2];
 extern const uint8_t noteTab1[96];
--- a/src/ft2_textboxes.c
+++ b/src/ft2_textboxes.c
@@ -132,24 +132,21 @@
 
 static void deleteMarkedText(textBox_t *t)
 {
-	int16_t start, end;
-	int32_t i, deleteTextWidth, length;
-
 	if (!textIsMarked())
 		return;
 
-	start = getTextMarkStart();
-	end = getTextMarkEnd();
+	const int16_t start = getTextMarkStart();
+	const int16_t end = getTextMarkEnd();
 
 	assert(start < t->maxChars && end <= t->maxChars);
 
 	// calculate pixel width of string to delete
-	deleteTextWidth = 0;
-	for (i = start; i < end; i++)
+	int32_t deleteTextWidth = 0;
+	for (int32_t i = start; i < end; i++)
 		deleteTextWidth += charWidth(t->textPtr[i]);
 
 	// copy markEnd part to markStart, and add null termination
-	length = (int32_t)strlen(&t->textPtr[end]);
+	const int32_t length = (int32_t)strlen(&t->textPtr[end]);
 	if (length > 0)
 		memcpy(&t->textPtr[start], &t->textPtr[end], length);
 	t->textPtr[start+length] = '\0';
@@ -168,21 +165,17 @@
 
 static void setCursorToMarkStart(textBox_t *t)
 {
-	char ch;
-	int16_t start;
-	int32_t startXPos;
-
 	if (!textIsMarked())
 		return;
 
-	start = getTextMarkStart();
+	const int16_t start = getTextMarkStart();
 	assert(start < t->maxChars);
 	t->cursorPos = start;
 
-	startXPos = 0;
+	int32_t startXPos = 0;
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < start; i++)
 	{
-		ch = t->textPtr[i];
+		const char ch = t->textPtr[i];
 		if (ch == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -196,21 +189,17 @@
 
 static void setCursorToMarkEnd(textBox_t *t)
 {
-	char ch;
-	int16_t end;
-	int32_t endXPos;
-
 	if (!textIsMarked())
 		return;
 
-	end = getTextMarkEnd();
+	const int16_t end = getTextMarkEnd();
 	assert(end <= t->maxChars);
 	t->cursorPos = end;
 
-	endXPos = 0;
+	int32_t endXPos = 0;
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < end; i++)
 	{
-		ch = t->textPtr[i];
+		const char ch = t->textPtr[i];
 		if (ch == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -224,30 +213,27 @@
 
 static void copyMarkedText(textBox_t *t)
 {
-	int32_t length, start, end;
-	char *utf8Text, oldChar;
-
 	if (!textIsMarked())
 		return;
 
-	start = getTextMarkStart();
-	end = getTextMarkEnd();
+	const int32_t start = getTextMarkStart();
+	const int32_t end = getTextMarkEnd();
 
 	assert(start < t->maxChars && end <= t->maxChars);
 
-	length = end - start;
+	const int32_t length = end - start;
 	if (length < 1)
 		return;
 
 	/* Change mark-end character to NUL so that we
-	 * we only copy the marked section of the string.
-	 * There's always room for a NUL at the end of
-	 * the text box string, so this is safe.
-	 */
-	oldChar = t->textPtr[end];
+	** we only copy the marked section of the string.
+	** There's always room for a NUL at the end of
+	** the text box string, so this is safe.
+	**/
+	const char oldChar = t->textPtr[end];
 	t->textPtr[end] = '\0';
 
-	utf8Text = cp437ToUtf8(&t->textPtr[start]);
+	char *utf8Text = cp437ToUtf8(&t->textPtr[start]);
 	if (utf8Text != NULL)
 	{
 		SDL_SetClipboardText(utf8Text);
@@ -271,9 +257,7 @@
 
 static void pasteText(textBox_t *t)
 {
-	char *copiedText, *copiedTextUtf8, *endPart;
-	uint16_t endOffset;
-	int32_t textLength, roomLeft, copiedTextLength, endPartLength;
+	char *endPart;
 
 	if (!SDL_HasClipboardText())
 		return;
@@ -288,29 +272,29 @@
 	if (t->cursorPos >= t->maxChars)
 		return;
 
-	textLength = getTextLength(t, 0);
+	const int32_t textLength = getTextLength(t, 0);
 
-	roomLeft = t->maxChars - textLength;
+	const int32_t roomLeft = t->maxChars - textLength;
 	if (roomLeft <= 0)
 		return; // no more room!
  
-	copiedTextUtf8 = SDL_GetClipboardText();
+	char *copiedTextUtf8 = SDL_GetClipboardText();
 
-	copiedText = utf8ToCp437(copiedTextUtf8, true);
+	char *copiedText = utf8ToCp437(copiedTextUtf8, true);
 	if (copiedText == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	copiedTextLength = (int32_t)strlen(copiedText);
+	int32_t copiedTextLength = (int32_t)strlen(copiedText);
 	if (copiedTextLength > roomLeft)
 		copiedTextLength = roomLeft;
 
-	endOffset = t->cursorPos;
+	const uint16_t endOffset = t->cursorPos;
 	endPart = NULL; // prevent false compiler warning
 
-	endPartLength = getTextLength(t, endOffset);
+	const int32_t endPartLength = getTextLength(t, endOffset);
 	if (endPartLength > 0)
 	{
-		endPart = (char *)malloc(endPartLength + 1);
+		endPart = (char *)malloc(endPartLength+1);
 		if (endPart == NULL)
 		{
 			free(copiedText);
@@ -373,11 +357,9 @@
 
 static int16_t cursorPosToX(textBox_t *t)
 {
-	int32_t x;
-
 	assert(t->textPtr != NULL);
 
-	x = -1; // cursor starts one pixel before character
+	int32_t x = -1; // cursor starts one pixel before character
 	for (int16_t i = 0; i < t->cursorPos; i++)
 		x += charWidth(t->textPtr[i]);
  
@@ -405,12 +387,10 @@
 
 static void scrollTextBufferRight(textBox_t *t, uint16_t numCharsInText)
 {
-	int32_t textEnd;
-
 	assert(numCharsInText <= t->maxChars);
 
 	// get end of text position
-	textEnd = 0;
+	int32_t textEnd = 0;
 	for (uint16_t j = 0; j < numCharsInText; j++)
 		textEnd += charWidth(t->textPtr[j]);
 
@@ -427,12 +407,9 @@
 
 static void moveTextCursorToMouseX(uint16_t textBoxID)
 {
-	int8_t cw;
-	int16_t i, numChars, cursorPos;
-	int32_t mx, tx, tx2;
-	textBox_t *t;
+	int16_t i;
 
-	t = &textBoxes[textBoxID];
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[textBoxID];
 	if ((mouse.x == t->x && t->bufOffset == 0) || t->textPtr == NULL || t->textPtr[0] == '\0')
 	{
 		t->cursorPos = 0;
@@ -439,17 +416,17 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	numChars = getTextLength(t, 0);
+	int16_t numChars = getTextLength(t, 0);
 
 	// find out what character we are clicking at, and set cursor to that character
-	mx = t->bufOffset + mouse.x;
-	tx = (t->x + t->tx) - 1;
-	cw = -1;
+	const int32_t mx = t->bufOffset + mouse.x;
+	int32_t tx = (t->x + t->tx) - 1;
+	int32_t cw = -1;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < numChars; i++)
 	{
 		cw = charWidth(t->textPtr[i]);
-		tx2 = tx + cw;
+		const int32_t tx2 = tx + cw;
 
 		if (mx >= tx && mx < tx2)
 		{
@@ -466,7 +443,7 @@
 
 	if (cw != -1)
 	{
-		cursorPos = cursorPosToX(t);
+		const int16_t cursorPos = cursorPosToX(t);
 
 		// scroll buffer to the right if needed
 		if (cursorPos+cw > t->renderW)
@@ -482,26 +459,21 @@
 
 static void textOutBuf(uint8_t *dstBuffer, uint32_t dstWidth, uint8_t paletteIndex, char *text, uint32_t maxTextLen)
 {
-	char chr;
-	uint8_t *dstPtr;
-	const uint8_t *srcPtr;
-	uint16_t currX;
-
 	assert(text != NULL);
 	if (*text == '\0')
 		return; // empty string
 
-	currX = 0;
+	uint16_t currX = 0;
 	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < maxTextLen; i++)
 	{
-		chr = *text++ & 0x7F;
+		const char chr = *text++ & 0x7F;
 		if (chr == '\0')
 			break;
 
 		if (chr != ' ')
 		{
-			srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
-			dstPtr = &dstBuffer[currX];
+			const uint8_t *srcPtr = &bmp.font1[chr * FONT1_CHAR_W];
+			uint8_t *dstPtr = &dstBuffer[currX];
 
 			for (uint32_t y = 0; y < FONT1_CHAR_H; y++)
 			{
@@ -523,14 +495,11 @@
  // a lot of filling here, but textboxes are small so no problem...
 void drawTextBox(uint16_t textBoxID)
 {
-	char ch;
 	int8_t cw;
 	uint8_t pal;
-	int32_t start, end, x1, x2, length;
-	textBox_t *t;
 
 	assert(textBoxID < NUM_TEXTBOXES);
-	t = &textBoxes[textBoxID];
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[textBoxID];
 	if (!t->visible)
 		return;
 
@@ -551,17 +520,19 @@
 	{
 		hideSprite(SPRITE_TEXT_CURSOR);
 
-		start = getTextMarkStart();
-		end = getTextMarkEnd();
+		int32_t start = getTextMarkStart();
+		int32_t end = getTextMarkEnd();
 
 		assert(start < t->maxChars && end <= t->maxChars);
 
 		// find pixel start/length from markX1 and markX2
 
-		x1 = 0; x2 = 0;
+		int32_t x1 = 0;
+		int32_t x2 = 0;
+
 		for (int32_t i = 0; i < end; i++)
 		{
-			ch = t->textPtr[i];
+			const char ch = t->textPtr[i];
 			if (ch == '\0')
 				break;
 
@@ -576,11 +547,13 @@
 		if (x1 != x2)
 		{
 			start = x1;
-			length = x2 - x1;
+			const int32_t length = x2 - x1;
 
 			assert(start+length <= t->renderBufW);
-			for (uint16_t y = 0; y < t->renderBufH; y++)
-				memset(&t->renderBuf[(y * t->renderBufW) + start], PAL_TEXTMRK, length);
+
+			uint8_t *ptr32 = &t->renderBuf[start];
+			for (uint16_t y = 0; y < t->renderBufH; y++, ptr32 += t->renderBufW)
+				memset(ptr32, PAL_TEXTMRK, length);
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -610,9 +583,7 @@
 
 static void setMarkX2ToMouseX(textBox_t *t)
 {
-	int8_t cw;
-	int16_t i, numChars;
-	int32_t mx, tx, tx2;
+	int16_t i;
 
 	if (t->textPtr == NULL || t->textPtr[0] == '\0')
 	{
@@ -626,16 +597,16 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	numChars = getTextLength(t, 0);
+	const int16_t numChars = getTextLength(t, 0);
 
 	// find out what character we are clicking at, and set markX2 to that character
-	mx = t->bufOffset + mouse.x;
-	tx = (t->x + t->tx) - 1;
+	const int32_t mx = t->bufOffset + mouse.x;
+	int32_t tx = (t->x + t->tx) - 1;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < numChars; i++)
 	{
-		cw  = charWidth(t->textPtr[i]);
-		tx2 = tx + cw;
+		const int32_t cw = charWidth(t->textPtr[i]);
+		const int32_t tx2 = tx + cw;
 
 		if (mx >= tx && mx < tx2)
 		{
@@ -674,10 +645,8 @@
 
 void handleTextBoxWhileMouseDown(void)
 {
-	textBox_t *t;
-
 	assert(mouse.lastUsedObjectID >= 0 && mouse.lastUsedObjectID < NUM_TEXTBOXES);
-	t = &textBoxes[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[mouse.lastUsedObjectID];
 	if (!t->visible)
 		return;
 
@@ -695,7 +664,6 @@
 bool testTextBoxMouseDown(void)
 {
 	uint16_t start, end;
-	textBox_t *t;
 
 	oldMouseX = mouse.x;
 	oldCursorPos = 0;
@@ -712,14 +680,17 @@
 		end = NUM_TEXTBOXES;
 	}
 
-	for (uint16_t i = start; i < end; i++)
+	const int32_t mx = mouse.x;
+	const int32_t my = mouse.y;
+
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[start];
+	for (uint16_t i = start; i < end; i++, t++)
 	{
-		t = &textBoxes[i];
 		if (!t->visible || t->textPtr == NULL)
 			continue;
 
-		if (mouse.y >= t->y && mouse.y < t->y+t->h &&
-		    mouse.x >= t->x && mouse.x < t->x+t->w)
+		if (my >= t->y && my < t->y+t->h &&
+		    mx >= t->x && mx < t->x+t->w)
 		{
 			if (!mouse.rightButtonPressed && t->rightMouseButton)
 				break;
@@ -755,7 +726,7 @@
 
 void updateTextBoxPointers(void)
 {
-	uint8_t i;
+	int32_t i;
 	instrTyp *curIns = instr[editor.curInstr];
 
 	// instrument names
@@ -789,15 +760,13 @@
 
 void setTextCursorToEnd(textBox_t *t)
 {
-	char ch;
 	uint16_t numChars;
-	uint32_t textWidth;
 
 	// count number of chars and get full text width
-	textWidth = 0;
+	uint32_t textWidth = 0;
 	for (numChars = 0; numChars < t->maxChars; numChars++)
 	{
-		ch = t->textPtr[numChars];
+		const char ch = t->textPtr[numChars];
 		if (ch == '\0')
 			break;
 
@@ -836,11 +805,10 @@
 	uint16_t numChars;
 	int32_t textLength;
 	uint32_t textWidth;
-	textBox_t *t;
 
 	assert(mouse.lastEditBox >= 0 && mouse.lastEditBox < NUM_TEXTBOXES);
 
-	t = &textBoxes[mouse.lastEditBox];
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[mouse.lastEditBox];
 	assert(t->textPtr != NULL);
 
 	switch (keycode)
@@ -1123,17 +1091,13 @@
 
 void handleTextEditInputChar(char textChar)
 {
-	int8_t ch;
-	int16_t i;
-	textBox_t *t;
-
 	assert(mouse.lastEditBox >= 0 && mouse.lastEditBox < NUM_TEXTBOXES);
 
-	t = &textBoxes[mouse.lastEditBox];
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[mouse.lastEditBox];
 	if (t->textPtr == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	ch = (int8_t)textChar;
+	const int8_t ch = (const int8_t)textChar;
 	if (ch < 32 && ch != -124 && ch != -108 && ch != -122 && ch != -114 && ch != -103 && ch != -113)
 		return; // allow certain codepage 437 nordic characters
 
@@ -1145,7 +1109,7 @@
 
 	if (t->cursorPos >= 0 && t->cursorPos < t->maxChars)
 	{
-		i = getTextLength(t, 0);
+		int32_t i = getTextLength(t, 0);
 		if (i < t->maxChars) // do we have room for a new character?
 		{
 			t->textPtr[i+1] = '\0';
@@ -1167,9 +1131,7 @@
 
 static void moveTextCursorLeft(int16_t i, bool updateTextBox)
 {
-	textBox_t *t;
-
-	t = &textBoxes[i];
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[i];
 	if (t->cursorPos == 0)
 		return;
 
@@ -1187,12 +1149,9 @@
 
 static void moveTextCursorRight(int16_t i, bool updateTextBox)
 {
-	uint16_t numChars;
-	textBox_t *t;
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[i];
 
-	t = &textBoxes[i];
-
-	numChars = getTextLength(t, 0);
+	const uint16_t numChars = getTextLength(t, 0);
 	if (t->cursorPos >= numChars)
 		return;
 
@@ -1210,12 +1169,10 @@
 
 void freeTextBoxes(void)
 {
-	textBox_t *t;
-
 	// free text box buffers (skip first entry, it's reserved for inputBox())
-	for (int32_t i = 1; i < NUM_TEXTBOXES; i++)
+	textBox_t *t = &textBoxes[1];
+	for (int32_t i = 1; i < NUM_TEXTBOXES; i++, t++)
 	{
-		t = &textBoxes[i];
 		if (t->renderBuf != NULL)
 		{
 			free(t->renderBuf);
--- a/src/ft2_trim.c
+++ b/src/ft2_trim.c
@@ -68,19 +68,16 @@
 
 static void remapInstrInSong(uint8_t src, uint8_t dst, int32_t ap)
 {
-	int32_t readLen;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr, *note;
-
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < ap; i++)
 	{
-		pattPtr = patt[i];
+		tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[i];
 		if (pattPtr == NULL)
 			continue;
 
-		readLen = pattLens[i] * MAX_VOICES;
+		const int32_t readLen = pattLens[i] * MAX_VOICES;
 		for (int32_t j = 0; j < readLen; j++)
 		{
-			note = &pattPtr[j];
+			tonTyp *note = &pattPtr[j];
 			if (note->instr == src)
 				note->instr = dst;
 		}
@@ -89,15 +86,12 @@
 
 static int16_t getUsedTempSamples(uint16_t nr)
 {
-	int16_t i, j;
-	instrTyp *ins;
-
 	if (tmpInstr[nr] == NULL)
 		return 0;
 
-	ins = tmpInstr[nr];
+	instrTyp *ins = tmpInstr[nr];
 
-	i = 16 - 1;
+	int16_t i = 16 - 1;
 	while (i >= 0 && ins->samp[i].pek == NULL && ins->samp[i].name[0] == '\0')
 		i--;
 
@@ -104,7 +98,7 @@
 	/* Yes, 'i' can be -1 here, and will be set to at least 0
 	** because of ins->ta values. Possibly an FT2 bug...
 	**/
-	for (j = 0; j < 96; j++)
+	for (int16_t j = 0; j < 96; j++)
 	{
 		if (ins->ta[j] > i)
 			i = ins->ta[j];
@@ -115,15 +109,13 @@
 
 static int64_t getTempInsAndSmpSize(void)
 {
-	int16_t a, j, ai;
-	int64_t currSize64;
-	instrTyp *ins;
+	int16_t j;
 
-	ai = MAX_INST;
+	int16_t ai = MAX_INST;
 	while (ai > 0 && getUsedTempSamples(ai) == 0 && tmpInstrName[ai][0] == '\0')
 		ai--;
 
-	currSize64 = 0;
+	int64_t currSize64 = 0;
 
 	// count instrument and sample data size in song
 	for (int16_t i = 1; i <= ai; i++)
@@ -133,13 +125,13 @@
 		else
 			j = i;
 
-		a = getUsedTempSamples(i);
+		const int16_t a = getUsedTempSamples(i);
 		if (a > 0)
 			currSize64 += INSTR_HEADER_SIZE + (a * sizeof (sampleHeaderTyp));
 		else
 			currSize64 += 22+11;
 
-		ins = tmpInstr[j];
+		instrTyp *ins = tmpInstr[j];
 		for (int16_t k = 0; k < a; k++)
 		{
 			if (ins->samp[k].pek != NULL)
@@ -153,11 +145,11 @@
 static void wipeInstrUnused(bool testWipeSize, int16_t *ai, int32_t ap, int32_t antChn)
 {
 	uint8_t newInst;
-	int16_t newNumInsts, instToDel, pattLen;
-	int32_t numInsts, i, j, k;
+	int16_t pattLen;
+	int32_t i, j, k;
 	tonTyp *pattPtr;
 
-	numInsts = *ai;
+	int32_t numInsts = *ai;
 
 	// calculate what instruments are used
 	memset(instrUsed, 0, numInsts);
@@ -188,9 +180,9 @@
 		}
 	}
 
-	instToDel = 0;
+	int16_t instToDel = 0;
 	newInst = 0;
-	newNumInsts = 0;
+	int16_t newNumInsts = 0;
 
 	memset(instrOrder, 0, numInsts);
 	for (i = 0; i < numInsts; i++)
@@ -278,13 +270,13 @@
 static void wipePattsUnused(bool testWipeSize, int16_t *ap)
 {
 	uint8_t newPatt;
-	int16_t usedPatts, newUsedPatts, i, *pLens;
+	int16_t i, *pLens;
 	tonTyp **p;
 
-	usedPatts = *ap;
+	int16_t usedPatts = *ap;
 	memset(pattUsed, 0, usedPatts);
 
-	newUsedPatts = 0;
+	int16_t newUsedPatts = 0;
 	for (i = 0; i < song.len; i++)
 	{
 		newPatt = song.songTab[i];
@@ -366,12 +358,12 @@
 
 static void wipeSamplesUnused(bool testWipeSize, int16_t ai)
 {
-	uint8_t newSamp, smpUsed[16], smpOrder[16];
-	int16_t i, j, k, l;
+	uint8_t smpUsed[16], smpOrder[16];
+	int16_t j, k, l;
 	instrTyp *ins;
-	sampleTyp *s, tempSamples[16];
+	sampleTyp tempSamples[16];
 
-	for (i = 1; i <= ai; i++)
+	for (int16_t i = 1; i <= ai; i++)
 	{
 		if (!testWipeSize)
 		{
@@ -397,10 +389,9 @@
 		memset(smpUsed, 0, l);
 		if (l > 0)
 		{
-			for (j = 0; j < l; j++)
+			sampleTyp *s = ins->samp;
+			for (j = 0; j < l; j++, s++)
 			{
-				s = &ins->samp[j];
-
 				// check if sample is referenced in instrument
 				for (k = 0; k < 96; k++)
 				{
@@ -425,7 +416,7 @@
 			}
 
 			// create re-order list
-			newSamp = 0;
+			uint8_t newSamp = 0;
 			memset(smpOrder, 0, l);
 			for (j = 0; j < l; j++)
 			{
@@ -459,10 +450,8 @@
 
 static void wipeSmpDataAfterLoop(bool testWipeSize, int16_t ai)
 {
-	int8_t *newPtr;
 	int16_t l;
 	instrTyp *ins;
-	sampleTyp *s;
 
 	for (int16_t i = 1; i <= ai; i++)
 	{
@@ -487,9 +476,9 @@
 			l = getUsedTempSamples(i);
 		}
 
-		for (int16_t j = 0; j < l; j++)
+		sampleTyp *s = ins->samp;
+		for (int16_t j = 0; j < l; j++, s++)
 		{
-			s = &ins->samp[j];
 			if (s->origPek != NULL && s->typ & 3 && s->len > 0 && s->len > s->repS+s->repL)
 			{
 				if (!testWipeSize)
@@ -508,7 +497,7 @@
 					}
 					else
 					{
-						newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, s->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+						int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, s->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 						if (newPtr != NULL)
 						{
 							s->origPek = newPtr;
@@ -526,11 +515,8 @@
 
 static void convertSamplesTo8bit(bool testWipeSize, int16_t ai)
 {
-	int8_t *dst8, smp8, *newPtr;
-	int16_t *src16, k;
-	int32_t newLen;
+	int16_t k;
 	instrTyp *ins;
-	sampleTyp *s;
 
 	for (int16_t i = 1; i <= ai; i++)
 	{
@@ -555,9 +541,9 @@
 			k = getUsedTempSamples(i);
 		}
 
-		for (int16_t j = 0; j < k; j++)
+		sampleTyp *s = ins->samp;
+		for (int16_t j = 0; j < k; j++, s++)
 		{
-			s = &ins->samp[j];
 			if (s->origPek != NULL && (s->typ & 16) && s->len > 0)
 			{
 				if (testWipeSize)
@@ -572,15 +558,12 @@
 					restoreSample(s);
 
 					assert(s->pek != NULL);
-					src16 = (int16_t *)s->pek;
-					dst8 = s->pek;
+					const int16_t *src16 = (const int16_t *)s->pek;
+					int8_t *dst8 = s->pek;
 
-					newLen = s->len >> 1;
+					const int32_t newLen = s->len >> 1;
 					for (int32_t a = 0; a < newLen; a++)
-					{
-						smp8 = src16[a] >> 8;
-						dst8[a] = smp8;
-					}
+						dst8[a] = src16[a] >> 8;
 
 					s->repL >>= 1;
 					s->repS >>= 1;
@@ -587,7 +570,7 @@
 					s->len >>= 1;
 					s->typ &= ~16;
 
-					newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, s->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
+					int8_t *newPtr = (int8_t *)realloc(s->origPek, s->len + LOOP_FIX_LEN);
 					if (newPtr != NULL)
 					{
 						s->origPek = newPtr;
@@ -603,14 +586,12 @@
 
 static uint16_t getPackedPattSize(tonTyp *pattern, int32_t numRows, int32_t antChn)
 {
-	uint8_t bytes[sizeof (tonTyp)], packBits, *writePtr, *firstBytePtr, *pattPtr;
-	uint16_t totalPackLen;
+	uint8_t bytes[sizeof (tonTyp)];
 
-	totalPackLen = 0;
+	uint16_t totalPackLen = 0;
+	uint8_t *pattPtr = (uint8_t *)pattern;
+	uint8_t *writePtr = pattPtr;
 
-	pattPtr = (uint8_t *)pattern;
-
-	writePtr = pattPtr;
 	for (int32_t row = 0; row < numRows; row++)
 	{
 		for (int32_t chn = 0; chn < antChn; chn++)
@@ -621,9 +602,9 @@
 			bytes[3] = *pattPtr++;
 			bytes[4] = *pattPtr++;
 
-			firstBytePtr = writePtr++;
+			uint8_t *firstBytePtr = writePtr++;
 
-			packBits = 0;
+			uint8_t packBits = 0;
 			if (bytes[0] > 0) { packBits |= 1; writePtr++; } // note
 			if (bytes[1] > 0) { packBits |= 2; writePtr++; } // instrument
 			if (bytes[2] > 0) { packBits |= 4; writePtr++; } // volume column
@@ -634,7 +615,6 @@
 				// no packing needed, write pattern data as is
 				totalPackLen += 5;
 				writePtr += 5;
-
 				continue;
 			}
 
@@ -652,15 +632,12 @@
 
 static bool tmpPatternEmpty(uint16_t nr, int32_t antChn)
 {
-	uint8_t *scanPtr;
-	int32_t pattLen, scanLen;
-
 	if (tmpPatt[nr] == NULL)
 		return true;
 
-	scanPtr = (uint8_t *)tmpPatt[nr];
-	scanLen = antChn * sizeof (tonTyp);
-	pattLen = tmpPattLens[nr];
+	uint8_t *scanPtr = (uint8_t *)tmpPatt[nr];
+	int32_t scanLen = antChn * sizeof (tonTyp);
+	int32_t pattLen = tmpPattLens[nr];
 
 	for (int32_t i = 0; i < pattLen; i++)
 	{
@@ -678,15 +655,11 @@
 
 static int64_t calculateXMSize(void)
 {
-	int16_t i, j, ap, ai, a;
-	int64_t currSize64;
-	instrTyp *ins;
-
 	// count header size in song
-	currSize64 = sizeof (songHeaderTyp);
+	int64_t currSize64 = sizeof (songHeaderTyp);
 
 	// count number of patterns that would be saved
-	ap = MAX_PATTERNS;
+	int16_t ap = MAX_PATTERNS;
 	do
 	{
 		if (patternEmpty(ap - 1))
@@ -697,12 +670,12 @@
 	while (ap > 0);
 
 	// count number of instruments
-	ai = 128;
+	int16_t ai = 128;
 	while (ai > 0 && getUsedSamples(ai) == 0 && song.instrName[ai][0] == '\0')
 		ai--;
 
 	// count packed pattern data size in song
-	for (i = 0; i < ap; i++)
+	for (int16_t i = 0; i < ap; i++)
 	{
 		currSize64 += sizeof (patternHeaderTyp);
 		if (!patternEmpty(i))
@@ -710,20 +683,21 @@
 	}
 
 	// count instrument and sample data size in song
-	for (i = 1; i <= ai; i++)
+	for (int16_t i = 1; i <= ai; i++)
 	{
+		int16_t j;
 		if (instr[i] == NULL)
 			j = 0;
 		else
 			j = i;
 
-		a = getUsedSamples(i);
+		const int16_t a = getUsedSamples(i);
 		if (a > 0)
 			currSize64 += INSTR_HEADER_SIZE + (a * sizeof (sampleHeaderTyp));
 		else
 			currSize64 += 22+11;
 
-		ins = instr[j];
+		instrTyp *ins = instr[j];
 		for (int16_t k = 0; k < a; k++)
 		{
 			if (ins->samp[k].pek != NULL)
@@ -736,16 +710,13 @@
 
 static int64_t calculateTrimSize(void)
 {
-	int16_t ap, i, j, k, ai, highestChan, pattLen;
-	int32_t antChn, pattDataLen, newPattDataLen;
-	int64_t bytes64, oldInstrSize64, newInstrSize64;
-	tonTyp *note, *pattPtr;
+	int16_t i, j, k;
 
-	antChn = song.antChn;
-	pattDataLen = 0;
-	newPattDataLen = 0;
-	bytes64 = 0;
-	oldInstrSize64 = 0;
+	int32_t antChn = song.antChn;
+	int32_t pattDataLen = 0;
+	int32_t newPattDataLen = 0;
+	int64_t bytes64 = 0;
+	int64_t oldInstrSize64 = 0;
 
 	// copy over temp data
 	memcpy(tmpPatt, patt, sizeof (tmpPatt));
@@ -763,7 +734,7 @@
 		oldInstrSize64 = getTempInsAndSmpSize();
 
 	// count number of patterns that would be saved
-	ap = MAX_PATTERNS;
+	int16_t ap = MAX_PATTERNS;
 	do
 	{
 		if (tmpPatternEmpty(ap - 1, antChn))
@@ -774,7 +745,7 @@
 	while (ap > 0);
 
 	// count number of instruments that would be saved
-	ai = MAX_INST;
+	int16_t ai = MAX_INST;
 	while (ai > 0 && getUsedTempSamples(ai) == 0 && tmpInstrName[ai][0] == '\0')
 		ai--;
 
@@ -802,19 +773,19 @@
 	if (removeChans)
 	{
 		// get real number of channels
-		highestChan = -1;
+		int16_t highestChan = -1;
 		for (i = 0; i < ap; i++)
 		{
-			pattPtr = tmpPatt[i];
+			tonTyp *pattPtr = tmpPatt[i];
 			if (pattPtr == NULL)
 				continue;
 
-			pattLen = tmpPattLens[i];
+			const int16_t pattLen = tmpPattLens[i];
 			for (j = 0; j < pattLen; j++)
 			{
 				for (k = 0; k < antChn; k++)
 				{
-					note = &pattPtr[(j * MAX_VOICES) + k];
+					tonTyp *note = &pattPtr[(j * MAX_VOICES) + k];
 					if (note->eff || note->effTyp || note->instr || note->ton || note->vol)
 					{
 						if (k > highestChan)
@@ -860,10 +831,9 @@
 	// calculat new instruments and samples size
 	if (removeInst || removeSamp || removeSmpDataAfterLoop || convSmpsTo8Bit)
 	{
-		newInstrSize64 = getTempInsAndSmpSize();
+		int64_t newInstrSize64 = getTempInsAndSmpSize();
 
 		assert(oldInstrSize64 >= newInstrSize64);
-
 		if (oldInstrSize64 > newInstrSize64)
 			bytes64 += (oldInstrSize64 - newInstrSize64);
 	}
@@ -874,11 +844,8 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL trimThreadFunc(void *ptr)
 {
-	int16_t ap, ai, i, j, k, pattLen, highestChan;
-	tonTyp *pattPtr, *note;
+	int16_t i, j, k;
 
-	(void)ptr;
-
 	if (!setTmpInstruments())
 	{
 		okBoxThreadSafe(0, "System message", "Not enough memory!");
@@ -888,7 +855,7 @@
 	// audio callback is not running now, so we're safe
 
 	// count number of patterns
-	ap = MAX_PATTERNS;
+	int16_t ap = MAX_PATTERNS;
 	do
 	{
 		if (patternEmpty(ap - 1))
@@ -899,7 +866,7 @@
 	while (ap > 0);
 
 	// count number of instruments
-	ai = MAX_INST;
+	int16_t ai = MAX_INST;
 	while (ai > 0 && getUsedSamples(ai) == 0 && song.instrName[ai][0] == '\0')
 		ai--;
 
@@ -919,19 +886,19 @@
 	if (removeChans)
 	{
 		// count used channels
-		highestChan = -1;
+		int16_t highestChan = -1;
 		for (i = 0; i < ap; i++)
 		{
-			pattPtr = patt[i];
+			tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[i];
 			if (pattPtr == NULL)
 				continue;
 
-			pattLen = pattLens[i];
+			const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[i];
 			for (j = 0; j < pattLen; j++)
 			{
 				for (k = 0; k < song.antChn; k++)
 				{
-					note = &pattPtr[(j * MAX_VOICES) + k];
+					tonTyp *note = &pattPtr[(j * MAX_VOICES) + k];
 					if (note->eff || note->effTyp || note->instr || note->ton || note->vol)
 					{
 						if (k > highestChan)
@@ -956,11 +923,11 @@
 		{
 			for (i = 0; i < MAX_PATTERNS; i++)
 			{
-				pattPtr = patt[i];
+				tonTyp *pattPtr = patt[i];
 				if (pattPtr == NULL)
 					continue;
 
-				pattLen = pattLens[i];
+				const int16_t pattLen = pattLens[i];
 				for (j = 0; j < pattLen; j++)
 					memset(&pattPtr[(j * MAX_VOICES) + song.antChn], 0, sizeof (tonTyp) * (MAX_VOICES - song.antChn));
 			}
@@ -979,6 +946,8 @@
 	editor.trimThreadWasDone = true;
 
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 void trimThreadDone(void)
--- a/src/ft2_unicode.c
+++ b/src/ft2_unicode.c
@@ -20,22 +20,20 @@
 // Windows routines
 char *cp437ToUtf8(char *src)
 {
-	char *x;
-	int32_t reqSize, retVal, srcLen;
-	wchar_t *w;
+	int32_t retVal;
 
 	if (src == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	srcLen = (int32_t)strlen(src);
+	int32_t srcLen = (int32_t)strlen(src);
 	if (srcLen <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	reqSize = MultiByteToWideChar(437, 0, src, srcLen, 0, 0);
+	int32_t reqSize = MultiByteToWideChar(437, 0, src, srcLen, 0, 0);
 	if (reqSize <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	w = (wchar_t *)malloc((reqSize + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	wchar_t *w = (wchar_t *)malloc((reqSize + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
 	if (w == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
@@ -59,7 +57,7 @@
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	x = (char *)malloc((reqSize + 2) * sizeof (char));
+	char *x = (char *)malloc((reqSize + 2) * sizeof (char));
 	if (x == NULL)
 	{
 		free(w);
@@ -83,27 +81,24 @@
 
 UNICHAR *cp437ToUnichar(char *src)
 {
-	int32_t reqSize, retVal, srcLen;
-	UNICHAR *w;
-
 	if (src == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	srcLen = (int32_t)strlen(src);
+	int32_t srcLen = (int32_t)strlen(src);
 	if (srcLen <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	reqSize = MultiByteToWideChar(437, 0, src, srcLen, 0, 0);
+	int32_t reqSize = MultiByteToWideChar(437, 0, src, srcLen, 0, 0);
 	if (reqSize <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	w = (wchar_t *)malloc((reqSize + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	UNICHAR *w = (wchar_t *)malloc((reqSize + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
 	if (w == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
 	w[reqSize] = 0;
 
-	retVal = MultiByteToWideChar(437, 0, src, srcLen, w, reqSize);
+	int32_t retVal = MultiByteToWideChar(437, 0, src, srcLen, w, reqSize);
 	if (!retVal)
 	{
 		free(w);
@@ -115,29 +110,24 @@
 
 char *utf8ToCp437(char *src, bool removeIllegalChars)
 {
-	char *x;
-	int8_t ch;
-	int32_t reqSize, retVal, srcLen;
-	wchar_t *w;
-
 	if (src == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	srcLen = (int32_t)strlen(src);
+	int32_t srcLen = (int32_t)strlen(src);
 	if (srcLen <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	reqSize = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, src, srcLen, 0, 0);
+	int32_t reqSize = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, src, srcLen, 0, 0);
 	if (reqSize <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	w = (wchar_t *)malloc((reqSize + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	wchar_t *w = (wchar_t *)malloc((reqSize + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
 	if (w == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
 	w[reqSize] = 0;
 
-	retVal = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, src, srcLen, w, reqSize);
+	int32_t retVal = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, src, srcLen, w, reqSize);
 	if (!retVal)
 	{
 		free(w);
@@ -158,7 +148,7 @@
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	x = (char *)calloc(reqSize + 1, sizeof (char));
+	char *x = (char *)calloc(reqSize + 1, sizeof (char));
 	if (x == NULL)
 	{
 		free(w);
@@ -181,7 +171,7 @@
 		// remove illegal characters (only allow certain nordic ones)
 		for (int32_t i = 0; i < reqSize; i++)
 		{
-			ch = (int8_t)x[i];
+			const int8_t ch = (const int8_t)x[i];
 			if (ch < 32 && ch != 0 && ch != -124 && ch != -108 &&
 			    ch != -122 && ch != -114 && ch != -103 && ch != -113)
 			{
@@ -195,28 +185,24 @@
 
 char *unicharToCp437(UNICHAR *src, bool removeIllegalChars)
 {
-	char *x;
-	int8_t ch;
-	int32_t reqSize, retVal, srcLen, i;
-
 	if (src == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	srcLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(src);
+	int32_t srcLen = (int32_t)UNICHAR_STRLEN(src);
 	if (srcLen <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	reqSize = WideCharToMultiByte(437, 0, src, srcLen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+	int32_t reqSize = WideCharToMultiByte(437, 0, src, srcLen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
 	if (reqSize <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	x = (char *)malloc((reqSize + 1) * sizeof (char));
+	char *x = (char *)malloc((reqSize + 1) * sizeof (char));
 	if (x == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
 	x[reqSize] = '\0';
 
-	retVal = WideCharToMultiByte(437, 0, src, srcLen, x, reqSize, 0, 0);
+	int32_t retVal = WideCharToMultiByte(437, 0, src, srcLen, x, reqSize, 0, 0);
 	if (!retVal)
 	{
 		free(x);
@@ -226,9 +212,9 @@
 	if (removeIllegalChars)
 	{
 		// remove illegal characters (only allow certain nordic ones)
-		for (i = 0; i < reqSize; i++)
+		for (int32_t i = 0; i < reqSize; i++)
 		{
-			ch = (int8_t)x[i];
+			const int8_t ch = (const int8_t)x[i];
 			if (ch < 32 && ch != 0 && ch != -124 && ch != -108 &&
 			    ch != -122 && ch != -114 && ch != -103 && ch != -113)
 			{
@@ -245,36 +231,31 @@
 // non-Windows routines
 char *cp437ToUtf8(char *src)
 {
-	char *inPtr, *outPtr, *outBuf;
-	int32_t rc;
-	size_t srcLen, inLen, outLen;
-	iconv_t cd;
-
 	if (src == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	srcLen = strlen(src);
+	size_t srcLen = strlen(src);
 	if (srcLen <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	cd = iconv_open("UTF-8", "437");
+	iconv_t cd = iconv_open("UTF-8", "437");
 	if (cd == (iconv_t)-1)
 		return NULL;
 
-	outLen = srcLen * 2; // should be sufficient
+	size_t outLen = srcLen * 2; // should be sufficient
 
-	outBuf = (char *)calloc(outLen + 2, sizeof (char));
+	char *outBuf = (char *)calloc(outLen + 2, sizeof (char));
 	if (outBuf == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	inPtr = src;
-	inLen = srcLen;
-	outPtr = outBuf;
+	char *inPtr = src;
+	size_t inLen = srcLen;
+	char *outPtr = outBuf;
 
 #if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__sun) || defined(sun)
-	rc = iconv(cd, (const char **)&inPtr, &inLen, &outPtr, &outLen);
+	int32_t rc = iconv(cd, (const char **)&inPtr, &inLen, &outPtr, &outLen);
 #else
-	rc = iconv(cd, &inPtr, &inLen, &outPtr, &outLen);
+	int32_t rc = iconv(cd, &inPtr, &inLen, &outPtr, &outLen);
 #endif
 	iconv(cd, NULL, NULL, &outPtr, &outLen); // flush
 	iconv_close(cd);
@@ -290,43 +271,37 @@
 
 char *utf8ToCp437(char *src, bool removeIllegalChars)
 {
-	char *inPtr, *outPtr, *outBuf;
-	int8_t ch;
-	int32_t rc;
-	size_t srcLen, inLen, outLen;
-	iconv_t cd;
-
 	if (src == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	srcLen = strlen(src);
+	size_t srcLen = strlen(src);
 	if (srcLen <= 0)
 		return NULL;
 
 #ifdef __APPLE__
-	cd = iconv_open("437//TRANSLIT//IGNORE", "UTF-8-MAC");
+	iconv_t cd = iconv_open("437//TRANSLIT//IGNORE", "UTF-8-MAC");
 #elif defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__sun) || defined(sun)
-	cd = iconv_open("437", "UTF-8");
+	iconv_t cd = iconv_open("437", "UTF-8");
 #else
-	cd = iconv_open("437//TRANSLIT//IGNORE", "UTF-8");
+	iconv_t cd = iconv_open("437//TRANSLIT//IGNORE", "UTF-8");
 #endif
 	if (cd == (iconv_t)-1)
 		return NULL;
 
-	outLen = srcLen * 2; // should be sufficient
+	size_t outLen = srcLen * 2; // should be sufficient
 
-	outBuf = (char *)calloc(outLen + 1, sizeof (char));
+	char *outBuf = (char *)calloc(outLen + 1, sizeof (char));
 	if (outBuf == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	inPtr = src;
-	inLen = srcLen;
-	outPtr = outBuf;
+	char *inPtr = src;
+	size_t inLen = srcLen;
+	char *outPtr = outBuf;
 
 #if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__sun) || defined(sun)
-	rc = iconv(cd, (const char **)&inPtr, &inLen, &outPtr, &outLen);
+	int32_t rc = iconv(cd, (const char **)&inPtr, &inLen, &outPtr, &outLen);
 #else
-	rc = iconv(cd, &inPtr, &inLen, &outPtr, &outLen);
+	int32_t rc = iconv(cd, &inPtr, &inLen, &outPtr, &outLen);
 #endif
 	iconv(cd, NULL, NULL, &outPtr, &outLen); // flush
 	iconv_close(cd);
@@ -342,7 +317,7 @@
 		// remove illegal characters (only allow certain nordic ones)
 		for (size_t i = 0; i < outLen; i++)
 		{
-			ch = (int8_t)outBuf[i];
+			const int8_t ch = (const int8_t)outBuf[i];
 			if (ch < 32 && ch != 0 && ch != -124 && ch != -108 &&
 			    ch != -122 && ch != -114 && ch != -103 && ch != -113)
 			{
--- a/src/ft2_video.c
+++ b/src/ft2_video.c
@@ -80,10 +80,6 @@
 
 static void drawFPSCounter(void)
 {
-	char *textPtr, ch;
-	uint16_t xPos, yPos;
-	double dRefreshRate, dAudLatency;
-
 	if (editor.framesPassed >= FPS_SCAN_FRAMES && (editor.framesPassed % FPS_SCAN_FRAMES) == 0)
 	{
 		dAvgFPS = dRunningFPS * (1.0 / FPS_SCAN_FRAMES);
@@ -106,11 +102,11 @@
 		return;
 	}
 
-	dRefreshRate = video.dMonitorRefreshRate;
+	double dRefreshRate = video.dMonitorRefreshRate;
 	if (dRefreshRate < 0.0 || dRefreshRate > 9999.9)
 		dRefreshRate = 9999.9; // prevent number from overflowing text box
 
-	dAudLatency = audio.dAudioLatencyMs;
+	double dAudLatency = audio.dAudioLatencyMs;
 	if (dAudLatency < 0.0 || dAudLatency > 999999999.9999)
 		dAudLatency = 999999999.9999; // prevent number from overflowing text box
 
@@ -131,13 +127,13 @@
 
 	// draw text
 
-	xPos = FPS_RENDER_X + 3;
-	yPos = FPS_RENDER_Y + 3;
+	uint16_t xPos = FPS_RENDER_X+3;
+	uint16_t yPos = FPS_RENDER_Y+3;
 
-	textPtr = fpsTextBuf;
+	char *textPtr = fpsTextBuf;
 	while (*textPtr != '\0')
 	{
-		ch = *textPtr++;
+		const char ch = *textPtr++;
 		if (ch == '\n')
 		{
 			yPos += FONT1_CHAR_H+1;
@@ -152,15 +148,12 @@
 
 void endFPSCounter(void)
 {
-	uint64_t frameTimeDiff;
-	double dHz;
-
-	if (!video.showFPSCounter || frameStartTime == 0)
-		return;
-
-	frameTimeDiff = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() - frameStartTime;
-	dHz = 1000.0 / (frameTimeDiff * editor.dPerfFreqMulMs);
-	dRunningFPS += dHz;
+	if (video.showFPSCounter && frameStartTime > 0)
+	{
+		const uint64_t frameTimeDiff = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() - frameStartTime;
+		const double dHz = 1000.0 / (frameTimeDiff * editor.dPerfFreqMulMs);
+		dRunningFPS += dHz;
+	}
 }
 
 void flipFrame(void)
@@ -220,15 +213,10 @@
 
 static void updateRenderSizeVars(void)
 {
-	int32_t di;
-#ifdef __APPLE__
-	int32_t actualScreenW, actualScreenH;
-	double dXUpscale, dYUpscale;
-#endif
 	float fXScale, fYScale;
 	SDL_DisplayMode dm;
 
-	di = SDL_GetWindowDisplayIndex(video.window);
+	int32_t di = SDL_GetWindowDisplayIndex(video.window);
 	if (di < 0)
 		di = 0; // return display index 0 (default) on error
 
@@ -252,12 +240,13 @@
 			video.renderW = (int32_t)(SCREEN_W * fXScale);
 			video.renderH = (int32_t)(SCREEN_H * fYScale);
 
-#ifdef __APPLE__
 			// retina high-DPI hackery (SDL2 is bad at reporting actual rendering sizes on macOS w/ high-DPI)
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+			int32_t actualScreenW, actualScreenH;
 			SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(video.window, &actualScreenW, &actualScreenH);
 
-			dXUpscale = (double)actualScreenW / video.displayW;
-			dYUpscale = (double)actualScreenH / video.displayH;
+			const double dXUpscale = (const double)actualScreenW / video.displayW;
+			const double dYUpscale = (const double)actualScreenH / video.displayH;
 
 			// downscale back to correct sizes
 			if (dXUpscale != 0.0) video.renderW = (int32_t)(video.renderW / dXUpscale);
@@ -361,10 +350,11 @@
 	hideSprite(SPRITE_TEXT_CURSOR);
 
 	// setup refresh buffer (used to clear sprites after each frame)
-	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SPRITE_NUM; i++)
+	s = sprites;
+	for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SPRITE_NUM; i++, s++)
 	{
-		sprites[i].refreshBuffer = (uint32_t *)malloc(sprites[i].w * sprites[i].h * sizeof (int32_t));
-		if (sprites[i].refreshBuffer == NULL)
+		s->refreshBuffer = (uint32_t *)malloc(s->w * s->h * sizeof (int32_t));
+		if (s->refreshBuffer == NULL)
 			return false;
 	}
 
@@ -379,12 +369,13 @@
 
 void freeSprites(void)
 {
-	for (int32_t i = 0; i < SPRITE_NUM; i++)
+	sprite_t *s = sprites;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < SPRITE_NUM; i++, s++)
 	{
-		if (sprites[i].refreshBuffer != NULL)
+		if (s->refreshBuffer != NULL)
 		{
-			free(sprites[i].refreshBuffer);
-			sprites[i].refreshBuffer = NULL;
+			free(s->refreshBuffer);
+			s->refreshBuffer = NULL;
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -417,24 +408,18 @@
 
 void eraseSprites(void)
 {
-	int8_t i;
-	int32_t sx, sy, x, y, sw, sh, srcPitch, dstPitch;
-	const uint32_t *src32;
-	uint32_t *dst32;
-	sprite_t *s;
-
-	for (i = SPRITE_NUM-1; i >= 0; i--) // erasing must be done in reverse order
+	sprite_t *s = &sprites[SPRITE_NUM-1];
+	for (int32_t i = SPRITE_NUM-1; i >= 0; i--, s--) // erasing must be done in reverse order
 	{
-		s = &sprites[i];
 		if (s->x >= SCREEN_W || s->y >= SCREEN_H) // sprite is hidden, don't draw nor fill clear buffer
 			continue;
 
 		assert(s->refreshBuffer != NULL);
 
-		sw = s->w;
-		sh = s->h;
-		sx = s->x;
-		sy = s->y;
+		int32_t sw = s->w;
+		int32_t sh = s->h;
+		int32_t sx = s->x;
+		int32_t sy = s->y;
 
 		// if x is negative, adjust variables
 		if (sx < 0)
@@ -450,19 +435,19 @@
 			sy = 0;
 		}
 
-		src32 = s->refreshBuffer;
-		dst32 = &video.frameBuffer[(sy * SCREEN_W) + sx];
+		const uint32_t *src32 = s->refreshBuffer;
+		uint32_t *dst32 = &video.frameBuffer[(sy * SCREEN_W) + sx];
 
 		// handle x/y clipping
 		if (sx+sw >= SCREEN_W) sw = SCREEN_W - sx;
 		if (sy+sh >= SCREEN_H) sh = SCREEN_H - sy;
 
-		srcPitch = s->w - sw;
-		dstPitch = SCREEN_W - sw;
+		const int32_t srcPitch = s->w - sw;
+		const int32_t dstPitch = SCREEN_W - sw;
 
-		for (y = 0; y < sh; y++)
+		for (int32_t y = 0; y < sh; y++)
 		{
-			for (x = 0; x < sw; x++)
+			for (int32_t x = 0; x < sw; x++)
 				*dst32++ = *src32++;
 
 			src32 += srcPitch;
@@ -473,12 +458,8 @@
 
 void renderSprites(void)
 {
-	const uint8_t *src8;
-	int32_t sx, sy, x, y, sw, sh, srcPitch, dstPitch;
-	uint32_t i, *clr32, *dst32, windowFlags;
-	sprite_t *s;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < SPRITE_NUM; i++)
+	sprite_t *s = sprites;
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < SPRITE_NUM; i++, s++)
 	{
 		if (i == SPRITE_LEFT_LOOP_PIN || i == SPRITE_RIGHT_LOOP_PIN)
 			continue; // these need special drawing (done elsewhere)
@@ -487,13 +468,11 @@
 		if (i == SPRITE_TEXT_CURSOR)
 		{
 			assert(video.window != NULL);
-			windowFlags = SDL_GetWindowFlags(video.window);
+			const uint32_t windowFlags = SDL_GetWindowFlags(video.window);
 			if (!(windowFlags & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS))
 				continue;
 		}
 
-		s = &sprites[i];
-
 		// set new sprite position
 		s->x = s->newX;
 		s->y = s->newY;
@@ -503,11 +482,11 @@
 
 		assert(s->data != NULL && s->refreshBuffer != NULL);
 
-		sw = s->w;
-		sh = s->h;
-		sx = s->x;
-		sy = s->y;
-		src8 = s->data;
+		int32_t sw = s->w;
+		int32_t sh = s->h;
+		int32_t sx = s->x;
+		int32_t sy = s->y;
+		const uint8_t *src8 = s->data;
 
 		// if x is negative, adjust variables
 		if (sx < 0)
@@ -528,22 +507,22 @@
 		if (sw <= 0 || sh <= 0) // sprite is hidden, don't draw nor fill clear buffer
 			continue;
 
-		dst32 = &video.frameBuffer[(sy * SCREEN_W) + sx];
-		clr32 = s->refreshBuffer;
+		uint32_t *dst32 = &video.frameBuffer[(sy * SCREEN_W) + sx];
+		uint32_t *clr32 = s->refreshBuffer;
 
 		// handle x/y clipping
 		if (sx+sw >= SCREEN_W) sw = SCREEN_W - sx;
 		if (sy+sh >= SCREEN_H) sh = SCREEN_H - sy;
 
-		srcPitch = s->w - sw;
-		dstPitch = SCREEN_W - sw;
+		const int32_t srcPitch = s->w - sw;
+		const int32_t dstPitch = SCREEN_W - sw;
 
 		if (mouse.mouseOverTextBox && i == SPRITE_MOUSE_POINTER)
 		{
 			// text edit mouse pointer (has color changing depending on content under it)
-			for (y = 0; y < sh; y++)
+			for (int32_t y = 0; y < sh; y++)
 			{
-				for (x = 0; x < sw; x++)
+				for (int32_t x = 0; x < sw; x++)
 				{
 					*clr32++ = *dst32; // fill clear buffer
 
@@ -567,9 +546,9 @@
 		else
 		{
 			// normal sprites
-			for (y = 0; y < sh; y++)
+			for (int32_t y = 0; y < sh; y++)
 			{
-				for (x = 0; x < sw; x++)
+				for (int32_t x = 0; x < sw; x++)
 				{
 					*clr32++ = *dst32; // fill clear buffer
 
@@ -593,15 +572,13 @@
 
 void renderLoopPins(void)
 {
-	uint8_t pal;
 	const uint8_t *src8;
 	int32_t sx, x, y, sw, sh, srcPitch, dstPitch;
 	uint32_t *clr32, *dst32;
-	sprite_t *s;
 
 	// left loop pin
 
-	s = &sprites[SPRITE_LEFT_LOOP_PIN];
+	sprite_t *s = &sprites[SPRITE_LEFT_LOOP_PIN];
 	assert(s->data != NULL && s->refreshBuffer != NULL);
 
 	// set new sprite position
@@ -704,7 +681,7 @@
 					if (y < 9 && *src8 == PAL_LOOPPIN)
 					{
 						// don't draw marker line on top of left loop pin's thumb graphics
-						pal = *dst32 >> 24;
+						const uint8_t pal = *dst32 >> 24;
 						if (pal != PAL_DESKTOP && pal != PAL_DSKTOP1 && pal != PAL_DSKTOP2)
 							*dst32 = video.palette[*src8];
 					}
@@ -796,7 +773,7 @@
 {
 #define MAX_UPSCALE_FACTOR 16 // 10112x6400 - ought to be good enough for many years to come
 
-	uint8_t i, oldUpscaleFactor;
+	uint8_t i;
 	SDL_DisplayMode dm;
 
 	/* Kludge for Raspbarry Pi. Upscaling of 3x or higher makes everything slow as a snail.
@@ -811,7 +788,7 @@
 	}
 #endif
 
-	oldUpscaleFactor = video.upscaleFactor;
+	uint8_t oldUpscaleFactor = video.upscaleFactor;
 	if (config.windowFlags & WINSIZE_AUTO)
 	{
 		// find out which upscaling factor is the biggest to fit on screen
@@ -862,12 +839,10 @@
 
 void updateWindowTitle(bool forceUpdate)
 {
-	char *songTitle;
-
 	if (!forceUpdate && songIsModified == song.isModified)
 		return; // window title is already set to the same
 
-	songTitle = getCurrSongFilename();
+	char *songTitle = getCurrSongFilename();
 	if (songTitle != NULL)
 	{
 		if (song.isModified)
@@ -913,12 +888,11 @@
 
 bool setupWindow(void)
 {
-	uint32_t windowFlags;
 	SDL_DisplayMode dm;
 
 	video.vsync60HzPresent = false;
 
-	windowFlags = SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI;
+	uint32_t windowFlags = SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI;
 #if defined (__APPLE__) || defined (_WIN32) // yet another quirk!
 	windowFlags |= SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN;
 #endif
@@ -959,9 +933,7 @@
 
 bool setupRenderer(void)
 {
-	uint32_t rendererFlags;
-
-	rendererFlags = SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED;
+	uint32_t rendererFlags = SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED;
 	if (video.vsync60HzPresent)
 		rendererFlags |= SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC;
 
@@ -1033,8 +1005,6 @@
 
 void handleRedrawing(void)
 {
-	textBox_t *txt;
-
 	if (!ui.configScreenShown && !ui.helpScreenShown)
 	{
 		if (ui.aboutScreenShown)
@@ -1111,7 +1081,7 @@
 	{
 		assert(mouse.lastEditBox >= 0 && mouse.lastEditBox < NUM_TEXTBOXES);
 
-		txt = &textBoxes[mouse.lastEditBox];
+		textBox_t *txt = &textBoxes[mouse.lastEditBox];
 		if (editor.textCursorBlinkCounter < 256/2 && !textIsMarked() && !(mouse.leftButtonPressed | mouse.rightButtonPressed))
 			setSpritePos(SPRITE_TEXT_CURSOR, getTextCursorX(txt), getTextCursorY(txt) - 1); // show text cursor
 		else
@@ -1128,8 +1098,6 @@
 
 static void drawReplayerData(void)
 {
-	bool drawPosText;
-
 	if (songPlaying)
 	{
 		if (ui.drawReplayerPianoFlag)
@@ -1139,7 +1107,7 @@
 				drawPiano(chSyncEntry);
 		}
 
-		drawPosText = true;
+		bool drawPosText = true;
 		if (ui.configScreenShown || ui.nibblesShown     ||
 			ui.helpScreenShown   || ui.aboutScreenShown ||
 			ui.diskOpShown)
--- a/src/ft2_wav_renderer.c
+++ b/src/ft2_wav_renderer.c
@@ -175,11 +175,9 @@
 
 static bool dump_Init(uint32_t frq, int16_t amp, int16_t songPos)
 {
-	uint32_t maxSamplesPerTick, sampleSize;
+	const int32_t maxSamplesPerTick = (const int32_t)ceil((frq * 2.5) / MIN_BPM); // absolute max samples per tick
+	uint32_t sampleSize = (WDBitDepth / 8) * 2; // 2 channels
 
-	maxSamplesPerTick = (int32_t)ceil((frq * 2.5) / MIN_BPM); // absolute max samples per tick
-	sampleSize = (WDBitDepth / 8) * 2; // 2 channels
-
 	// *2 for stereo
 	wavRenderBuffer = (uint8_t *)malloc((TICKS_PER_RENDER_CHUNK * maxSamplesPerTick) * sampleSize);
 	if (wavRenderBuffer == NULL)
@@ -205,7 +203,6 @@
 
 static void dump_Close(FILE *f, uint32_t totalSamples)
 {
-	uint32_t tmpLen, totalBytes;
 	wavHeader_t wavHeader;
 
 	if (wavRenderBuffer != NULL)
@@ -214,6 +211,7 @@
 		wavRenderBuffer = NULL;
 	}
 
+	uint32_t totalBytes;
 	if (WDBitDepth == 16)
 		totalBytes = totalSamples * sizeof (int16_t);
 	else
@@ -222,7 +220,7 @@
 	if (totalBytes & 1)
 		fputc(0, f); // write pad byte
 
-	tmpLen = ftell(f) - 8;
+	uint32_t tmpLen = ftell(f)-8;
 
 	// go back and fill in WAV header
 	rewind(f);
@@ -278,7 +276,7 @@
 	return returnValue;
 }
 
-void dump_RenderTick(uint32_t samplesPerTick, uint8_t *buffer)
+void dump_TickReplayer(void)
 {
 	replayerBusy = true;
 
@@ -289,8 +287,6 @@
 	updateVoices();
 
 	replayerBusy = false;
-
-	mixReplayerTickToBuffer(samplesPerTick, buffer, WDBitDepth);
 }
 
 static void updateVisuals(void)
@@ -313,14 +309,7 @@
 
 static int32_t SDLCALL renderWavThread(void *ptr)
 {
-	bool renderDone;
-	uint8_t *ptr8, tickCounter;
-	uint32_t samplesInChunk, sampleCounter;
-	FILE *f;
-
-	(void)ptr;
-
-	f = (FILE *)editor.wavRendererFileHandle;
+	FILE *f = (FILE *)editor.wavRendererFileHandle;
 	fseek(f, sizeof (wavHeader_t), SEEK_SET);
 
 	pauseAudio();
@@ -332,19 +321,18 @@
 		return true;
 	}
 
-	sampleCounter = 0;
-	renderDone = false;
-	tickCounter = 4;
+	uint32_t sampleCounter = 0;
+	bool renderDone = false;
+	uint8_t tickCounter = 4;
+	double dTickSampleCounter = 0.0;
 
-	double dTickSamples = audio.dSamplesPerTick;
-
 	editor.wavReachedEndFlag = false;
 	while (!renderDone)
 	{
-		samplesInChunk = 0;
+		uint32_t samplesInChunk = 0;
 
 		// render several ticks at once to prevent frequent disk I/O (speeds up the process)
-		ptr8 = wavRenderBuffer;
+		uint8_t *ptr8 = wavRenderBuffer;
 		for (uint32_t i = 0; i < TICKS_PER_RENDER_CHUNK; i++)
 		{
 			if (!editor.wavIsRendering || dump_EndOfTune(WDStopPos))
@@ -353,21 +341,27 @@
 				break;
 			}
 
-			int32_t tickSamples = (int32_t)dTickSamples;
-			dump_RenderTick(tickSamples, ptr8);
+			if (dTickSampleCounter <= 0.0)
+			{
+				// new replayer tick
+				dump_TickReplayer();
+				dTickSampleCounter += audio.dSamplesPerTick;
+			}
 
-			dTickSamples -= tickSamples; // keep fractional part
-			dTickSamples += audio.dSamplesPerTick;
+			int32_t remainingTick = (int32_t)ceil(dTickSampleCounter);
 
-			tickSamples *= 2; // stereo
-			samplesInChunk += tickSamples;
-			sampleCounter += tickSamples;
+			mixReplayerTickToBuffer(remainingTick, ptr8, WDBitDepth);
+			dTickSampleCounter -= remainingTick;
 
+			remainingTick *= 2; // stereo
+			samplesInChunk += remainingTick;
+			sampleCounter += remainingTick;
+
 			// increase buffer pointer
 			if (WDBitDepth == 16)
-				ptr8 += tickSamples * sizeof (int16_t);
+				ptr8 += remainingTick * sizeof (int16_t);
 			else
-				ptr8 += tickSamples * sizeof (float);
+				ptr8 += remainingTick * sizeof (float);
 
 			if (++tickCounter >= 4)
 			{
@@ -394,15 +388,16 @@
 
 	editor.diskOpReadOnOpen = true;
 	return true;
+
+	(void)ptr;
 }
 
 static void createOverwriteText(char *name)
 {
 	char nameTmp[128];
-	uint32_t nameLen;
 
 	// read entry name to a small buffer
-	nameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(name);
+	uint32_t nameLen = (uint32_t)strlen(name);
 	memcpy(nameTmp, name, (nameLen >= sizeof (nameTmp)) ? sizeof (nameTmp) : (nameLen + 1));
 	nameTmp[sizeof (nameTmp) - 1] = '\0';
 
@@ -413,8 +408,6 @@
 
 static void wavRender(bool checkOverwrite)
 {
-	char *filename;
-
 	WDStartPos = (uint8_t)(MAX(0, MIN(WDStartPos, song.len - 1)));
 	WDStopPos  = (uint8_t)(MAX(0, MIN(MAX(WDStartPos, WDStopPos), song.len - 1)));
 
@@ -422,7 +415,7 @@
 
 	diskOpChangeFilenameExt(".wav");
 
-	filename = getDiskOpFilename();
+	char *filename = getDiskOpFilename();
 	if (checkOverwrite && fileExistsAnsi(filename))
 	{
 		createOverwriteText(filename);
binary files /dev/null b/test.zip differ